Document:

exv10w2

EXHIBIT
10.2

EXECUTION VERSION

$85,000,000

SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Dated
as of September 30, 2010

among

CBAY INC., MEDQUIST INC.,

and

MEDQUIST TRANSCRIPTIONS, LTD,

AS ISSUERS,

CBAYSYSTEMS HOLDINGS LIMITED, AS HOLDINGS

and

BLACKROCK KELSO CAPITAL CORPORATION,

PENNANTPARK INVESTMENT CORPORATION

CITIBANK, N.A.

and

THL CREDIT, INC.

AS PURCHASERS

♦ ♦ ♦

 

 

This Agreement and the rights and obligations evidenced hereby are subordinate in the manner
and to the extent set forth in that certain Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement (the
“Subordination Agreement”) among Blackrock Kelso Capital
Corporation (“BKC”), PennanPark Investment Corporation (“Pennant”), Citibank, N.A. (“Citibank”),
THL Credit, Inc. (“THL” and together with BKC, Pennat and Citibank, the “Purchasers”), CBay Inc., a
Delaware corporation (“CBay”), MedQuist Inc., a New Jersey corporation (“MedQuist”), MedQuist
Transcriptions, Ltd., a New Jersey corporation (“MedQuist Transcriptions”, and together with CBay
and MedQuist, the “Issuers”) and General Electric Capital Corporation (“Agent”), to the
indebtedness (including interest) owed by the Companies pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement
dated as of October 1, 2010 among the Companies, Agent and the lenders from time to time party
thereto, as such Credit Agreement has been and hereafter may be amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time and to indebtedness refinancing the indebtedness under that agreement as
contemplated by the Subordination Agreement; and each holder of this instrument, by its acceptance
hereof, irrevocably agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Subordination Agreement.

2

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 

	ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS, INTERPRETATION AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
	 	 	7	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 1.1 Defined Terms
	 	 	 7	 
	Section 1.2 UCC Terms
	 	 	36	 
	Section 1.3 Accounting Terms and Principles
	 	 	36	 
	Section 1.4 Pro Forma
	 	 	36	 
	Section 1.5 Payments
	 	 	36	 
	Section 1.6 Interpretation
	 	 	37	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 2 ISSUANCE AND SALE OF NOTES; INTEREST AND REPAYMENT
	 	 	37	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 2.1 Note Issuance
	 	 	37	 
	Section 2.2 Procedures for Issuance
	 	 	38	 
	Section 2.3 [Reserved.]
	 	 	38	 
	Section 2.4 [Reserved.]
	 	 	38	 
	Section 2.5 [Reserved.]
	 	 	38	 
	Section 2.6 Repayment and Prepayment of Obligations
	 	 	38	 
	Section 2.7 Interest
	 	 	40	 
	Section 2.8 AHYDO Payments
	 	 	41	 
	Section 2.9 [Reserved.]
	 	 	41	 
	Section 2.10 Application of Payments
	 	 	41	 
	Section 2.11 Payments and Computations
	 	 	42	 
	Section 2.12 Evidence of Debt
	 	 	42	 
	Section 2.13 [Reserved.]
	 	 	43	 
	Section 2.14 [Reserved.]
	 	 	43	 
	Section 2.15 [Reserved.]
	 	 	43	 
	Section 2.16 [Reserved.]
	 	 	43	 
	Section 2.17 Taxes
	 	 	43	 
	Section 2.18 [Reserved.]
	 	 	46	 
	Section 2.19 Issuer Representative
	 	 	46	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 3 CONDITIONS TO PURCHASE OF NOTES
	 	 	47	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 3.1 Conditions Precedent to Purchase of Notes
	 	 	47	 
	Section 3.2 Conditions to Funding
	 	 	49	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
	 	 	49	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.1 Corporate Existence; Compliance with LAw
	 	 	49	 
	Section 4.2 Note Documents and Related Documents
	 	 	50	 
	Section 4.3 Ownership of Group Members
	 	 	50	 
	Section 4.4 Financial Statements
	 	 	51	 
	Section 4.5 Material Adverse Effect
	 	 	51	 
	Section 4.6 Solvency
	 	 	52	 
	Section 4.7 Litigation
	 	 	52	 
	Section 4.8 Taxes
	 	 	52	 
	Section 4.9 Margin Regulations
	 	 	52	 
	Section 4.10 No Defaults
	 	 	52	 
	Section 4.11 Investment Company Act
	 	 	52	 
	Section 4.12 Labor Matters
	 	 	53	 
	Section 4.13 ERISA
	 	 	53	 
	Section 4.14 Environmental Matters
	 	 	53	 
	Section 4.15 Intellectual Property
	 	 	54	 
	Section 4.16 Title; Real Property
	 	 	54	 
	Section 4.17 Full Disclosure
	 	 	54	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	Section 4.18 Anti-Terrorism Laws
	 	 	55	 
	Section 4.19 Material Agreement
	 	 	55	 
	Section 4.20 Health Care Matters
	 	 	55	 
	Section 4.21 Health Care Permits
	 	 	55	 
	Section 4.22 Exclusion
	 	 	55	 
	Section 4.23 HIPAA
	 	 	56	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 5 FINANCIAL COVENANTS
	 	 	56	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 5.1 Maximum Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio
	 	 	56	 
	Section 5.2 Maximum Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio
	 	 	57	 
	Section 5.3 [Reserved.]
	 	 	58	 
	Section 5.4 Minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio
	 	 	58	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 6 REPORTING COVENANTS
	 	 	58	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 6.1 Financial Statements
	 	 	58	 
	Section 6.2 Other Events
	 	 	60	 
	Section 6.3 Copies of Notices and Reports
	 	 	61	 
	Section 6.4 Labor Matters
	 	 	61	 
	Section 6.5 ERISA-Related Information
	 	 	61	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 7 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
	 	 	62	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 7.1 Maintenance of Corporate
	 	 	62	 
	Section 7.2 Compliance with Laws, Etc.
	 	 	62	 
	Section 7.3 Payment of Obligations
	 	 	62	 
	Section 7.4 Maintenance of Property
	 	 	62	 
	Section 7.5 Maintenance of Insurance
	 	 	63	 
	Section 7.6 Keeping of Books
	 	 	63	 
	Section 7.7 Access to Books and Property
	 	 	63	 
	Section 7.8 Environmental
	 	 	64	 
	Section 7.9 Use of Proceeds
	 	 	64	 
	Section 7.10 Additional Guaranties
	 	 	64	 
	Section 7.11 [Reserved.]
	 	 	64	 
	Section 7.12 Compliance Program
	 	 	64	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 8 NEGATIVE COVENANTS
	 	 	65	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 8.1 Indebtedness
	 	 	65	 
	Section 8.2 Liens
	 	 	67	 
	Section 8.3 Investments
	 	 	68	 
	Section 8.4 Asset Sales
	 	 	69	 
	Section 8.5 Restricted Payments
	 	 	71	 
	Section 8.6 Prepayment of Indebtedness
	 	 	73	 
	Section 8.7 Fundamental Changes
	 	 	73	 
	Section 8.8 Change in Nature of Business
	 	 	74	 
	Section 8.9 Transactions with Affiliates
	 	 	74	 
	Section 8.10 Third-Party Restrictions on Indebtedness, Liens, Investments or Restricted Payments
	 	 	76	 
	Section 8.11 Modification of Certain Documents
	 	 	77	 
	Section 8.12 Fiscal Year
	 	 	77	 
	Section 8.13 Margin Regulations
	 	 	77	 
	Section 8.14 Compliance with ERISA
	 	 	77	 
	Section 8.15 Hazardous Materials
	 	 	77	 
	Section 8.16 Limitation on Layering Indebtedness
	 	 	77	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 9 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	 	 	78	 

4

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	Section 9.1 Definition
	 	 	78	 
	Section 9.2 Remedies
	 	 	80	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 10 RESERVED
	 	 	80	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS
	 	 	80	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 11.1 Amendments, Waivers, Etc.
	 	 	80	 
	Section 11.2 Assignments and Participations; Binding Effect
	 	 	81	 
	Section 11.3 Costs and Expenses
	 	 	83	 
	Section 11.4 Indemnities
	 	 	83	 
	Section 11.5 Survival
	 	 	84	 
	Section 11.6 Limitation of Liability for Certain Damages
	 	 	84	 
	Section 11.7 Noteholder-Issuer Relationship
	 	 	85	 
	Section 11.8 [Reserved.]
	 	 	85	 
	Section 11.9 Sharing of Payments, Etc.
	 	 	85	 
	Section 11.10 [Reserved.]
	 	 	85	 
	Section 11.11 Addresses
	 	 	85	 
	Section 11.12 Electronic Transmissions
	 	 	86	 
	Section 11.13 Governing Law
	 	 	87	 
	Section 11.14 Jurisdiction
	 	 	87	 
	Section 11.15 Waiver of Jury Trial
	 	 	88	 
	Section 11.16 Severability
	 	 	88	 
	Section 11.17 Execution in Counterparts
	 	 	88	 
	Section 11.18 Entire Agreement
	 	 	88	 
	Section 11.19 Use of Name
	 	 	88	 
	Section 11.20 Non-Public Information; Confidentiality
	 	 	88	 
	Section 11.21 Patriot Act Notice
	 	 	89	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 12 CROSS-GUARANTY
	 	 	89	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 12.1 Cross-Guaranty
	 	 	89	 
	Section 12.2 Waivers by Issuers
	 	 	90	 
	Section 12.3 Benefit of Guaranty
	 	 	90	 
	Section 12.4 Subordination of Subrogation, Etc.
	 	 	90	 
	Section 12.5 Election of Remedies
	 	 	91	 
	Section 12.6 Limitation
	 	 	91	 
	Section 12.7 Contribution with Respect to Guaranty Obligations
	 	 	91	 
	Section 12.8 Liability Cumulative
	 	 	92	 
	Section 12.9 Subordination
	 	 	92	 

5

 

SCHEDULES

	 	 	 

	Schedule I

	 	Commitments
	Schedule II

	 	Addresses for Notices
	Schedule 4.3

	 	Capitalization
	Schedule 4.12

	 	Labor Matters
	Schedule 4.14

	 	Environmental Matters
	Schedule 4.19

	 	Material Agreements
	Schedule 4.21

	 	Health Care Permits
	Schedule 8.1

	 	Indebtedness
	Schedule 8.2

	 	Liens
	Schedule 8.3

	 	Investments
	Schedule 8.9

	 	Affiliate Transactions
	Schedule 8.10

	 	Contractual Obligations

EXHIBITS

	 	 	 

	Exhibit A

	 	Form of Assignment Agreement
	Exhibit B

	 	Form of Note
	Exhibit C

	 	PIK Toggle Notice
	Exhibit D

	 	Form of Compliance Certificate
	Exhibit E

	 	Subordination Agreement

6

 

          THIS
SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2010, IS ENTERED
INTO AMONG CBAY INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION (“CBAY”), MEDQUIST INC., A NEW JERSEY
CORPORATION (“MEDQUIST”), MEDQUIST TRANSCRIPTIONS, LTD., A NEW JERSEY CORPORATION
(“MEDQUIST TRANSCRIPTIONS”, AND TOGETHER WITH CBAY AND MEDQUIST, THE “ISSUERS”),
CBAYSYSTEMS HOLDINGS LIMITED, A COMPANY INCORPORATED IN THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS AND AS SUCH
ENTITY MAY BE CONVERTED TO A DELAWARE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 265 OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL
CORPORATION LAW (“HOLDINGS”), MEDQUIST, AS ISSUER REPRESENTATIVE, BLACKROCK KELSO CAPITAL
CORPORATION (“BKC”), PENNANTPARK INVESTMENT CORPORATION (“PENNANT”), CITIBANK, N.A.
(“CITIBANK”), AND THL CREDIT, INC. (“THL” AND TOGETHER WITH BKC, PENNANT PARK, CITIBANK AND
THE OTHER PURCHASERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PURCHASERS”).

          WHEREAS, simultaneously with the transactions contemplated under the Senior Credit Agreement,
Issuers wish to sell to Purchasers and Purchasers wish to purchase from Issuers the 13.0% Senior
Subordinated Notes Due October 2016 (each, a “Note” and collectively, the
“Notes”), in an aggregate principal amount equal to $85,000,000, for the consideration and
upon the terms and conditions contained herein; and

          WHEREAS, Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors (each, a “Guarantor” and collectively,
the “Guarantors”) will derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the issuance of
the Notes hereunder and are willing to guaranty all of the Obligations of Issuers to Purchasers
under the Note Documents;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained
herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS, INTERPRETATION AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

     Section 1.1 Defined Terms As used in this Agreement, the following terms have
the following meanings:

     “Acquired Business” means the assets of Spheris Inc. and its subsidiaries acquired by
the Issuers pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement.

     “Acquisition” means the acquisition by the Issuers of the Acquired Business.

     “Acquisition Agreement” means that certain Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated
as of February 2, 2010, by and among Spheris Inc. and certain of its affiliates as sellers and CBay
and MedQuist as purchasers.

     “Additional Available Cash” means, on any date, (i) aggregate Excess Cash Flow of
Holdings for periods after the Closing Date for which audited financial statements and related
Compliance Certificates have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(c) and (d)
after the Closing Date not required to be paid to the Senior Agent pursuant to Section 2.8(a) of
the Senior Credit Agreement plus (ii) aggregate Net Cash Proceeds arising from the issuance or Sale by any Group

7

 

Member of its own Stock (other than the Holdings IPO) not required to be paid to the Senior Agent
pursuant to Section 2.8(b) of the Senior Credit Agreement, plus (iii) Available Holdings IPO
Proceeds, plus (iv) Net Cash Proceeds arising from the A-Life Sale, and, minus (iv) any such
amounts, previously used on or prior to such date to make Permitted Acquisitions, Investments,
Restricted Payments, in each case as expressly permitted hereunder to be made with Additional
Available Cash and, minus (vi) prepayments of the Notes
pursuant to Section 2.6.

     “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, each other Person that directly or
indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person;
provided, however, that no Purchaser shall be an Affiliate of any Note Party. For
purpose of this definition, “control” means the possession of either (a) the power to vote
10% or more of the Voting Stock of such Person or (b) the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

     “Aggregate Accrual” has the meaning specified in Section 2.8.

     “Agreement” means this Senior Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement.

     “A-Life Sale” means the sale by MedQuist of its equity investment in A-Life Medical,
Inc. pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 20, 2010, among
Ingenix, Inc., Oasis Acquisition Holdings Inc., A-Life Medical, Inc., MedQuist and the other equity
holders of A-Life Medical, Inc., for approximately $19,000,000 in cash at closing and $5,000,000
pursuant to an eighteen month escrow arrangement.

     “Assignment” means an assignment agreement entered into by a Purchaser, as assignor,
and any Person, as assignee, pursuant to the terms and provisions of Section 11.2 accepted
by the Required Purchasers, in substantially the form of Exhibit A, or any other form
approved by the Required Purchasers.

     “Available Holdings IPO Proceeds” means, on any date (i) the Net Cash Proceeds
received by Holdings from the consummation of the Holdings IPO minus (ii) in the case of the
initial Holdings IPO, the Designated IPO Proceeds Amount; provided, however, that in no event shall
Available Holdings IPO Proceeds be less than zero.

     “Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as
now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

     “Benefit Plan” means any employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA
(whether governed by the laws of the United States or otherwise) to which any Group Member incurs
or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

     “BKC” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

     “Business Day” means any day of the year that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on
which banks are required or authorized to close in New York City.

     “Called Notes” means the principal amount of the Notes that is to be prepaid at a
voluntary redemption date on or prior to the second anniversary of the Funding Date pursuant to
Section 2.6(b)(iii).

8

 

     “Capital Expenditures” means, for any Person for any period, the aggregate of all
expenditures, whether or not made through the incurrence of Indebtedness, by such Person and its
Subsidiaries during such period for the acquisition, leasing (pursuant to a Capital Lease),
construction, replacement, repair, substitution or improvement of fixed or capital assets or
additions to equipment, in each case required to be capitalized under GAAP on a Consolidated
balance sheet of such Person, excluding (a) interest capitalized during construction and (b) any
expenditure to the extent, for purpose of the definition of Permitted Acquisition, such expenditure
is part of the aggregate amounts payable in connection with, or other consideration for, any
Permitted Acquisition consummated during or prior to such period.

     “Capital Lease” means, with respect to any Person, any lease of, or other arrangement
conveying the right to use, any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee
that has been or should be accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person
prepared in accordance with GAAP.

     “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means, at any time, with respect to any Capital Lease,
any lease entered into as part of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction of any Person or any synthetic
lease, the amount of all obligations of such Person that is (or that would be, if such synthetic
lease or other lease were accounted for as a Capital Lease) capitalized on a balance sheet of such
Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

     “Cash Equivalents” means (a) any readily-marketable securities (i) issued by, or
directly, unconditionally and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States federal government
or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States federal government the obligations of which are
fully backed by the full faith and credit of the United States federal government, (b) any
readily-marketable direct obligations issued by any other agency of the United States federal
government, any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any
public instrumentality thereof, in each case having a rating of at least “A-1” from S&P or
at least “P-1” from Moody’s, (c) any commercial paper rated at least “A-1” by S&P
or “P-1” by Moody’s and issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the
United States, (d) any Dollar-denominated time deposit, insured certificate of deposit, overnight
bank deposit or bankers’ acceptance issued or accepted by any commercial bank that is (A) organized
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (B) “adequately
capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary federal banking regulators) and (C) has
Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) in excess of $250,000,000 and (e) shares of any
United States money market fund that (i) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously
in the types of investments referred to in clause (a), (b), (c) or
(d) above with maturities as set forth in the proviso below, (ii) has net assets in excess
of $500,000,000 and (iii) has obtained from either S&P or Moody’s the highest rating obtainable for
money market funds in the United States; provided, however, that the maturities of
all obligations specified in any of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d)
above shall not exceed 365 days.

     “Cash Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 2.7(a).

     “CBay” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

     “CBay Convertible Notes” means those certain 6.00% Convertible Senior PIK Notes due
2015 which mature on August 6, 2015 issued by CBay to Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.

     “CBay
India” means CBay Systems (India) Pvt. Ltd. , a company incorporated in India.

9

 

     “CBay Management Agreement” means that certain Services Agreement, dated as of
September 19, 2009, between Holdings and CBay.

     “CBay Transcription Agreements” means (i) that certain Sales & Services Agreement,
dated as of March 9, 2010, between MedQuist Transcriptions and CBay Systems and (ii) that certain
Transcription Services Subcontracting Agreement by and between MedQuist Transcriptions and CBay
Systems, dated as of March 31, 2009, each as in effect as of the date hereof.

     “CBay Systems” means CBay Systems & Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

     “CERCLA” means the United States Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation,
and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 9601 et seq.).

     “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (a) the acquisition
of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the
meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange
Commission thereunder as in effect on the date hereof), other than Sponsor, of Stock representing
45% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Stock of
Holdings, (b) the Sale by Sponsor of all or substantially all of the Stock of Holdings owned by
Sponsor to any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the
rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the date hereof) (but
excluding any sale by Sponsor of all of its shares of Stock of Holdings to the extent such shares
constitute no more than 5% of the shares of Stock of Holdings held by the Sponsor on the Closing
Date and are not sold in a series of related transactions that would otherwise be a Change of
Control), (c) the occupation of a majority of the seats on the board of directors of Holdings by
Persons who were not directors on the Closing Date and were neither (i) nominated by the board of
directors of Holdings nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated, (c) Holdings ceases, directly
or indirectly, to own and control, beneficially and of record, ninety-five percent (95%) of the
issued and outstanding Voting Stock and Stock Equivalents of CBay on a fully diluted basis (as the
same may be adjusted for any combination, recapitalization or reclassification into a greater or
smaller number of shares, interests or other unit of equity security), (d) CBay ceases, directly or
indirectly, to own and control, beneficially and of record, a percentage equal to or greater than
the percentage owned and controlled as of the Closing Date of the issued and outstanding Voting
Stock and Stock Equivalents of MedQuist on a fully diluted basis (other than through the exercise
of options existing on the Closing Date) or (e) a “Change of Control” or any term of similar
effect, as defined in any Senior Loan Document.

     “Citibank” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

     “Closing
Date” means the September 30, 2010.

     “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     “Commitment” means, with respect to any Purchaser, the aggregate amount set forth
opposite such Purchaser’s name on Schedule I under the heading “Commitment.”

     “Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit D.

10

 

     “Consolidated” means, with respect to any Person, the accounts of such Person and its
Subsidiaries consolidated in accordance with GAAP.

     “Consolidated Cash Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period less the sum of, in each
case to the extent included in the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense, (a) the amortized
amount of debt discount and debt issuance costs, (b) charges relating to write-ups or write-downs
in the book or carrying value of existing Consolidated Total Debt, (c) interest payable in
evidences of Indebtedness or by addition to the principal of the related Indebtedness and (d) other
non-cash interest.

     “Consolidated Current Assets” means, with respect to any Person at any date, the total
Consolidated current assets of such Person at such date other than cash, Cash Equivalents and any
Indebtedness owing to such Person or any of its Subsidiaries by Affiliates of such Person.

     “Consolidated Current Liabilities” means, with respect to any Person at any date, all
liabilities of such Person and its Subsidiaries at such date that should be classified as current
liabilities on a Consolidated balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
provided, however, that “Consolidated Current Liabilities” shall exclude
the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, the current portion of any other long term
Indebtedness and accrued interest payable.

     “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period:

     (a) the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period;

     (b) the sum of, in each case to the extent deducted in the calculation of such Consolidated
Net Income but without duplication:

     (i) any provision for United States federal income taxes or other taxes measured by
net income;

     (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense, amortization of debt discount and commissions and
other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness (except amortization of debt discount,
expenses and fees related to the consummation of the Related Transactions);

     (iii) any loss from extraordinary items as defined by GAAP;

     (iv) any depreciation, depletion and amortization expense;

     (v) any aggregate net loss on the Sale of property (other than accounts (as defined
under the applicable UCC) and inventory) outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

     (vi) expenses and fees paid in cash associated with the Related Transactions accrued
in the Fiscal Years ending on December 31, 2010 or December 31, 2011 and amortization of
debt discount in the aggregate not to exceed $14,000,000;

11

 

     (vii) for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for Holdings (and not
Consolidated EBITDA of MedQuist), fees and expenses, and any unusual or nonrecurring cash
charges, related to the Exchange Offer and the Holdings IPO and the issuance of equity of
Holdings in connection therewith;

     (viii) any other non-cash expenditure, charge or loss for such period (other than any
non-cash expenditure, charge or loss relating to write-offs, write-downs or reserves with
respect to accounts and inventory), including the amount of any compensation deduction as
the result of any grant of Stock or Stock Equivalents to employees, officers, directors or
consultants, or any other long-term incentive arrangement;

     (ix) any non-recurring loss, including severance and restructuring costs related to
the Acquisition and the integration of the Acquired Business in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $5,500,000;

     (x) any unusual or non-recurring cash losses, cash charges or cash expenses, including
severance and restructuring costs, related to Permitted Acquisitions or Permitted
Indebtedness or equity issuances of Stock or Stock Equivalents permitted hereunder
(excluding any equity issuances in connection with the Exchange Offer or the Holdings IPO);

     (xi) costs of legal proceedings and settlements with respect to those matters
disclosed in Item 3 of MedQuist’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as of December 31, 2009 filed
on March 12, 2010, in an amount not to exceed $5,000,000 in any trailing twelve-month
period; and

     (xii) aggregate non-cash foreign exchange losses resulting from foreign currency
fluctuation or hedging activity related thereto; minus

     (c) the sum of, in each case to the extent included in the calculation of such Consolidated
Net Income and without duplication:

     (i) any credit for United States federal income taxes or other taxes measured by net
income;

     (ii) any gain from extraordinary items and any other non-recurring gain;

     (iii) any aggregate net gain from the Sale of property (other than accounts (as
defined in the applicable UCC) and inventory) out of the Ordinary Course of Business by
such Person;

     (iv) any other non-cash gain, including any reversal of a charge referred to in
clause (b)(vii) above by reason of a decrease in the value of any Stock or Stock
Equivalent;

     (v) any other cash payment in respect of expenditures, charges and losses that have
been added to Consolidated EBITDA of such Person pursuant to clause (b)(vii) above
in any prior period; and

12

 

     (vi) aggregate non-cash foreign exchange gains resulting from foreign currency
fluctuation or hedging activity related thereto.

     Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of calculating the condition precedent set forth in
Section 3.1(e) and covenants under Article 5 and Article 8, Consolidated
EBITDA for the following Fiscal Quarters shall be deemed to be the amount set forth opposite such
Fiscal Quarter below:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Fiscal Quarter Ended	 	Consolidated EBITDA	 
	September 30, 2009
	 	$	22,316,000	 
	December 31, 2009
	 	$	23,540,000	 
	March 31, 2010
	 	$	19,385,000	 
	June 30, 2010
	 	$	21,911,000	 

     “Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any
period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to (b) Consolidated
Cash Interest Expense of such Person for such period.

     “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any Person for any period, (a) Consolidated
total interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period and including, in any
event, (i) interest capitalized during such period and net losses under Interest Rate Contracts for
such period and (ii) all fees, charges, commissions, discounts and other similar obligations (other
than reimbursement obligations) with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees, banker’s
acceptances, surety bonds and performance bonds (whether or not matured) payable by such Person and
its Subsidiaries during such period minus (b) the sum of (i) Consolidated net gains of such
Person and its Subsidiaries under Interest Rate Contracts for such period and (ii) Consolidated
interest income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period.

     “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the
Consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period;
provided, however, that the following shall be excluded: (a) the net income of any
other Person in which such Person or one of its Subsidiaries has a joint interest with a third
party (which interest does not cause the net income of such other Person to be Consolidated into
the net income of such Person), except to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions
paid to such Person or Subsidiary, (b) the net income of any Subsidiary of such Person that is, on
the last day of such period, subject to any restriction or limitation on the payment of dividends
or the making of other distributions, to the extent of such restriction or limitation and (c) the
net income of any other Person arising prior to such other Person becoming a Subsidiary of such
Person or merging or consolidating into such Person or its Subsidiaries, other than any Permitted
Acquisition, in which case Consolidated Net Income shall include the net income of such Person
measured on a Pro

13

 

Forma Basis. For the avoidance of doubt, the net income (or loss) of A Life Medical Inc.
shall not be included in the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings or MedQuist.

     “Consolidated Senior Debt” means, as of any date, (i) the Consolidated Total Debt of
Holdings less (ii) all Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes.

     “Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person as of any date,
the ratio of (a) Consolidated Senior Debt of such Person outstanding as of such date to (b)
Consolidated EBITDA for such Person for the last period of four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarters
ending on or before such date.

     “Consolidated Total Debt” of any Person means all Indebtedness of a type described in
clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (f) or (g) of the
definition thereof and, without duplication, all Guaranty Obligations with respect to any such
Indebtedness, in each case of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis.

     “Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person as of any date,
the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt of such Person outstanding as of such date to (b)
Consolidated EBITDA for such Person for the last period of four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarters
ending on or before such date.

     “Constituent Documents” means, with respect to any Person, collectively and, in each
case, together with any modification of any term thereof, to the extent not prohibited hereunder,
(a) the articles of incorporation, certificate of incorporation, constitution or certificate of
formation of such Person, (b) the bylaws, operating agreement or joint venture agreement of such
Person, (c) any other constitutive, organizational or governing document of such Person, whether or
not equivalent, and (d) any other document setting forth the manner of election or duties of the
directors, officers or managing members of such Person or the designation, amount or relative
rights, limitations and preferences of any Stock of such Person.

     “Contingent Note Document Obligations” means contingent indemnification obligations
arising under the Note Documents for which no claims have been asserted.

     “Contractual Obligation” means, with respect to any Person, any provision of any
Security issued by such Person or of any document or undertaking (other than a Note Document) to
which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound or to which any of its
property is subject.

     “Copyrights” means all rights, title and interests (and all related IP Ancillary
Rights) arising under any Requirement of Law in or relating to copyrights and all mask work,
database and design rights, whether or not registered or published, all registrations and
recordations thereof and all applications in connection therewith.

     “Corporate Chart” means a document setting forth, as of a date set forth therein, for
each Person that is a Note Party or a Subsidiary or joint venture of a Note Party, (a) the full
legal name of such Person, (b) the jurisdiction of organization and, if organized under the laws of
a state of the United States, any organizational number and tax identification number of such
Person, (c) the location of such Person’s chief executive office (or, if applicable, sole place of
business), (d) the number of shares of each class of Stock of such Person (other than Holdings)
authorized and

14

 

outstanding and (e) the number and percentage of such outstanding shares for each such class
owned, directly or indirectly, by each Group Member.

     “Customary Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person, any of the following:

     (a) Liens (i) with respect to the payment of taxes, assessments or other governmental charges
that are not yet overdue or (ii) of suppliers, carriers, materialmen, warehousemen, workmen or
mechanics and other similar Liens that are not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days
without the commencement of enforcement or foreclosure, in each case imposed by law or arising in
the Ordinary Course of Business, and, for each of the Liens in clauses (i) and (ii)
above for amounts that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently
conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions are
maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

     (b) Liens of a collection bank on items in the course of collection arising under Section
4-208 of the UCC as in effect in the State of New York or any similar section under any applicable
UCC or any similar Requirement of Law of any foreign jurisdiction;

     (c) pledges or cash deposits made in the Ordinary Course of Business (i) in connection with
workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other types of social security benefits (other
than any Lien imposed by ERISA), (ii) to secure the performance of bids, tenders, leases (other
than Capital Leases) sales or other trade contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed
money) or (iii) made in lieu of, or to secure the performance of, surety, customs, reclamation or
performance bonds (in each case not related to judgments or litigation);

     (d) judgment liens (other than for the payment of taxes, assessments or other governmental
charges) securing judgments and other proceedings not constituting an Event of Default under
Section 9.1(e) and pledges or cash deposits made in lieu of, or to secure the performance
of, judgment or appeal bonds in respect of such judgments and proceedings;

     (e) Liens (i) arising by reason of zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations,
restrictions, covenants, rights-of-way, encroachments, minor defects or irregularities in title
(including leasehold title) and other similar encumbrances on the use of real property or (ii)
consisting of leases, licenses or subleases granted by a lessor, licensor or sublessor on its
property (in each case other than Capital Leases) otherwise permitted under Section 8.4
that, for each of the Liens in clauses (i) and (ii) above, do not, in the
aggregate, materially (x) impair the value or marketability of such real property or (y) interfere
with the ordinary conduct of the business conducted and proposed to be conducted at such real
property;

     (f) Liens of landlords and mortgagees of landlords (i) arising by statute or under any lease
or related Contractual Obligation entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business, (ii) on fixtures
and movable tangible property located on the real property leased or subleased from such landlord,
(iii) for amounts not overdue for a period of more than 30 days without the commencement of
enforcement or foreclosure or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
diligently conducted and (iv) for which adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions are
maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

     (g) Liens arising from precautionary uniform commercial code financing statements filed under
any lease permitted by this Agreement;

15

 

     (h) licenses (including, without limitation, licenses granted by a Group Member with respect
to its Intellectual Property), sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to third parties in the
Ordinary Course of Business not interfering with the business of the Group Members;

     (i) Liens in favor of collecting banks arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC;

     (j) Liens (including the right of set-off) in favor of a bank or other depository institution
arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits, or Liens that are contractual rights of set-off
(i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with
the issuance of Indebtedness or (ii) relating to pooled deposit, automatic clearing house or sweep
accounts of the Group Members to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred
in the Ordinary Course of Business of the Group Members;

     (k) Liens arising out of consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered
into by Group Member in the Ordinary Course of Business;

     (l) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law that secure
payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods of any Group Member in the
Ordinary Course of Business;

     (m) Liens (i) on cash earnest money deposits in favor of the seller of any Property to be
acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 8.3 to be applied against the
purchase price for such Investment and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell, transfer, lease or
otherwise dispose of any Property in a transaction permitted under Section 8.4 and
affecting only the Property that is the subject of such agreement, in each case, solely to the
extent such Investment or sale, disposition, transfer or lease would have been permitted on the
date of the creation of such Lien;

     (n) Liens that are in the nature of (i) a common law or statutory right of set-off arising
solely by operation of applicable law, or (ii) a right of set-off, relating to purchase orders and
other agreements entered into with customers of the Group Members in the Ordinary Course of
Business (except to the extent such Lien was waived or subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to
the terms of the applicable Contractual Obligations or any amendment thereto);

     (o) Liens on an insurance policy and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the
insurance premiums payable with respect to such policy; and

     (p) the title and interest of a lessor or sublessor in and to personal property leased or
subleased (other than through a Capital Lease), in each case extending only to such personal
property.

     “Default” means any Event of Default and any event that, with the passing of time or
the giving of notice or both, would become an Event of Default.

     “Designated IPO Proceeds Amount” means $19,500,000, which represents the Net Cash
Proceeds from the Holdings IPO available to fund the transactions permitted under Section
8.5(h) and Sections 8.9(j) and (k).

     “Designated Purchaser” means that Purchaser which, together with its Affiliates, holds
the greatest percentage of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

16

 

     “Disclosure Documents” means, collectively, (a) all confidential information memoranda
and related materials prepared in connection with the syndication of the Senior Credit Facilities
and (b) all other documents filed by any Group Member with the United States Securities and
Exchange Commission.

     “Discounted Value” means, with respect to the Called Notes, the amount obtained by
discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Notes from their
respective scheduled due dates to the redemption date with respect to such Called Notes in
accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic
basis as that on which interest on the Notes is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with
respect to such Called Notes.

     “Dollars” and the sign “$” each mean the lawful money of the United States of
America.

     “Domestic Person” means any “United States person” as defined in
Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

     “E-Fax” means any system used to receive or transmit faxes electronically.

     “E-Signature” means the process of attaching to or logically associating with an
Electronic Transmission an electronic symbol, encryption, digital signature or process (including
the name or an abbreviation of the name of the party transmitting the Electronic Transmission) with
the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such Electronic Transmission.

     “E-System” means any electronic system, including Intralinks® and ClearPar®
and any other Internet or extranet-based site, whether such electronic system is owned, operated or
hosted by the Senior Agent, any of its Related Persons or any other Person, providing for access to
data protected by passcodes or other security system.

     “Electronic Transmission” means each document, instruction, authorization, file,
information and any other communication transmitted, posted or otherwise made or communicated by
e-mail or E-Fax, or otherwise to or from an E-System or other equivalent service.

     “Environmental Laws” means all Requirements of Law and Permits imposing liability or
standards of conduct for or relating to the regulation and protection of human health and safety
(to the extent related to Releases, Remedial Action or protection from or exposure to Hazardous
Material), the environment and natural resources, including CERCLA, the SWDA, the Hazardous
Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. §§ 5101 et seq.), the Federal Insecticide,
Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. §§ 136 et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act
(15 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 7401 et seq.), the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 et seq.), the Occupational Safety
and Health Act (29 U.S.C. §§ 651 et seq.), the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 300(f)
et seq.), all regulations promulgated under any of the foregoing, all analogous
Requirements of Law and Permits and any environmental transfer of ownership notification or
approval statutes, including the Industrial Site Recovery Act (N.J. Stat. Ann. §§ 13:1K-6 et
seq.).

     “Environmental Liabilities” means all Liabilities (including costs of Remedial
Actions, natural resource damages and costs and expenses of investigation and feasibility studies)
that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any Group Member as a result of, or related
to,

17

 

any claim, suit, action, investigation, proceeding or demand by any Person, whether based in
contract, tort, implied or express warranty, strict liability, criminal or civil statute or common
law or otherwise, arising under any Environmental Law or in connection with any environmental,
health or safety condition or with any Release and resulting from the ownership, lease, sublease or
other operation or occupation of property by any Group Member, whether on, prior to or after the
date hereof.

     “ERISA” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

     “ERISA Affiliate” means, collectively, any Group Member, and any Person under common
control, or treated as a single employer, with any Group Member, within the meaning of Section
414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

     “ERISA Event” means any of the following: (a) a reportable event described in
Section 4043 of ERISA (as to which the PBGC has not waived, under subsection .22, .23, .25, .27 or .28 of PBGC Regulation Section 4043, the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be
notified of such event) with respect to a Title IV Plan, (b) the withdrawal of any ERISA Affiliate
from a Title IV Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a
substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, (c) the complete or partial
withdrawal of any ERISA Affiliate from any Multiemployer Plan, (d) with respect to any
Multiemployer Plan, the filing of a notice of reorganization, insolvency or termination (or
treatment of a plan amendment as termination) under Section 4041A of ERISA, or the receipt by any
ERISA Affiliate of any notice, that any Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status
under Section 305 of ERISA, (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Title IV Plan (or
treatment of a plan amendment as termination) under Section 4041 of ERISA, (f) the institution of
proceedings to terminate a Title IV Plan or a Multiemployer Plan by the PBGC, (g) the failure to
make any required contribution to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan when due, there being or
arising any “unpaid minimum required contribution” or “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined
or otherwise set forth in Section 4971 of the Code or Part 3 of Subtitle B of Title 1 of ERISA)
with respect to a Multiemployer Plan or a Title IV Plan (whether or not waived), the filing of any
request for or receipt of a minimum funding waiver under Section 412 of the Code with respect to
any Benefit Plan, or that such filing may be reasonably be expected to be made, or a determination
that any Title IV Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, in at-risk status under Title IV of
ERISA; (h) the imposition of a lien under Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 or 4068 of ERISA
on any property (or rights to property, whether real or personal) of any ERISA Affiliate, (i) the
failure of a Benefit Plan or any trust thereunder intended to qualify for tax exempt status under
Section 401 or 501 of the Code or other Requirements of Law to qualify thereunder; and (j) engaging
in a non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section
406 of ERISA; and (k) any other event or condition that might reasonably be expected to constitute
grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to
administer, any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or for the imposition of any liability upon any
ERISA Affiliate under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent.

     “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 9.1.

     “Excess Availability” means, at any time, the remainder of (a) the aggregate Revolving
Credit Commitments of the lenders under the Senior Credit Agreement less (b) the aggregate
amount of the Revolving Senior Loans outstanding.

18

 

     “Excess Cash Flow” means, for any Person for any period,

     (a) Consolidated EBITDA of such Person;

     (b) minus, without duplication and only in each case to the extent included in
calculation of Consolidated EBITDA:

     (i) any cash principal payment on the Senior Loans during such period (but only, in
the case of payment in respect of revolving Senior Loans, to the extent that the Revolving
Credit Commitments are permanently reduced by the amount of such payment) other than any
mandatory prepayment made because of the existence of Excess Cash Flow for a prior period;

     (ii) any scheduled cash principal payment made by such Person or any of its
Subsidiaries during such period on any Capitalized Lease Obligation or other Indebtedness
(but only, if such Indebtedness may be reborrowed, to the extent such payment results in a
permanent reduction in commitments thereof and excluding principal payments on Indebtedness
evidenced by the Notes);

     (iii) any Capital Expenditure made by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries during
such period to the extent permitted by this Agreement, excluding any such Capital
Expenditure to the extent financed through the incurrence of Capitalized Lease Obligations
or any other long-term Indebtedness (excluding the Obligations);

     (iv) the Consolidated Cash Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

     (v) any cash losses from extraordinary items;

     (vi) any cash payment made during such period to satisfy obligations for United States
federal income taxes or other taxes measured by net income;

     (vii) any increase in the Working Capital of such Person during such period (measured
as the excess of such Working Capital at the end of such period over such Working Capital
at the beginning of such period);

     (viii) consideration paid in cash with respect to the purchase price of any Permitted
Acquisition or Investment made pursuant to Section 8.3(o), except to the extent
such cash consideration is funded from the issuance of Indebtedness or Stock of such Person
or its Subsidiaries or reduces Additional Available Cash pursuant to clause (v) of the
definition thereof; provided, however, that to the extent the A-Life Sale is consummated
during such Fiscal Year, the cash consideration paid with respect to any Permitted
Acquisition or Investment made pursuant to Section 8.3(o) that reduces Additional Available
Cash pursuant to clause (v) of the definition thereof shall, notwithstanding the foregoing,
be deducted in calculating Excess Cash Flow to the extent of any gain included in
Consolidated EBITDA as a result of the A-Life Sale;

     (ix) cash payments in respect of severance and restructuring costs related to the
Acquisition and the integration of the Acquired Business as set forth in reasonable detail
in any such applicable Compliance Certificate in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$5,500,000,

19

 

     (x) cash payments of fees and expenses related to the Related Transactions and paid
prior to the end of the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2011 as set forth in reasonable
detail in any such applicable Compliance Certificate in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$14,000,000;

     (xi) to the extent added back in calculating Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause
(b)(x) of the definition thereof, any unusual or non-recurring cash losses, cash charges or
cash expenses, including severance and restructuring costs, related to Permitted
Acquisitions or Permitted Indebtedness (regardless of when paid) or equity issuances of
Stock or Stock Equivalents permitted hereunder (excluding any equity issuances in
connection with the Exchange Offer or the Holdings IPO) as set forth in reasonable detail
in any such applicable Compliance Certificate; and

     (xii) to the extent added back in calculating Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause
(b)(xi) of the definition thereof, costs of legal proceedings and settlements with respect
to those matters disclosed in Item 3 of MedQuist’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as of
December 31, 2009 filed on March 12, 2010 in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000;

     (c) plus, without duplication,

     (i) to the extent included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to
clause (b)(i) of the definition thereof, any provision for United States federal
income taxes or other taxes measured by net income;

     (ii) to the extent the calculation of Excess Cash Flow is based on the Consolidated
EBITDA of MedQuist rather than Holdings, the total amount of cash payments made by MedQuist
or its Subsidiaries to Holdings or its Subsidiaries (other than MedQuist and its
Subsidiaries) in excess of (x) payments required to be made under the CBay Transcription
Agreements and (y) up to $2,000,000 of payments made pursuant to the CBay Management
Agreement;

     (iii) any decrease in the Working Capital of such Person during such period (measured
as the excess of such Working Capital at the beginning of such period over such Working
Capital at the end thereof).

     “Exchange Offer” means one or more transactions in which shareholders of MedQuist
other than CBay exchange their Stock of MedQuist for shares of common stock of Holdings, cash or a
combination of such shares and cash.

     “Excluded Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Person
unless (i) such Subsidiary has granted a Lien on any of its property as collateral for, or incurred
any Guaranty Obligations with respect to, any Indebtedness of any Note Party (other than
Obligations) or (ii) more than 65% of the Voting Stock of such Subsidiary has been pledged as
collateral for any such Indebtedness.

     “Excluded Taxes” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17.

     “Existing Agent” means General Electric Capital Corporation, in its capacity as
administrative agent under the Existing Credit Agreement.

20

 

     “Existing Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 22,
2010, among MedQuist, MedQuist Transcriptions, the institutions party thereto as lenders and
issuers and the Existing Agent.

     “Existing Subordinated Note” means that certain Subordinated Promissory Note, dated
July 30, 2010, in the amount of $17,500,000 issued by MedQuist Transcriptions to Black Horse
Capital LP, Black Horse Capital (QP) LP, and Black Horse Capital Master Fund Ltd.

     “Federal Flood Insurance” means Federally backed Flood Insurance available under the
National Flood Insurance Program to owners of real property improvements located in Special Flood
Hazard Areas in a community participating in the National Flood Insurance Program.

     “FEMA” means the Federal Emergency Management Agency, a component of the U.S.
Department of Homeland Security that administers the National Flood Insurance Program.

     “Financial Statement” means each financial statement delivered pursuant to
Section 4.4 or 6.1.

     “Fiscal Quarter” means each three (3) fiscal month period ending on March 31, June 30,
September 30 or December 31.

     “Fiscal Year” means each twelve fiscal month period ending on December 31.

     “Flood Insurance” means, for any real property located in a Special Flood Hazard Area,
Federal Flood Insurance or private insurance that meets the requirements set forth by FEMA in its
Mandatory Purchase of Flood Insurance Guidelines. Flood Insurance shall be in an amount equal to
the full, unpaid balance of the Notes and any prior liens on the real property up to the maximum
policy limits set under the National Flood Insurance Program, or as otherwise required by the
Senior Agent, with deductibles not to exceed $50,000.

     “Funding Date” means the date on which the Issuers sell and the initial Purchasers
purchase the Notes pursuant to this Agreement.

     “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America,
as in effect from time to time, set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, in the statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and in such other statements by such
other entity as may be in general use by significant segments of the accounting profession that are
applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination. Subject to Section 1.3,
all references to “GAAP” shall be to GAAP applied consistently with the principles used in
the preparation of the Financial Statements described in Section 4.4(a).

     “Governmental Authority” means any nation, sovereign or government, any state or other
political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority or instrumentality thereof and any entity or
authority exercising executive, legislative, taxing, judicial, regulatory or administrative
functions of or pertaining to government, including any central bank, stock exchange, regulatory
body, arbitrator, public sector entity, supra-national entity (including the European Union and the
European Central Bank) and any self-regulatory organization (including the National Association of
Insurance Commissioners).

21

 

     “Governmental Payor Programs” means all governmental third party payor programs in
which any Group Member participates, including, without limitation, Medicare, Medicaid, TRICARE or
any other federal or state health care programs.

     “Group Members” means, collectively, Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

     “Group Members’ Accountants” means KPMG LLP or other nationally-recognized independent
registered certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to the Required Purchasers.

     “Guarantor(s)” has the meaning specified in the recitals.

     “Guaranty Agreement” means that certain Guaranty Agreement dated as of the date
hereof, among the Purchasers, the Issuers and the Guarantors from time to time party thereto.

     “Guaranty Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect
liability, contingent or otherwise, of such Person for any Indebtedness, lease, dividend or other
obligation (the “primary obligation”) of another Person (the “primary obligor”), if
the purpose or intent of such Person in incurring such liability, or the economic effect thereof,
is to guarantee such primary obligation or provide support, assurance or comfort to the holder of
such primary obligation or to protect or indemnify such holder against loss with respect to such
primary obligation, including (a) the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (other than for
collection or deposit in the Ordinary Course of Business), co-making, discounting with recourse or
sale with recourse by such Person of any primary obligation, (b) the existence of any Lien, or any
right, contingent or otherwise, to receive a Lien, on the property of such Person securing any part
of any primary obligation and (c) any liability of such Person for a primary obligation through any
Contractual Obligation (contingent or otherwise) or other arrangement (i) to purchase, repurchase
or otherwise acquire such primary obligation or any security therefor or to provide funds for the
payment or discharge of such primary obligation (whether in the form of a loan, advance, stock
purchase, capital contribution or otherwise), (ii) to maintain the solvency, working capital,
equity capital or any balance sheet item, level of income or cash flow, liquidity or financial
condition of any primary obligor, (iii) to make take-or-pay or similar payments, if required,
regardless of nonperformance by any other party to any Contractual Obligation, (iv) to purchase,
sell or lease (as lessor or lessee) any property, or to purchase or sell services, primarily for
the purpose of enabling the primary obligor to satisfy such primary obligation or to protect the
holder of such primary obligation against loss or (v) to supply funds to or in any other manner
invest in, such primary obligor (including to pay for property or services irrespective of whether
such property is received or such services are rendered); provided, however, that
“Guaranty Obligations” shall not include (x) endorsements for collection or deposit in the
Ordinary Course of Business and (y) product warranties given in the Ordinary Course of Business.
The outstanding amount of any Guaranty Obligation shall equal the outstanding amount of the primary
obligation so guaranteed or otherwise supported or, if lower, the stated maximum amount for which
such Person may be liable under such Guaranty Obligation.

     “Hazardous Material” means any substance, material or waste that is classified,
regulated or otherwise characterized under any Environmental Law as hazardous, toxic, a contaminant
or a pollutant or by other words of similar meaning or regulatory effect, including petroleum or
any fraction thereof, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and radioactive substances.

22

 

     “Health Care Laws” means, collectively, any and all federal, state or local laws,
rules, regulations, manuals, orders, ordinances, statutes, guidelines and requirements issued with
respect to regulatory matters relating to the provision, administration, and/or payment for
healthcare products or services, including, without limitation, to the extent applicable, rules and
regulations governing the operation and administration of Medicare, Medicaid or any other
Government Payor Program, HIPAA, any and all federal, state and local fraud and abuse laws of any
Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C.
§ 1320a-7(b)), the Stark Law (42 U.S.C. § 1395nn and § 1395(q)), the civil False Claims Act (31
U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.), and rules and regulations of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration,
as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and any successor statute
thereto.

     “Hedging Agreement” means any Interest Rate Contract, foreign exchange, swap, option
or forward contract, spot, cap, floor or collar transaction, any other derivative instrument and
any other similar transaction and any other similar agreement or arrangement designed to alter the
risks of any Person arising from fluctuations in any underlying variable.

     “HIPAA” means the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as the
same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, any successor statute thereto, any
and all rules or regulations promulgated from time to time thereunder, and any comparable state
laws.

     “HIPAA Compliance Plan” has the meaning specified in Section 4.23.

     “Holding Company” means any Person that (i) is an Affiliate of a Permitted Investor,
(ii) is a direct or indirect holder of Stock of Holdings and (iii) owns no substantial assets other
than such Stock.

     “Holdings” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

     “Holdings IPO” means one or more sales by Holdings of its Stock after the Closing Date
pursuant to one or more underwritten public offerings pursuant to an effective registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933,
provided that the Net Cash Proceeds of the first such offering are at least equal to the Designated
IPO Proceeds Amount.

     “Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, any of the following, whether
or not matured: (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes,
bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all reimbursement and other obligations with respect
to (i) letters of credit, bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances or (ii) surety, customs,
reclamation or performance bonds (in each case not related to judgments or litigation) other than
those entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business, (d) all obligations to pay the deferred
purchase price of property or services, other than trade payables incurred in the Ordinary Course
of Business, (e) all obligations created or arising under any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement, regardless of whether the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under
such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property, (f)
all Capitalized Lease Obligations, (g) all obligations, whether or not contingent, to purchase,
redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any of its own Stock or Stock Equivalents
(or any Stock or Stock Equivalent of a direct or indirect parent entity thereof) prior to the date
that is 180 days after October 15, 2016, valued at, in the case of redeemable preferred Stock,
the greater of

23

 

the voluntary liquidation preference and the involuntary liquidation preference of such Stock
plus accrued and unpaid dividends, (h) all net payments that would be required to be made in
respect of any Hedging Agreement in the event of a termination (including an early termination) on
the date of determination and (i) all Guaranty Obligations for obligations of any other Person
constituting Indebtedness of such other Person; provided, however, that the items
in each of clauses (a) through (i) above shall constitute “Indebtedness” of
such Person solely to the extent (x) such Person is liable for such item or (y) any such item is
secured by a Lien on such Person’s property.

     “Indemnified Matters” has the meaning specified in Section 11.4.

     “Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Section 11.4.

     “Initial Projections” means those financial projections covering the Fiscal Years
ending in 2010 through 2015 and delivered to the Purchasers by the Issuer Representative on
August 22, 2010.

     “Intellectual Property” means all rights, title and interests in or relating to
intellectual property and industrial property arising under any Requirement of Law and all IP
Ancillary Rights relating thereto, including all Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks, Internet Domain
Names, Trade Secrets and IP Licenses.

     “Interest Payment Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.7(a).

     “Interest Rate Contracts” means all interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap
agreements, interest rate collar agreements and interest rate insurance.

     “Internet Domain Names” means all rights, title and interests (and all related IP
Ancillary Rights) arising under any Requirement of Law in or relating to Internet domain names.

     “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, (a) to own,
purchase or otherwise acquire, in each case whether beneficially or otherwise, any investment in,
including any interest in, any Security of any other Person (other than any evidence of any
Obligation), (b) to purchase or otherwise acquire, whether in one transaction or in a series of
transactions, all or a significant part of the property of any other Person or a business conducted
by any other Person or all or substantially all of the assets constituting the business of a
division, branch, brand or other unit operation of any other Person, (c) to incur, or to remain
liable under, any Guaranty Obligation for Indebtedness of any other Person, to assume the
Indebtedness of any other Person or to make, hold, purchase or otherwise acquire any deposit, loan,
advance, commitment to lend or advance, or other extension of credit, excluding deposits with
financial institutions available for withdrawal on demand, prepaid expenses, accounts receivable
and similar items created in the Ordinary Course of Business or (d) to make any contribution to the
capital of any other Person; provided, however, that for purposes of Section
8.3(e) and 8.4(b), (i) any purchase of any property by any Person for more than fair
market value shall constitute an Investment in the seller of such property by such Person to the
extent of such excess over such fair market value and (ii) any Sale of any property by any Person
for less than fair market value shall constitute an Investment in the purchaser of such property by
such Person to the extent of such deficiency below such fair market value.

24

 

     “IP Ancillary Rights” means, with respect to any other Intellectual Property, as
applicable, all foreign counterparts to, and all divisionals, reversions, continuations,
continuations-in-part, reissues, reexaminations, renewals and extensions of, such Intellectual
Property and all income, royalties, proceeds and Liabilities at any time due or payable or asserted
under or with respect to any of the foregoing or otherwise with respect to such Intellectual
Property, including all rights to sue or recover at law or in equity for any past, present or
future infringement, misappropriation, dilution, violation or other impairment thereof, and, in
each case, all rights to obtain any other IP Ancillary Right.

     “IP License” means all Contractual Obligations (and all related IP Ancillary Rights),
whether written or oral, granting any right title and interest in or relating to any Intellectual
Property.

     “IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service of the United States and any successor
thereto.

     “Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

     “Issuer Representative” has the meaning specified in Section 2.19.

     “Junior Subordinated Debt” means any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the payment
in full of the Obligations on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Required Purchasers.

     “Lehman” means Lehman Brothers Commercial Corporation Asia.

     “Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit Issued pursuant to the Senior Credit
Agreement.

     “Liabilities” means all claims, actions, suits, judgments, damages, losses, liability,
obligations, responsibilities, fines, penalties, sanctions, costs, fees, Taxes, commissions,
charges, disbursements and expenses, in each case of any kind or nature (including interest accrued
thereon or as a result thereto and fees, charges and disbursements of financial, legal and other
advisors and consultants), whether joint or several, whether or not indirect, contingent,
consequential, actual, punitive, treble or otherwise.

     “Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, collateral
assignment, charge, encumbrance, easement, lien (statutory or other), or preference, priority or
other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a lien, including any
conditional sale contract or other title retention agreement, any assignment of any right to
receive income or profits, the interest of a lessor under a Capital Lease and any synthetic or
other financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing (but
not the interest of a lessor under an operating lease).

     “Liquidity” means Excess Availability plus cash and Cash Equivalents of Holdings and
its Subsidiaries.

     “Make-Whole Amount” means an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted
Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Notes over such Called Notes;
provided that the Make-Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero.

25

 

     “Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse change in the financial
condition, business, operations or property of the Group Members, taken as a whole, (b) material
impairment of the ability of the Note Parties (taken as a whole) to perform in any material respect
their obligations under the Note Documents and (c) a material adverse effect upon the validity or
enforceability of the Agreement, Guaranty Agreement or the other Note Documents taken as a whole or
the rights and remedies of the Purchasers under the Note Documents.

     “Material Agreement” means the agreements between (i) any Group Member and Multimodal
Technologies, Inc., and (ii) MedQuist Inc. or any of its Subsidiaries and Nuance Communications,
Inc., together with any amendments, modifications and replacements of any such Material Agreements
permitted hereby; provided, however, that “Material Agreements” shall not include that
certain Dictaphone Corporation Maintenance Plan, dated on or about May 18, 2004, between
HealthScribe, Inc. and Dictaphone Corporation.

     “Maturity
Date” means October 15, 2016.

     “Maximum Accrual” has the meaning specified in Section 2.8.

     “Maximum Lawful Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 2.7(c).

     “Maximum Senior Principal Amount” has the meaning set forth in the Subordination
Agreement.

     “Medicaid” means, collectively, the health care assistance program established by
Title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) and any statutes succeeding
thereto, and all laws, rules, regulations, manuals, orders, or requirements pertaining to such
program, including (a) all federal statutes affecting such program; (b) all state statutes and
plans for medical assistance enacted in connection with such program and federal rules and
regulations promulgated in connection with such program; and (c) all applicable provisions of all
rules, regulations, manuals, orders and administrative, reimbursement, and requirements of all
government authorities promulgated in connection with such program (whether or not having the force
of law), in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time.

     “Medicare” means, collectively, the health insurance program for the aged and disabled
established by Title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.) and any
statutes succeeding thereto, and all laws, rules, regulations, manuals, or orders pertaining to
such program including (a) all federal statutes (whether set forth in Title XVIII of the Social
Security Act or elsewhere) affecting such program; and (b) all applicable provisions of all rules,
regulations, manuals, orders and administrative, reimbursement and requirements of all governmental
authorities promulgated in connection with such program (whether or not having the force of law),
in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

     “MedQuist” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

     “MedQuist Consolidation Date” means the earlier of (a) December 31, 2013 or (b) the
date upon which Holdings owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Stock of MedQuist.

     “MedQuist Transcriptions” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

26

 

     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

     “Multiemployer Plan” means any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of
ERISA, to which any ERISA Affiliate incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent
or otherwise.

     “National Flood Insurance Program” means the program created by the U.S. Congress
pursuant to the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 and the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973,
as revised by the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, that mandates the purchase of flood
insurance to cover real property improvements located in Special Flood Hazard Areas in
participating communities and provides protection to property owners through a Federal insurance
program.

     “Net Cash Proceeds” means proceeds received in cash, checks or other cash equivalent
financial instruments (including Cash Equivalents) from (a) any Sale of, or Property Loss Event
with respect to, property, net of (i) the customary out-of-pocket cash costs, fees and expenses
paid or required to be paid in connection therewith, (ii) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be
payable as a result thereof, (iii) any amount required to be paid or prepaid on Indebtedness (other
than the Obligations and Indebtedness owing to any Group Member) secured by the property subject
thereto and (iv) any applicable amounts required to be held in escrow until such time as such
amounts are released from escrow, whereupon such amounts shall be considered Net Cash Proceeds or
(b) any sale or issuance of Stock or incurrence of Indebtedness, in each case net of brokers’,
advisors’ and investment banking fees and other customary out-of-pocket underwriting discounts,
commissions and other customary out-of-pocket cash costs, fees and expenses (including costs and
expenses of legal counsel), in each case incurred in connection with such transaction;
provided, however, that any such proceeds received by any Group Member that is not
a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings shall constitute “Net Cash Proceeds” only to the
extent of the aggregate direct and indirect beneficial ownership interest of Holdings therein.

     “Non-Excluded Taxes” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17.

     “Non-U.S. Purchaser Party” means each Purchaser, in each case that is not a Domestic
Person.

     “Note” means a promissory note issued jointly and severally by the Issuers, in
substantially the form of Exhibit B, payable to the order of a Purchaser in a principal
amount equal to the amount of such Purchaser’s Commitment.

     “Note Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, any Notes when issued, the
Guaranty Agreement, the Subordination Agreement, and, when executed, each document executed by a
Note Party and delivered to the Purchasers in connection with or pursuant to any of the foregoing
or the Obligations, together with any modification of any term, or any waiver with respect to, any
of the foregoing.

     “Note Party” means each Issuer and each Guarantor.

     “Obligations” means, with respect to any Note Party, all amounts, obligations,
liabilities, covenants and duties of every type and description owing by such Note Party arising
out of, under or in connection with any Note Document, (regardless of whether acquired by
assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, whether liquidated or not, now existing
or hereafter

27

 

arising and however acquired, and whether or not evidenced by any instrument or for the
payment of money, including, without duplication, (a) if such Note Party is an Issuer, all Notes,
(b) all interest, whether or not accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or after
the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding, and whether or not a
claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in any such proceeding, and (c) all
other fees, expenses (including fees, charges and disbursement of counsel), interest, commissions,
charges, costs, disbursements, indemnities and reimbursement of amounts paid and other sums to the
extent chargeable to such Note Party under any Note Document.

     “Ordinary Course of Business” means, in respect of any transaction involving any Group
Member, the ordinary course of such Person’s business, as undertaken by such Person in good faith.

     “Other Taxes” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(c).

     “Participant Register” has the meaning specified in Section 11.2(f).

     “Patents” means all rights, title and interests (and all related IP Ancillary Rights)
arising under any Requirement of Law in or relating to letters patent and applications therefor.

     “Patriot Act” has the meaning specified in Section 11.21.

     “PBGC” means the United States Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any successor
thereto.

     “Pennant” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

     “Permit” means, with respect to any Person, any permit, approval, authorization,
license, registration, certificate, concession, grant, franchise, variance or permission from, and
any other Contractual Obligations with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not
having the force of law and applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to
which such Person or any of its property is subject.

     “Permitted Acquisition” means any Proposed Acquisition satisfying each of the
following conditions: (a) the aggregate amounts payable in connection with, and other
consideration for (in each case, including all transaction costs and all Indebtedness, liabilities
and Guaranty Obligations incurred or assumed in connection therewith or otherwise reflected in a
Consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and the Proposed Acquisition Target), such Proposed
Acquisition and all other Permitted Acquisitions consummated on or prior to the date of the
consummation of such Proposed Acquisition shall not exceed (i) $25,000,000 in the aggregate in any
Fiscal Year or $75,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement plus (ii) Additional
Available Cash as of the date of consummation of such Proposed Acquisition plus (iii) $50,000,000
in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement in the form of shares of common stock of
Holdings issued in connection with such Proposed Acquisition, (b) the Purchasers shall have
received reasonable advance notice of such Proposed Acquisition including a reasonably detailed
description thereof at least 15 days prior to the consummation of such Proposed Acquisition (or
such later date as may be agreed by the Required Purchasers) and on or prior to the date of such
Proposed Acquisition, the Purchasers shall have received copies of the acquisition agreement and
related Contractual Obligations and other documents (including financial information and analysis,
environmental assessments and reports, opinions, certificates and lien searches) and

28

 

information reasonably requested by the Required Purchasers, (c) as of the date of
consummation of such Proposed Acquisition and after giving effect to all transactions to occur on
such date as part of such Proposed Acquisition, (1) all conditions set forth in clauses (i)
and (ii) of Section 3.1(f) shall be satisfied or duly waived, (2) Holdings shall,
on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of the last Fiscal Quarter for which Financial Statements
have been delivered hereunder, have a Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio and Consolidated Senior
Leverage Ratio which are at least 0.25:1.00 less than the required thresholds set forth in
Sections 5.1 and 5.2 as of such date, as applicable, and (3) Holdings shall have
Liquidity of at least $20,000,000 and (d) such Proposed Acquisition is consummated no earlier than
December 31, 2010.

     “Permitted Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of any Group Member that is permitted
in Section 8.1.

     “Permitted Investment” means any Investment of any Group Member that is permitted in
Section 8.3.

     “Permitted Investors” means, collectively, Sponsor, and any limited partners,
operating partners or Affiliates of any of the foregoing.

     “Permitted Lien” means any Lien on or with respect to the property of any Group Member
that is permitted in Section 8.2.

     “Permitted Refinancing” means Indebtedness constituting a refinancing or extension of
Permitted Indebtedness that (a) has an aggregate outstanding principal amount not greater than the
aggregate principal amount of such Permitted Indebtedness outstanding at the time of such
refinancing or extension, (b) has a weighted average maturity (measured as of the date of such
refinancing or extension) and maturity no shorter than that of such Permitted Indebtedness, (c) is
not entered into as part of a Sale and Leaseback transaction, (d) is not secured by any property or
any Lien other than those securing such Permitted Indebtedness and (e) is otherwise on terms (other
than market based interest rates, discounts and fees at the time of refinancing) no less favorable
to the Group Members, taken as a whole, than those of such Permitted Indebtedness;
provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the terms of such
Permitted Indebtedness may be modified as part of such Permitted Refinancing if such modification
would have been permitted pursuant to Section 8.11 and (y) no Guaranty Obligation for such
Indebtedness shall constitute part of such Permitted Refinancing unless similar Guaranty
Obligations with respect to such Permitted Indebtedness existed and constituted Permitted
Indebtedness prior to such refinancing or extension.

     “Permitted Reinvestment” means, with respect to the Net Cash Proceeds of any Sale or
Property Loss Event, to acquire (or make Capital Expenditures to finance the acquisition, repair,
improvement or construction of), to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder, property useful in
the business of the Group Members, as determined in good faith by the Issuers (including through a
Permitted Acquisition) or, if such Property Loss Event involves loss or damage to property, to
repair such loss or damage.

     “Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust
and a public benefit corporation), joint stock company, estate, association, firm, enterprise,
trust, limited liability company, unincorporated association, joint venture and any other entity or
Governmental Authority.

29

 

     “PIK Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 2.7(a).

     “PIK Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 2.7(a).

     “Pro Forma Balance Sheet” has the meaning specified in Section 4.4(d).

     “Pro Forma Basis” means, with respect to any determination for any period and any Pro
Forma Transaction, that such determination shall be made by giving pro forma effect to each such
Pro Forma Transaction, as if each such Pro  Forma Transaction had been consummated on the first day
of such period, based on historical results accounted for in accordance with GAAP and, to the
extent applicable, reasonable assumptions that are specified in reasonable detail in the relevant
Compliance Certificate, Financial Statement or other document provided to the Purchasers in
connection herewith in accordance with Regulation S-X of the Securities Act of 1933;
provided that non-Regulation S-X adjustments approved by the Designated Purchaser in
writing may also be made to reflect operating expense reductions and other operating improvements
or synergies or cost savings reasonably expected to result from such Pro Forma Transaction, which
adjustments are reasonably anticipated by the Issuers to be realizable in connection with such Pro
Forma Transaction and are estimated on a good faith basis by the Issuers.

     “Pro Forma Transaction” means any transaction consummated as part of any Permitted
Acquisition or any Sale of Property permitted under Sections 8.4(k) or (l),
together with each other transaction relating thereto and consummated in connection therewith,
including any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness.

     “Projections” means, collectively, the Initial Projections and the projections
delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(f).

     “Property” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal
or mixed, and whether tangible or intangible.

     “Property Loss Event” means, with respect to any property, any loss of or damage to
such property or any taking of such property or condemnation thereof.

     “Proposed Acquisition” means (a) any proposed acquisition of all or substantially all
of the assets or Stock of any Proposed Acquisition Target by any Issuer or any Subsidiary of an
Issuer that is consensual and approved by the board of directors of such Proposed Acquisition
Target or the Person that owns such Proposed Acquisition Target, or (b) any proposed merger of any
Proposed Acquisition Target with or into any Issuer or any Subsidiary of an Issuer (and, in the
case of a merger with an Issuer or Holdings, with such Issuer or Holdings being the surviving
corporation).

     “Proposed Acquisition Target” means any Person or any brand, line of business,
division, branch, operating division or other unit operation of any Person.

     “Pro Rata Outstandings”, of any Purchaser at any time, means the outstanding principal
amount of the Notes owing to such Purchaser.

     “Pro Rata Share” means, with respect to any Purchaser, the percentage obtained by
dividing (a) the outstanding principal amount of the Notes held by such Purchaser by (b) the
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes held by all Purchasers.

30

 

     “Purchase Price” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2.

     “Purchaser(s)” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

     “RCM Sale” means a
Sale
of the revenue cycle management services
Subsidiary which was disclosed to the Administrative Agent on or
before the Closing Date.

     “Recapitalization Dividend” means a dividend or distribution paid by MedQuist to the
holders of its outstanding shares of Stock in the aggregate amount of up to $177,000,000, allocated
ratably to such shareholders.

     “Redemption Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 2.6(c).

     “Redemption Price” has the meaning specified in Section 2.6(b).

     “Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Notes, 0.50% over the yield to
maturity implied by (a) the yields reported, as of 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the second
Business Day preceding the redemption date with respect to such Called Notes, on display designated
as Page “PX1” on the Bloomberg Financial Market Service (or such other display as may replace Page
PX1 on the Bloomberg Financial Market Service) for actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having
a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Notes as of such redemption date, or
(b) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported as of such time are not
ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), the Treasury Constant Maturity Series Yields
reported, for the last day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second Business
Day preceding the redemption date with respect to such Called Notes, in Federal Reserve Statistical
Release H.15 (519) (or any comparable successor publication) for actively traded U.S. Treasury
securities having a constant maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Notes as
of such redemption date. Such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by (i) converting
U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond-equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial
practice and (ii) interpolating lineary between (1) the actively traded U.S. Treasury security with
the published maturity closest to and greater than the Remaining Average Life and (2) the actively
traded U.S. Treasury security with the published maturity closes to and less than the Remaining
Average Life.

     “Register” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(b).

     “Related Documents” means, collectively, the Senior Loan Documents and each other
document executed with respect thereto or with respect to any Related Transaction.

     “Related Person” means, with respect to any Person, each Affiliate of such Person and
each director, officer, employee, agent, trustee, representative, attorney, accountant and each
insurance, environmental, legal, financial and other advisor (including those retained in
connection with the satisfaction or attempted satisfaction of any condition set forth in
Article 3) of or to such Person or any of its Affiliates.

     “Related Transactions” means, collectively, the funding of the initial Senior Loans
and Letters of Credit pursuant to the Senior Loan Documents and the application of the proceeds
thereof in accordance with Section 7.9 of the Senior Credit Agreement, the payment of the
Recapitalization Dividend, the issuance of the Notes on the Funding Date, the refinancing of the

31

 

Existing Credit Agreement and Existing Subordinated Note, the execution and delivery of all
Related Documents and the payment of all related fees, costs and expenses.

     “Release” means any release, threatened release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping,
pouring, emitting, emptying, escape, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping,
leaching or migration of Hazardous Material into or through the environment.

     “Remaining Average Life” means, with respect to any Called Notes, the number of years
(calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) obtained by dividing (a) such Called Notes into (b)
the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the principal component of each Remaining
Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Notes by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the
nearest one-twelfth year) that will elapse between the redemption date with respect to such Called
Notes and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.

     “Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, all principal payments with respect to the
Called Notes and interest thereon that would be payable in cash at the Cash Rate and due after the
redemption date with respect to such Called Notes if no redemption of such Called Notes were made
prior to its scheduled due date.

     “Remedial Action” means all actions required to (a) clean up, remove, treat or in any
other way address any Hazardous Material in the indoor or outdoor environment, (b) prevent or
minimize any Release so that a Hazardous Material does not migrate or endanger or threaten to
endanger public health or welfare or the indoor or outdoor environment or (c) perform pre-remedial
studies and investigations and post-remedial monitoring and care with respect to any Hazardous
Material.

     “Required Purchasers” means, at any time, Purchasers having at such time in excess of
50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding.

     “Requirements of Law” means, with respect to any Person, collectively, the laws
(statutory or common), treaties, rules and regulations, ordinances, orders, other legal
requirements of any Governmental Authority, in each case that are applicable to or binding upon
such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject,
including without limitation all Healthcare Laws.

     “Responsible Officer” means, with respect to any Person, any of the president, chief
executive officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer, controller, managing member or general partner
of such Person but, in any event, with respect to financial matters, any such officer that is
responsible for preparing the Financial Statements delivered hereunder and, with respect to the
Corporate Chart and other documents delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(e), documents
delivered on the Closing Date and documents delivered pursuant to Section 7.10, the
secretary or assistant secretary of such Person or any other officer responsible for maintaining
the corporate and similar records of such Person.

     “Restricted Payment” means (a) any dividend or other distribution, whether in cash,
Securities or other property, on account of any Stock or Stock Equivalent of any Group Member, in
each case now or hereafter outstanding, and (b) any redemption, retirement, termination,
defeasance, cancellation, purchase or other acquisition for value of any Stock or Stock Equivalent
of any Group Member, now or hereafter outstanding, and any payment or other transfer setting aside
funds for any such redemption, retirement, termination, cancellation, purchase or other

32

 

acquisition, and whether to a sinking fund, a similar fund or
otherwise.

     “Revolving Credit Commitments” means, with respect to each Senior Lender, the
commitment of such Senior Lender to make Revolving Senior Loans and acquire interests in other
outstanding revolving credit, pursuant to and in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement.

     “Revolving Senior Loans” means revolving loans made by the Senior Lenders to the
Issuers pursuant to the Senior Credit Agreement.

     “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services.

     “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means, with respect to any Person (the “obligor”),
any Contractual Obligation or other arrangement with any other Person (the “counterparty”)
consisting of a lease by such obligor of any property that, directly or indirectly, has been or is
to be Sold by the obligor to such counterparty or to any other Person to whom funds have been
advanced by such counterparty based on a Lien on, or an assignment of, such property or any
obligations of such obligor under such lease.

     “Security” means all Stock, Stock Equivalents, voting trust certificates, bonds,
debentures, instruments and other evidence of Indebtedness, whether or not secured, convertible or
subordinated, all certificates of interest, share or participations in, all certificates for the
acquisition of, and all warrants, options and other rights to acquire, any Security.

     “Sell” means, with respect to any property, to sell, convey, transfer, assign,
license, lease or otherwise dispose of, any interest therein or to permit any Person to acquire any
such interest, including, in each case, through a Sale and Leaseback Transaction or through a sale,
factoring at maturity, collection of or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or
accounts receivable. Conjugated forms thereof and the noun “Sale” have correlative
meanings.

     “Senior Agent” means the “Administrative Agent” as defined in the Senior Credit
Agreement.

     “Senior Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of
October 1, 2010, by and between the Note Parties, the Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders, as amended,
restated, supplemented, refinanced, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance
with the Subordination Agreement.

     “Senior Credit Facilities” means the “Facilities” as defined in the Senior Credit
Agreement.

     “Senior Lenders” means the “Lenders” as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement.

     “Senior Loans” means “Loans” as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement.

     “Senior Loan Documents” means the “Loan Documents” as defined in the Senior Credit
Agreement.

33

 

     “Senior Loan Obligations” means the “Obligations” as defined in the Senior Credit
Agreement.

     “Solvent” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, that, as
of such date, after giving effect to the rights of contribution against other Note Parties set
forth in Section 12.7 and in the Guaranty Agreement, (a) the value of the assets of such
Person (both at fair value and present fair saleable value) is greater than the total amount of
liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) of such Person, (b) such Person is
able to pay all liabilities of such Person as such liabilities mature and (c) such Person does not
have unreasonably small capital. In computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities
at any time, such liabilities shall be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and
circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to
become an actual or matured liability.

     “Special Flood Hazard Area” means an area that FEMA’s current flood maps indicate has
at least a one percent (1%) chance of a flood equal to or exceeding the base flood elevation (a
100-year flood) in any given year.

     “Sponsor” means S.A.C. Private Capital Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company.

     “Sponsor Affiliated Purchaser” means any Purchaser or Senior Lender that is either the
Sponsor or an Affiliate of the Sponsor (excluding its portfolio companies).

     “Sponsor Consulting Agreement” means that certain Agreement, dated as of August 19,
2008, by and among Holdings, S.A.C. PEI CB Investment II, LLC and Lehman Brothers Commercial
Corporation Asia.

     “Stock” means all shares of capital stock (whether denominated as common stock or
preferred stock), equity interests, beneficial, partnership or membership interests, joint venture
interests or other ownership or profit interests in or equivalents (regardless of how designated)
of or in a Person (other than an individual), whether voting or non-voting.

     “Stock Equivalents” means all securities convertible into or exchangeable for Stock or
any other Stock Equivalent and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase, subscribe for or
otherwise acquire any Stock or any other Stock Equivalent, whether or not presently convertible,
exchangeable or exercisable.

     “Subordination Agreement” means that certain Subordination and Intercreditor
Agreement, by and among the initial Purchasers and the Senior Agent
on behalf of the Senior Lenders, and acknowledged by Holdings and the Issuers relating to the
subordination of the Notes in the form of Exhibit E, as such agreement shall be amended, modified, amended and restated or
otherwise changed from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

     “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, joint
venture, limited liability company, association or other entity, the management of which is,
directly or indirectly, controlled by, or of which an aggregate of more than 50% of the outstanding
Voting Stock is, at the time, owned or controlled directly or indirectly by, such Person or one or
more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, references herein
to a “Subsidiary” refer to a Subsidiary of Holdings.

34

 

     “Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Subsidiary of Holdings that enters into any Guaranty
Obligations with respect to the Obligations pursuant to the Guaranty Agreement or any other
Agreement acceptable to the Required Purchasers.

     “SWDA” means the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 6901 et seq.).

     “Tax Return” has the meaning specified in Section 4.8.

     “Taxes” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(a).

     “THL” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

     “Title IV Plan” means a pension plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, other than a
Multiemployer Plan, to which any ERISA Affiliate incurs or otherwise has any obligation or
liability, contingent or otherwise.

     “Trademarks” means all rights, title and interests (and all related IP Ancillary
Rights) arising under any Requirement of Law in or relating to trademarks, trade names, corporate
names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos
and other source or business identifiers and, in each case, all goodwill associated therewith, all
registrations and recordations thereof and all applications in connection therewith.

     “Trade Secrets” means all right, title and interest (and all related IP Ancillary
Rights) arising under any Requirement of Law in or relating to trade secrets.

     “TRICARE” means, collectively, a program of medical benefits covering former and
active members of the uniformed services and certain of their dependents, financed and administered
by the United States Departments of Defense, Health and Human Services and Transportation, and all
laws applicable to such programs.

     “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction and, if the
applicable jurisdiction shall not have any Uniform Commercial Code, the Uniform Commercial Code as
in effect in the State of New York.

     “Unfunded Pension Liability” of any Title IV Plan shall mean the amount, if any, by
which, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, the value of
the accumulated plan benefits under the Title IV Plan (based on assumptions used for purposes of
Accounting Standards Codification No. 715: Compensation-Retirement Benefits), exceeds the fair
market value of all plan assets allocable to such liabilities (excluding any accrued but unpaid
contributions).

     “United States” means the United States of America.

     “U.S. Purchaser Party” means each Purchaser, each SPV and each participant, in each
case that is a Domestic Person.

     “Voting Stock” means Stock of any Person having ordinary power to vote in the election
of members of the board of directors, managers or equivalent governing body of such Person
(irrespective of whether, at the time, Stock of any other class or classes of such entity shall
have or might have voting power by reason of the occurrence of any contingency).

35

 

     “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person, all of
the Stock of which (other than nominal holdings and director’s qualifying shares) is owned by such
Person, either directly or through one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

     “Withdrawal Liability” means, at any time, any liability incurred (whether or not
assessed) by any ERISA Affiliate and not yet satisfied or paid in full at such time with respect to
any Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4201 of ERISA.

     “Working Capital” means, for any Person at any date, its Consolidated Current Assets
at such date minus its Consolidated Current Liabilities at such date.

          Section 1.2 UCC Terms. The following terms have the meanings given to them in
the applicable UCC: “account”, “commodity account”, “commodity contract”, “commodity
intermediary”, “deposit account”, “entitlement holder”, “entitlement order”, “equipment”,
“financial asset”, “general intangible”, “goods”, “instruments”, “inventory”, “securities
account”, “securities intermediary” and “security entitlement”.

               Section 1.3 Accounting Terms and Principles.

          (a) GAAP. All accounting determinations required to be made pursuant hereto shall,
unless expressly otherwise provided herein, be made in accordance with GAAP. No material change in
the accounting principles used in the preparation of any Financial Statement hereafter adopted by
Holdings shall be given effect if such change would affect a calculation that measures compliance
with any provision of Article 5 or Article 8 unless the Issuers and the Designated
Purchaser agree to modify such provisions to reflect such material changes in GAAP and, unless such
provisions are modified, all Financial Statements, Compliance Certificates and similar documents
provided hereunder shall be provided together with a reconciliation between the calculations and
amounts set forth therein before and after giving effect to such material change in GAAP.
Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial
nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to in
Article 5 and Article 8 shall be made, without giving effect to any election under
Accounting Standards Codification 825-10 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a
similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of any Note Party or any
Subsidiary of any Note Party at “fair value.”

          Section 1.4 Pro Forma. All components of financial calculations made to
determine compliance with Section 3.1(e), Article 5 and Article 8
shall be adjusted on a Pro Forma Basis to include or exclude, as the case may be, without
duplication, such components of such calculations attributable to any Pro Forma Transaction
consummated after the first day of the applicable period of determination and prior to the
end of such period, as determined in good faith by the Issuers based on assumptions
expressed therein and that were believed in good faith by the Issuers to be reasonable
based on the information available to the Issuers at the time of preparation of the
Compliance Certificate setting forth such calculations.

          Section 1.5 Payments. The Purchasers may set up standards and procedures to
determine or redetermine the equivalent in Dollars of any amount expressed in any currency
other than Dollars and otherwise may, but shall not be obligated to, rely on any
determination made by any Note Party. Any such

36

 

determination or redetermination by the Purchasers shall be conclusive and binding for
all purposes, absent manifest error. No determination or redetermination by any Note Party
and no other currency conversion shall change or release any obligation of any Note Party
(other than the Purchasers and their Related Persons) under any Note Document, each of
which agrees to pay separately for any shortfall remaining after any conversion and payment
of the amount as converted. The Purchasers may round up or down, and may set up
appropriate mechanisms to round up or down, any amount hereunder to nearest higher or lower
amounts and may determine reasonable de minimis payment thresholds.

               Section 1.6 Interpretation.

          (a) Certain Terms. Except as set forth in any Note Document, all accounting terms not
specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP (except for the term
“property”, which shall be interpreted as broadly as possible, including, in any case,
cash, Securities, other assets, rights under Contractual Obligations and Permits and any right or
interest in any property). The terms “herein”, “hereof” and similar terms refer to
this Agreement as a whole. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later
specified date in any Note Document, the terms “from” means “from and including” and the
words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding” and the word “through”
means “to and including.” In any other case, the term “including” when used in any Note
Document means “including without limitation.” The term “documents” means all writings,
however evidenced and whether in physical or electronic form, including all documents, instruments,
agreements, notices, demands, certificates, forms, financial statements, opinions and reports.

          (b) Certain References. Unless otherwise expressly indicated, references (i) in this
Agreement to an Exhibit, Schedule, Article, Section or clause refer to the appropriate Exhibit or
Schedule to, or Article, Section or clause in, this Agreement and (ii) in any Note Document, to (A)
any agreement shall include, without limitation, all exhibits, schedules, appendixes and annexes to
such agreement and any modification to any term of such agreement but only to the extent such
modifications are not prohibited by the terms of any Note Document, (B) any statute shall be to
such statute as modified from time to time and to any successor legislation thereto, in each case
as in effect at the time any such reference is operative and (C) any time of day shall be a
reference to New York time. Titles of articles, sections, clauses, exhibits, schedules and annexes
contained in any Note Document are without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever
and are not a part of the agreement between the parties hereto. Unless otherwise expressly
indicated, the meaning of any term defined (including by reference) in any Note Document shall be
equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such term.

ARTICLE 2

ISSUANCE AND SALE OF NOTES; INTEREST; REPAYMENT

               Section 2.1 Note Issuance.

          (a) On the Closing Date, the Issuers shall authorize the issuance, sale and delivery of the
Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $85,000,000, dated as of the Funding Date, to mature on
the Maturity Date, and issued substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

37

 

          (b) On the Funding Date, the Purchasers, severally, and not jointly shall purchase Notes
in an aggregate principal amounts set forth opposite such Purchaser’s name on Schedule I
under the heading Commitments, dated as of the Funding Date, to mature on the Maturity Date.

          (c) The Notes issued pursuant hereto shall evidence the principal amounts of all Notes sold
hereunder (including any interest which is capitalized under Section 2.7) and the date and
principal amount of each purchase and sale of Notes to the Purchasers by the Issuers, as well as
each payment or prepayment made on account of the principal thereof, and in each case the resulting
aggregate unpaid principal balance thereof, shall be recorded by each Purchaser on its books;
provided, that failure by any Purchaser to make any such recordation shall not affect the
obligations of the Issuers hereunder or under such Note. Each such recordation by a Purchaser
shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded for
all purposes in the absence of manifest error.

          (d) Notes issued under this agreement and subsequently pre-paid or repaid in whole or in part,
may not be reborrowed or reissued.

               Section 2.2 Procedures for Issuance.

          (a) Funding. The proceeds of the sale of the Notes (net of transaction costs) (the
“Purchase Price”) will be made available to the Issuers by each Purchaser by wire transfer
of its applicable Purchase Price to the Issuers on the Funding Date, pursuant to the wire transfer
instructions specified in a written document executed by the Issuer Representative.

               Section 2.3 [Reserved.]

               Section 2.4 [Reserved.]

               Section 2.5 [Reserved.]

               Section 2.6
Repayment and Prepayment of Obligations.

          (a) At Maturity. On the Maturity Date, the unpaid principal balance of the Notes to
the extent not sooner paid or prepaid hereunder, shall be paid in full, together with accrued
interest and fees thereon and all costs, expenses, indemnities and other Obligations then due and
payable hereunder or under any other Note Document.

          (b) Prepayments.

          (i) The Issuers may, at any time following the second anniversary of the Funding Date,
redeem the Notes in whole or in part (and if in part shall be in an aggregate amount that
is an integral multiple of $1,000,000) at the following redemption prices (expressed as a
percentage of the then outstanding principal balance of the Notes to be repaid) (the
“Redemption Price”), plus accrued and unpaid interest (including PIK Interest)
through the date of redemption:

38

 

	 	 	 
	Months after the Funding Date	 	Redemption Price
	25-36
	 	105.0%
	37-48
	 	103.0%
	49-60
	 	101.0%
	Thereafter
	 	100.0%

          (ii) If the Issuers elect to make any permitted redemption of the Notes pursuant to
this Section 2.6(b), the Issuer Representative shall give notice of such redemption
to each Purchaser not less than five (5) Business Days and not more than 60 days prior to
the date such redemption is to be made, specifying (i) the date on which such prepayment is
to be made and (ii) the amount of such prepayment. The aggregate principal amount of the
Notes so specified to be prepaid, together with accrued interest thereon (including any
interest payable in kind), shall be due and payable on the prepayment date set forth in
such notice; provided, however, that such notice may provide that such
prepayment is contingent upon the consummation of a related financing or acquisition
transaction, in which case such Notes shall not be due and payable if such transaction is
not consummated.

          (iii) Prior to the second (2nd) anniversary of the Funding Date, upon notice given as
provided in Section 2.6(b)(ii), the Issuers, at their option, may prepay all or any
part of the principal amount of the Notes (and if in part shall be in an aggregate amount
that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000), together with accrued but unpaid interest on
the principal amount being prepaid to the date of such prepayment, plus the Make-Whole
Amount.

          (iv) If as a result of an Event of Default or otherwise, the Notes are caused to be
repaid prior to the Maturity Date other than pursuant to Section 2.6(c), then the
Obligations shall be repaid taking into consideration the Make-Whole Amount or at the
Redemption Price application at the time of such Event of Default.

          (c) Mandatory Repayment on Change of Control. No later than 30 days nor earlier than
60 days prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Issuers shall make an offer to all
Purchasers to redeem all Notes pursuant to a Redemption Offer (as defined below) at a purchase
price in cash equal to 101% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and
unpaid interest (including any PIK Interest) to the date of redemption, in accordance with the
terms of this Section 2.6(c); and

          (i) concurrently with the occurrence of a Change in Control, redeem all the Notes of
all Purchasers (excluding any Purchaser that elects not to have the Notes held by it
redeemed in full) in accordance with such Redemption Offer.

          (ii) A “Redemption Offer” shall mean a notice delivered to each Purchaser
stating:

39

 

               (1) that a Change in Control is contemplated and all or a portion of such
Purchaser’s Notes may be redeemed at a purchase price in cash equal to the applicable
percentage set forth above, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including any PIK
Interest) to the date of redemption;

               (2) in reasonable detail, the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such
Change in Control;

               (3) the redemption date (which shall be the effective date of the Change in
Control);

               (4) that the Purchasers electing not to have any Notes redeemed pursuant to a
Redemption Offer will be required to notify the Issuer prior to the close of business on
the fifth (5th) Business Day preceding the proposed redemption date; and

               (5) that, up until the close of business on the fifth (5th) Business Day
preceding the proposed redemption date, any Purchaser will be entitled to withdraw its
election not to require the Issuer to redeem its Notes; provided, that the
Issuer receives, not later than the close of business on the fifth (5th) Business Day
preceding the proposed redemption date, a notice setting forth the name of the
Purchaser, the principal amount of Notes previously requested not to be redeemed, and a
statement that such Purchaser is withdrawing its election not to have such Notes
redeemed.

          (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.6(c), the
Issuer shall be deemed to have made a Redemption Offer if a third party makes the
Redemption Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the
requirements set forth in this Section 2.6(c) applicable to a Redemption Offer made
by the Issuer and redeems all Notes as to which offers for redemption have been validly
accepted and not withdrawn pursuant to the terms of such Redemption Offer.

               Section 2.7 Interest.

          (a) Interest Rate. Subject to Section 2.7(b), (i) the Notes shall bear
interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the date when issued, payable in arrears
on the first day of each quarter (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”), at the
Issuers’ option, equal to either: (x) 13.0% per annum payable in cash (the “Cash Rate”) or
(y) 2% payable through an increase in the outstanding principal amount of such Note (the “PIK
Interest”) plus 12.0% per annum payable in cash (the “PIK Rate”), which
increase shall be evidenced by an amended and restated Note to the extent requested by the
Purchasers. The Issuer Representative shall give written notice of the Issuers’ election to pay
PIK Interest under clause (y) above to each Purchaser in the form of Exhibit C not
later than 5 Business Days prior to any Interest Payment Date; provided, that in the
absence of any such notice with respect to any Interest Payment Date, the interest due at such
Interest Payment Date shall be the Cash Rate. Interest shall also be paid on the date of any
payment or redemption of Notes in full or in part.

          (b) Default Interest. Notwithstanding the rates of interest specified in Section
2.7(a) above or elsewhere in any Note Document, effective immediately upon the occurrence of
any Event of Default under Section 9.1(e)(ii) or (B) the delivery of a notice by the

40

 

Required Purchasers to the Issuer Representative during the continuance of any other Event of
Default, and, in each case, for as long as such Event of Default shall be continuing, the principal
balance of all Obligations (including any Obligation that bears interest by reference to the rate
applicable to any other Obligation) then due and payable shall bear interest at a rate per annum
equal to the then applicable interest rate plus 2.0%, which default rate shall be payable
in cash (notwithstanding any election by the Issuers’ to pay PIK Interest pursuant to Section
2.7(a)). All such interest shall be payable on demand of any Purchaser.

          (c) Savings Clause. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations
of the Issuers hereunder shall be subject to the limitation that payments of interest shall not be
required, for any period for which interest is computed hereunder, to the extent (but only to the
extent) that contracting for or receiving such payment by the respective Purchaser would be
contrary to the provisions of any law applicable to such Purchaser limiting the highest rate of
interest which may be lawfully contracted for, charged or received by such Purchaser, and in such
event Issuer shall pay such Purchaser interest at the highest rate permitted by applicable law
(“Maximum Lawful Rate”); provided, however, that if at any time thereafter
the rate of interest payable hereunder is less than the Maximum Lawful Rate, Issuer shall continue
to pay interest hereunder at the Maximum Lawful Rate until such time as the total interest received
by the Purchasers is equal to the total interest that would have been received had the interest
payable hereunder been (but for the operation of this paragraph) the interest rate payable since
the Funding Date as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

          Section 2.8 AHYDO Payments. Anything contained herein or in any of the other
Note Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Notes shall remain outstanding after
the fifth (5th) anniversary of the initial issuance hereof and the aggregate
amount that would be includible in gross income of the Purchaser with respect to the Notes
for periods ending on or before any Interest Payment Date (within the meaning of Section
163(i) of the Code) (the “Aggregate Accrual”) that occurs after that fifth
(5th) anniversary exceeds an amount equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate amount
of interest to be paid (within the meaning of Section 163(i) of the Code) under the Notes
on or before such Interest Payment Date, and (ii) the product of (A) the issue price (as
determined under Sections 1273(b) and 1274(a) of the Code) of the Notes and (B) the yield
to maturity (interpreted in accordance with Section 163(i) of the Code) of the Notes (such
sum, the “Maximum Accrual”), then the Issuers shall prepay to the Purchasers on
each applicable Interest Payment Date occurring after such fifth (5th)
anniversary a portion of the outstanding stated principal amount of the Notes equal to the
excess, if any, of the Aggregate Accrual over the Maximum Accrual, and the amount of such
payment shall be treated for U.S. federal and applicable state and local income tax
purposes as an amount of interest to be paid (within the meaning of Section 163(i)(2)(B)(i)
of the Code) under the Notes. The provision is intended to prevent the Notes from being
classified as “applicable high yield discount obligations,” as defined in Section 163(i) of
the Code, and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

               Section 2.9 [Reserved.]

               Section 2.10
Application of Payments.

          (a) Application of Voluntary Redemption Payments. Unless otherwise provided in this
Section 2.10 or elsewhere in any Note Document, all payments and any other amounts

41

 

received from or for the benefit of the Issuers pursuant to Section 2.6(b)(i) shall be
applied to repay the Obligations the Issuer Representative designates.

          (b) [Reserved.]

          (c) Application of Payments During an Event of Default. Holdings and each Issuer
hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees to cause each Note Party and each other Group Member to
waive, the right to direct the application (i) during the continuance of an Event of Default or
(ii) upon any payments pursuant to 2.6(a) or 2.6(b)(iv) of any and all payments in
respect of any Obligation and agrees that, notwithstanding the provisions of clause (a)
above, the Purchasers may apply all payments in respect of any Obligation (i) first, to pay
Obligations in respect of any cost or expense reimbursements, fees or indemnities then due to any
Purchaser, (ii) second, to pay interest then due and payable in respect of the Notes, (iii)
third, to repay the outstanding principal amounts of the Notes and (iv) fourth, to
the ratable payment of all other Obligations, and, then, any excess shall be paid to the Issuers or
otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction.

               Section 2.11 Payments and Computations.

          (a) Procedure. The Issuers shall make each payment under any Note Document not later
than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the day when due to each Purchaser by wire transfer or ACH
transfer to its account as set forth on Schedule II (or at such other account or by such
other means to such other address as such Purchaser shall have notified the Issuer Representative
in writing within a reasonable time prior to such payment) in immediately available Dollars and
without setoff or counterclaim. Any payment which is received by any Purchaser later than 11:00
a.m. (New York time) shall be deemed to have been received on the immediately succeeding Business
Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

          (b) [Reserved.]

          (c) Payment Dates. Whenever any payment hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day
other than a Business Day, the due date for such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding
Business Day without any increase in such payment as a result of additional interest or fees;
provided, however, that such interest and fees shall continue accruing as a result
of such extension of time.

               Section 2.12 Evidence of Debt.

          (a) Records of Purchasers. Each Purchaser shall maintain in accordance with its usual
practice accounts evidencing Indebtedness of the Issuers to such Purchase resulting from each Note
of such Purchaser from time to time, including the amounts of principal, capitalized principal and
interest payable and paid to such Purchaser from time to time under this Agreement. In addition,
each Purchaser having sold a participation in any of its Obligations as such to the Issuer
Representative shall establish and maintain at its address referred to in Section 11.11 (or
at such other address as such Purchaser shall notify the Issuer Representative) a record of
ownership, in which such Purchaser shall register by book entry (A) the name and
address of each such participant (and each change thereto, whether by assignment or otherwise)
and (B) the rights, interest or obligation of each such participant in any Obligation, in any Notes
and in any right to receive any payment hereunder.

42

 

          (b) Records of Issuer Representative. The Issuer Representative shall establish
and maintain at its address referred to in Section 11.11 (or at such other address as the
Issuer Representative may notify the Purchasers) (A) a record of ownership (the “Register”)
in which the Issuer Representative agrees to register by book entry the interests (including any
rights to receive payment hereunder) of each Purchaser in the Notes, each of their obligations
under this Agreement to participate in Notes, and any assignment of any such interest, obligation
or right and (B) accounts in the Register in accordance with its usual practice in which it shall
record (1) the names and addresses of the Purchasers (and each change thereto pursuant to
Section 11.2 (Assignments and Participations; Binding Effect)), (2) the Notes held
by each Purchaser, (3) the amount of each funding of any participation described in clause
(A) above, (4) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or paid, and (5) any
other payment received by the Purchasers from the Issuers and its application to the Obligations.

          (c) Registered Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
this Agreement, the Notes are registered obligations, and the right, title and interest of the
Purchasers and their assignees in and to such Notes, as the case may be, shall be transferable only
upon notation of such transfer in the Register and no assignment thereof shall be effective until
recorded therein. This Section 2.12 and Section 11.2 shall be construed so that
the Notes are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f),
871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code and any related regulations (and any successor provisions).

          (d) Prima Facie Evidence. The entries made in the Register and in the accounts
maintained pursuant to clause (a) above shall, to the extent permitted by applicable
Requirements of Law and absent manifest error, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts
of the obligations recorded therein; provided, however, that no error in such
account and no failure of any Purchaser or the Issuer Representative to maintain any such account
shall affect the obligations of any Note Party to repay the Notes in accordance with their terms.
In addition, the Note Parties and the Purchasers shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in
the Register as a Purchaser, as applicable, for all purposes of this Agreement. Information
contained in the Register with respect to any Purchaser shall be available for access by the
Issuers or such Purchaser at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior
notice. No Purchaser shall, in such capacity, have access to or be otherwise permitted to review
any information in the Register other than information with respect to such Purchaser unless
otherwise agreed by the Required Purchasers.

               Section 2.13 [Reserved.]

               Section 2.14 [Reserved.]

               Section 2.15 [Reserved.]

               Section 2.16 [Reserved.]

               Section 2.17 Taxes

          (a) Payments Free and Clear of Taxes. Except as otherwise provided in this
Section 2.17, each payment by any Note Party to any Purchaser under any Note Document
shall be made free and clear of all present or future taxes, levies, imposts,
deductions, charges, stamp and other duties or withholdings and all interest, penalties
and liabilities with respect thereto (and without deduction for any of them) (collectively, the

43

 

“Taxes”) other than for (i) Taxes imposed on or measured by reference to net
income and franchise Taxes imposed in lieu of net income Taxes, in each case imposed on any
Purchaser as a result of a present or former connection between such Purchaser and the
jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or
taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from any
Purchaser having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under,
or enforced, any Note Document), (ii) any branch profits Taxes imposed by the United States or
any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which any Purchaser is located or (iii)
Taxes that are directly attributable to the failure (other than as a result of a change in any
Requirement of Law) by any Purchaser to deliver the documentation required to be delivered
pursuant to clause (f) below (such Taxes excluded under (i), (ii) or (iii), the
“Excluded Taxes” and such non-excluded Taxes, the “Non-Excluded Taxes”).

          (b) Gross-Up. If any Taxes shall be required by applicable Requirements of Law to
be deducted from or in respect of any amount payable under any Note Document to any Purchaser
(i) in the case of Non-Excluded Taxes, such amount shall be increased as necessary to ensure
that, after all required deductions for Non-Excluded Taxes are made (including deductions
applicable to any increases to any amount under this Section 2.17), such Purchaser
receives the amount it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the relevant
Note Party shall make such deductions, (iii) the relevant Note Party shall timely pay the full
amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority or other authority in accordance with
applicable Requirements of Law and (iv) within 30 days after such payment is made, the relevant
Note Party shall deliver to the Purchasers an original or certified copy of a receipt
evidencing such payment; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the
provisions of clause (d) below, no such increase shall be made with respect to, and no
Note Party shall be required to indemnify any such Purchaser pursuant to clause (d)
below for, withholding Taxes to the extent that the obligation to withhold amounts existed on
the date that such Purchaser became a “Purchaser” under this Agreement, except in each case to
the extent such Purchaser is a direct or indirect assignee of any other Purchaser that was
entitled, at the time the assignment of such other Purchaser became effective, to receive
additional amounts under this clause (b).

          (c) Other Taxes. In addition, the Issuers agree to pay, and authorize the
Purchasers to pay in its name, any stamp, documentary, excise or property tax, charges or
similar levies imposed by any applicable Requirement of Law or Governmental Authority and all
Liabilities with respect thereto (including by reason of any delay in payment thereof), in each
case arising from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any
Note Document or any transaction contemplated therein (collectively, “Other Taxes”).
Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Other Taxes by any Note Party, the Issuers
shall furnish to each Purchaser, at its address referred to in Schedule II, the
original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

          (d) Indemnification. Without duplication of any additional amounts paid pursuant
to Section 2.17(b), the Issuers shall, on a joint and several basis, reimburse and indemnify,
within 30 days after receipt of demand therefor (with copy to each Purchaser), each Purchaser
for all Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes
imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this
Section 2.17) paid by such Purchaser and any Liabilities arising therefrom or with
respect thereto, whether or not such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or
legally

44

 

asserted. A certificate of such Purchaser claiming any compensation under this clause
(d), setting forth the amounts to be paid thereunder and delivered to the Issuer
Representative shall be conclusive, binding and final for all purposes, absent manifest error.

          (e) Mitigation. Any Purchaser claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to
this Section 2.17 shall use its reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal
policies and Requirements of Law) to change the jurisdiction of its lending office if such a
change would reduce any such additional amounts (or any similar amount that may thereafter
accrue) and would not, in the sole determination of such Purchaser, be otherwise
disadvantageous to such Purchaser.

          (f) Tax Forms.

               (i) Each Non-U.S. Purchaser Party that, at any of the following times, is entitled to
an exemption from or reduction of United States withholding tax or, after a change in any
Requirement of Law, is subject to such withholding tax at a reduced rate under an
applicable tax treaty, shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, (w) on or
prior to the date such Non-U.S. Purchaser Party becomes a “Non-U.S. Purchaser Party”
hereunder, (x) on or prior to the date on which any such form or certification expires or
becomes obsolete, (y) after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most
recent form or certification previously delivered by it pursuant to this clause (i)
and (z) from time to time if reasonably requested by the Issuer Representative or, in the
case of a participant or SPV, the relevant Purchaser, provide the Issuer Representative or,
in the case of a participant or SPV, the relevant Purchaser with two properly completed and
duly executed originals of each of the following, as applicable: (A) Forms W-8ECI
(claiming exemption from U.S. withholding tax because the income is effectively connected
with a U.S. trade or business), W-8BEN (claiming exemption from, or a reduction of, U.S.
withholding tax under an income tax treaty), as applicable, or any successor forms or
W-8IMY (claiming exemption through an intermediary), (B) in the case of a Non-U.S.
Purchaser Party claiming exemption under Sections 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code, Form W-8BEN
(claiming exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the portfolio interest exemption) or
any successor form and a certificate in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the
Issuer Representative that such Non-U.S. Purchaser Party is not (1) a “bank” within the
meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder” of any Issuer
within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code or (3) a “controlled foreign
corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code or (C) any other applicable
document prescribed by the IRS certifying as to the entitlement of such Non-U.S. Purchaser
Party to such exemption from United States withholding tax or reduced rate with respect to
all payments to be made to such Non-U.S. Purchaser Party under the Note Documents. Unless
the Issuer Representative has received forms or other documents reasonably satisfactory to
them indicating that payments under any Note Document to or for a Non-U.S. Purchaser Party
are not subject to United States withholding tax or are subject to such tax at a rate
reduced by an applicable tax treaty, the Note Parties shall withhold amounts required to be
withheld by applicable Requirements of Law from such payments at the applicable statutory
rate.

               (ii) Each U.S. Purchaser Party shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so,
(A) on or prior to the date such U.S. Purchaser Party becomes a “U.S. Purchaser Party”
hereunder, (B) on or prior to the date on which any such form or certification

45

 

expires or becomes obsolete, (C) after the occurrence of any event requiring a change
in the most recent form or certification previously delivered by it pursuant to this
clause (f) and (D) from time to time if reasonably requested by the Issuer
Representative or, in the case of a participant or SPV, the relevant Purchaser, provide the
Issuer Representative or, in the case of a participant or SPV, the relevant Purchaser with
two properly completed and duly executed originals of Form W-9 (certifying that such U.S.
Purchaser Party is entitled to an exemption from U.S. backup withholding tax) or any
successor form.

          (iii) Each Purchaser having sold a participation in any of its Obligations or
identified an SPV as such to the Issuer Representative shall collect from such participant
or SPV the documents described in this clause (f) and provide them to the Issuer
Representative.

          (g) Refunds. If any Purchaser determines that it has received any refund of any
Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes from the Governmental Authority to which such Non-Excluded
Taxes or Other Taxes were paid as to which it has been indemnified by the Issuers or with
respect to which the Issuers have paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section
2.17, it shall pay over such refund to the Issuer Representative (but only to the extent of
indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Issuers under this Section
2.17, with respect to Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of
all out-of-pocket expenses of such Purchaser and without interest (other than any interest paid
by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided, that the
Issuer Representative, upon request of such Purchaser agrees to repay the amount paid over to
the Issuer Representative (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the
Governmental Authority to the extent accrued from the date such refund is paid over to the
Issuer Representative) to such Purchaser together with any Liabilities relating to such refund,
in the event such Purchaser is required or requested to repay such refund to the Governmental
Authority. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any Purchaser to make available
its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to
the Issuer Representative or any other Person.

               Section 2.18 [Reserved].

           Section 2.19 Issuer Representative. Each Note Party hereby designates and
appoints MedQuist as its representative and agent on its behalf (the “Issuer
Representative”) for the purposes of delivering certificates including Compliance
Certificates, giving instructions with respect to the disbursement of the proceeds of the
Notes, selecting interest rate options, giving and receiving all other notices and consents
hereunder or under any of the other Note Documents and taking all other actions (including
in respect of compliance with covenants) on behalf of any Note Party under the Note
Documents. MedQuist hereby accepts such appointment. Each Purchaser may regard any notice
or other communication pursuant to any Note Document from the Issuer Representative as a
notice or communication from all Issuers. Each action authorized to be taken on behalf of
an Issuer by the Issuer Representative hereunder shall be deemed for all purposes to have
been taken by such Issuer and shall be binding upon
and enforceable against such Issuer to the same extent as if the same had been taken
directly by such Issuer.

46

 

ARTICLE 3

CONDITIONS TO PURCHASE OF NOTES

          Section 3.1 Conditions Precedent to Purchase of Notes. The obligation of each
Purchaser to purchase the Notes on the Funding Date is subject to the satisfaction or due
waiver of each of the following conditions precedent on or before the Closing Date:

          (a) Certain Documents. Each Purchaser shall have received on or prior to the Closing
Date each of the following, each dated as of the Closing Date unless otherwise agreed by the
Purchasers, in form and substance satisfactory to each Purchaser:

          (i) this Agreement duly executed by Holdings and the Issuers and, for the account of
each Purchaser having requested the same by notice to the Issuer Representative received at
least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Notes conforming to the
requirements set forth in Section 2.1(c);

          (ii) the Guaranty Agreement, duly executed by Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries
(other than any Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries), together with copies of UCC, tax, judgment,
fixture and Intellectual Property search reports and of all effective prior filings listed
therein, in each case as may be reasonably requested by the Required Purchasers;

          (iii) [Reserved.]

          (iv) duly executed customary opinions of counsel to the Note Parties, each addressed
to the Purchasers and addressing such matters as Required Purchasers may reasonably
request; provided, however, if the forms of such opinions of counsel
have been substantially agreed upon by the Purchasers as of the
Closing Date, the executed versions of such opinions of counsel may
be delivered promptly after  the Closing Date, but in no event  later
than the Funding Date.

          (v) a copy of each Constituent Document of each Note Party that is on file with any
Governmental Authority in its jurisdiction of organization, certified as of a recent date
by such Governmental Authority, together with, if applicable, certificates attesting to the
good standing of such Note Party in (x) such jurisdiction and (y) each other jurisdiction
where such Note Party is qualified to do business as a foreign entity and where such
qualification is necessary for the conduct of such Note Party’s business (and, if
appropriate in any such jurisdiction, related tax certificates) except where the failure to
so qualify would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

          (vi) a certificate of the secretary or other officer of each Note Party in charge of
maintaining books and records of such Note Party certifying as to (A) the names and
signatures of each officer of such Note Party that is authorized to and will execute and
deliver any Note Document on the Closing Date, (B) the Constituent Documents of such Note
Party attached to such certificate are complete and correct copies of such Constituent
Documents as in effect on the date of such certification (or, for any such Constituent
Document delivered pursuant to clause (iv) above, that there have been no changes
from such Constituent Document so delivered) and (C) the resolutions of such Note Party’s
board of directors or other appropriate governing body approving
and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of each Note Document to which
such Note Party is a party;

47

 

          (vii) the Senior Credit Agreement, duly executed by the initial Senior Lenders,
Holdings and the Issuers;

          (viii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Issuer Representative to the
effect that (A) each condition set forth in Sections 3.1(c) through (f) has
been satisfied, (B) each Note Party is Solvent after giving effect to consummation of the
Related Transactions, and (C) attached thereto are complete and correct copies of (x) the
Related Documents and (y) all consents and authorizations required pursuant to any material
Contractual Obligations with any other Person and all Permits of, notices to and filings
with, any Governmental Authority, in each case, as are necessary in connection with the
consummation of transactions contemplated by the Note Documents and the Related
Transactions (after giving effect to the issuance of the Notes on the Funding Date);

          (ix) (x) interim Consolidated unaudited monthly Financial Statements of Holdings and
its Subsidiaries for each fiscal month ended after June 30, 2010 and on or prior to 45 days
before the Closing Date, each in the form of the monthly Financial Statements as of June
30, 2010 provided to the Required Purchasers prior to the Closing Date, (y) a pro forma
estimated Consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries at the Closing Date
after giving effect to the Related Transactions and (z) Holdings’ business plan which shall
include a financial forecast on a quarterly basis for the first twelve months after the
Closing Date and on an annual basis thereafter through 2015 prepared by Holdings’
management; and.

          (b) [Reserved.]

          (c) Related Transactions. MedQuist shall have conditioned the declaration of the
Recapitalization Dividend upon the funding of the Obligations under this Agreement and the Senior
Credit Agreement.

          (d) [Reserved.]

          (e) Minimum EBITDA; Maximum Leverage. Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings for the twelve
fiscal month period ended on July 31, 2010 shall be no less than $84,000,000. After giving
effect to the Related Transactions, the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt of Holdings as of the
Closing Date to Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings for the twelve fiscal month period ended on July
31, 2010 shall not exceed 3.35 to 1.00, and the ratio of Consolidated Senior Debt of Holdings as
of the Closing Date to Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings for the twelve fiscal month period ended on
July 31, 2010 shall not exceed 2.35 to 1.00.

          (f) Representations and Warranties; No Defaults. To the extent applicable, after
giving pro forma effect to the Related Transactions as if they had occurred on the Closing Date,
the following statements shall be true on such date: (i) the representations and warranties set
forth in any Note Document shall be true and correct on and as of such date or, to the extent such
representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, on and as of such earlier date
and (ii) no Default shall exist.

 

48

 

          Section 3.2 Conditions to Funding. The obligation of each Purchaser to
purchase the Notes on the Funding Date is subject to the satisfaction or due waiver of each
of the following conditions precedent on or before the Funding Date:

          (a) Fee and Expenses. There shall have been paid to the Purchasers, all fees and all
reimbursements of costs or expenses, in each case due and payable under any Note Document on or
before the Funding Date and, in the case of the reimbursement of costs and expenses, invoiced at
least one Business Day prior to the Funding Date.

          (b) Related Transactions. (i) the Senior Credit Agreement shall have been duly
executed and funded and (ii) subject to the satisfaction of the condition in clause (i) and the
issuance of the Notes and the use of the proceeds thereof, all obligations due under the Existing
Credit Agreement, the Existing Subordinated Note and the CBay Convertible Notes will have been
repaid in full and the Existing Credit Agreement, all commitments to extend credit thereunder, the
Existing Subordinated Note and the CBay Convertible Notes shall have been terminated, as evidenced
by payoff letters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Purchasers duly
executed and delivered by the Existing Agent and the holders of the Existing Subordinated Note and
CBay Convertible Notes, as applicable, along with evidence of terminations of prior UCC, tax,
judgment, fixture and Intellectual Property filings (other than with respect to Permitted Liens).

          (c)
Subordination Agreement. The Subordination Agreement shall
have been fully executed.

          (d) Outstanding Indebtedness. After giving effect to the Related Transactions, the
Group Members shall have no Indebtedness as of the Funding Date other than (i) Indebtedness
incurred under this Agreement, (ii) Indebtedness not to exceed $200,000,000 incurred pursuant the
Senior Credit Agreement and (iii) up to $11,000,000 of other Indebtedness existing prior the
Funding Date and not incurred in connection with the Related Transactions. There shall not occur
as a result of, and after giving effect to, the consummation of the Related Transactions, a default
(or any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both will be a default) under any
Material Agreement of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

          (e) Representations and Warranties; No Defaults. The following statements shall be
true on such date, both before and after the Funding Date giving effect to such Issuance: (i) the
representations and warranties set forth in any Note Document shall be true and correct on and as
of such date or, to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier
date, on and as of such earlier date and (ii) no Default shall exist.

          (f) Funding Date. That the Funding Date occur either on or prior to October 15, 2010.

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          To induce the Purchasers to enter into the Note Documents, Holdings and each Issuer represents
and warrants to each of them each of the following:

          Section 4.1 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law. Each Group Member (a)
is duly organized, validly existing and, if applicable,  in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction
of its organization, (b) is duly qualified to do business as a foreign entity and in good
standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where such qualification is necessary, except
where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing

 

49

 

would not, in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) has all requisite corporate
or similar power and authority to own, and operate its property and to conduct its business
as now or currently proposed to be conducted, (d) is in compliance with all applicable
Requirements of Law except where the failure to be in compliance would not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (e) has all necessary Permits from or by,
has made all necessary filings with, and has given all necessary notices to, each
Governmental Authority having jurisdiction, to the extent required for such ownership,
operation or conduct of business, except where the failure to obtain such Permits, make
such filings or give such notices would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect; provided, however, that the representations
and warranties under clause (a) and (b) above with respect to the Excluded
Foreign Subsidiaries are limited to the knowledge of the Note Parties.

               Section 4.2 Note Documents and Related Documents. (a) Power and
Authority. The execution, delivery and performance by each Note Party of the Note
Documents and Related Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the Related
Transactions and other transactions contemplated therein (i) are within such Note Party’s
corporate or similar powers and, at the time of execution thereof, have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate and similar action, (ii) do not (A) contravene such
Note Party’s Constituent Documents, (B) violate any applicable material Requirement of Law
in any material respect, (C) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach
under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material Contractual
Obligation of any Group Member (including other Related Documents or Note Documents) other
than those that would not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, (D) do not
materially adversely affect any Permit of such Note Party other than those that would not,
in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect or (E) result in the imposition of any
Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon any property of any Group Member and (iii) do not
require any Permit of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any consent of, or
notice to, any Person, other than (A) with respect to the Senior Loan Documents, the
filings required to perfect the Liens created by the Senior Loan Documents, (B) those that
have been, or will be prior to the Closing Date, obtained or made, copies of which have
been, or will be prior to the Closing Date, delivered to the Purchasers, and each of which
on the Closing Date will be in full force and effect and (C) except with respect to the
purchasing of the Notes and the guarantying of the Obligations, those which, if not
obtained or made, would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

          (b) Due Execution and Delivery. Each Note Document and Related Document has been duly
executed and delivered to the other parties thereto by each Note Party party thereto, is the legal,
valid and binding obligation of such Note Party and is enforceable against such Note Party in
accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or moratorium or similar laws affecting the rights or remedies of creditors
generally and subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought
in a proceeding at law or in equity).

          (c) [Reserved.]

          Section 4.3 Ownership of Group Members. Set forth on Schedule 4.3 is
a complete and accurate list showing, as of the Closing Date, for each Group Member other
than Holdings, its jurisdiction of organization, the number of

 

50

 

shares of each class of
Stock outstanding on the Closing Date and the number and percentage of the outstanding
shares of each such class owned (directly or indirectly) by any Issuer or Holdings. As of
the Closing Date, all outstanding Stock of each Group Member has been validly issued, is
fully paid and non-assessable (to the extent applicable) and, except in the case of
Holdings, is owned beneficially and of record by a Group Member free and clear of all Liens
other than Permitted Liens. As of the Closing Date, there are no Stock Equivalents with
respect to the Stock of any Group Member (other than Holdings). As of the Closing Date,
there are no Contractual Obligations or other understandings to which any Group Member is a
party with respect to (including any restriction on) the issuance, voting, Sale or pledge
of any Stock or Stock Equivalent of any Group Member.

          Section 4.4 Financial Statements. (a) Each of (i) the audited Consolidated
balance sheet of Holdings as at December 31, 2009, and the related Consolidated statements
of income, retained earnings and cash flows of Holdings for the Fiscal Year then ended,
certified by KPMG LLP, and (ii) subject to the absence of footnote disclosure and normal
year-end audit adjustments, the unaudited Consolidated balance sheets of Holdings as at
July 31, 2010 and the related Consolidated statements of income, retained earnings and
cash flows of Holdings for the seven (7) months then ended, copies of each of which have
been furnished to the Purchasers, fairly present in all material respects the Consolidated
financial position, results of operations and cash flow of the Group Members as at the
dates indicated and for the periods indicated in accordance with GAAP.

          (b) On the Closing Date or the Funding Date as applicable, (i) none of Holdings or its
Subsidiaries has any material liability or obligation (including Indebtedness, Guaranty
Obligations, contingent liabilities and liabilities for Taxes, long-term leases and unusual forward
or long-term commitments) that is not reflected in the Financial Statements referred to in
clause (a) above or in the notes thereto and which is otherwise prohibited by this
Agreement and (ii) since the date of the unaudited Financial Statements referenced in clause
(a)(ii) above, there has been no Sale of any material property of Holdings or its Subsidiaries
and no acquisition of any material property.

          (c) The Initial Projections have been prepared by Holdings in light of the past operations of
the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and reflect projections for the five-year period
beginning on July 1, 2010 on a quarterly basis through June 30, 2011 and on a year-by-year basis
thereafter. As of the Closing Date, the Initial Projections have been prepared
in good faith based upon assumptions believed by the preparer thereof to be reasonable, it
being understood and agreed that financial projections are not a guarantee of financial performance
and actual results may differ from financial projections and such differences may be material.

          (d) The unaudited Consolidated balance sheet of Holdings (the “Pro Forma Balance
Sheet”) delivered to the Purchasers prior to the date hereof, has been prepared as of July
31, 2010 and reflects as of such date, on a Pro Forma Basis for the Related Transactions the
Consolidated financial condition of Holdings.

          Section 4.5 Material Adverse Effect. Since December 31, 2009, no Material
Adverse Effect has occurred.

 

51

 

          Section 4.6 Solvency. As of the Closing Date and as of the Funding Date, both
before and after giving effect to the Note Issuance and the Related Transactions, each Note
Party is Solvent.

          Section 4.7 Litigation. There are no pending (or, to the knowledge of any
Group Member, threatened in writing) actions, investigations, suits, proceedings, audits or
claims affecting any Group Member with, by or before any Governmental Authority (x) that
would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (y) that involve the Note
Documents, the Related Documents or the Related Transactions.

          Section 4.8 Taxes. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, all Federal, state, local
and foreign tax returns, reports and statements (collectively, the “Tax Returns”)
required to be filed by any Group Member have been filed with the appropriate Governmental
Authorities in all jurisdictions in which such Tax Returns are required to be filed, all
such Tax Returns are true and correct, and all Taxes, charges and other impositions
reflected therein or otherwise due and payable have been paid prior to the date on which
any Liability may be added thereto for non-payment thereof, in each case except with
respect to matters contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted
and for which adequate reserves are maintained on the books of the appropriate Group Member
in accordance with GAAP. As of the Closing Date, no material Tax Return is under audit or
examination by any Governmental Authority and no notice of such an audit or examination or
any assertion of any material claim for Taxes has been given or made by any Governmental
Authority. As of the Closing Date, proper and accurate amounts have been withheld by each
Group Member from their respective employees for all periods in material compliance with
the tax, social security and unemployment withholding provisions of applicable Requirements
of Law and such withholdings have been timely paid to the respective Governmental
Authorities. No Group Member has participated in a “listed transaction” within the meaning
of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b) or has been a member of an affiliated, combined
or unitary group other than the group of which a Group Member is or was the common parent.

          Section 4.9 Margin Regulations. No Issuer is engaged in the business of
extending credit for the purpose of, and no proceeds of any Note or other extensions of
credit hereunder will be
used for the purpose of, buying or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of
Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board) or extending credit to others for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying any such margin stock, in each case in contravention of Regulation
T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

          Section 4.10 No Defaults. No Group Member is in default under or with respect
to any Contractual Obligation of any Group Member, other than those that would not, in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 4.11 Investment Company Act. No Group Member is an “investment
company” as defined in, or subject to regulation or restrictions under, the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

52

 

          Section 4.12 Labor Matters. There are no strikes, work stoppages, slowdowns
or lockouts existing, pending (or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, threatened)
against or involving any Group Member, except, for those that would not, in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on
Schedule 4.12, as of the Closing Date, (a) there is no collective bargaining or
similar agreement with any union, labor organization, works council or similar
representative covering any employee of any Group Member, (b) no petition for certification
or election of any such representative is existing or pending with respect to any employee
of any Group Member and (c) no such representative has sought certification or recognition
with respect to any employee of any Group Member.

          Section 4.13 ERISA. Each Benefit Plan, and each trust thereunder, intended to
qualify for tax exempt status under Section 401 or 501 of the Code (or other Requirements
of Law) has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS (or other applicable
Governmental Authority), to the effect that it meets the requirements of Sections 401(a)
and 501(a) of the Code covering all applicable tax law changes, with respect to such
qualification, and nothing has occurred since the date of such determination that would
adversely affect such determination. Except for those that would not, in the aggregate, be
reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (x) each Benefit Plan is in
compliance in form and operation with its terms and with applicable provisions of ERISA,
the Code and other Requirements of Law, (y) there are no existing or pending (or to the
knowledge of any Group Member, threatened) claims (other than routine claims for benefits
in the normal course), sanctions, actions, lawsuits or other proceedings or investigation
involving any Benefit Plan to which any Group Member has incurred or otherwise has or could
have an obligation or any Liability and (z) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably
expected to occur. On the Closing Date, no ERISA Event has occurred in connection with
which obligations and liabilities (contingent or otherwise) remain outstanding. No Benefit
Plan and no other employee benefit plan maintained, sponsored or contributed to by any Note
Party or ERISA Affiliate is a defined benefit pension plan or is subject to the minimum
funding requirements of Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA. No Note Party or
ERISA Affiliate has any obligation to contribute to any Multiemployer Plan, or has within
any of the five calendar years immediately preceding the date this assurance is given, made
or accrued an obligation to make contributions to any
Multiemployer Plan. Each Note Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made all material
contributions to or under each Benefit Plan and Multiemployer Plan required by law within
the applicable time limits prescribed thereby, the terms of such Benefit Plan or
Multiemployer Plan, respectively, or any contract or agreement requiring contributions to a
Benefit Plan or Multiemployer Plan, except where any failure to comply, individually or in
the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a material liability. There
exists no Unfunded Pension Liability with respect to any Title IV Plan, except as would not
reasonably be expected to result in a material liability.

          Section 4.14 Environmental Matters. Except as set forth on Schedule
4.14, (a) the operations of each Group Member are and have been in compliance with all
applicable Environmental Laws, including obtaining, maintaining and complying with all
Permits required by any applicable Environmental Law, other than non-compliances that, in
the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b)
no Group Member is party to, and no Group Member

 

53

 

and no real property currently (or to the
knowledge of any Group Member previously) owned, leased, subleased, operated or otherwise
occupied by or for any Group Member (but solely to the knowledge of the Group Members with
respect to any real property neither occupied by nor owned by any Group Member) is subject
to or the subject of, any Contractual Obligation or any pending (or, to the knowledge of
any Group Member, threatened) order, action, investigation, suit, proceeding, audit, claim,
demand, dispute or notice of violation or of potential liability or similar notice, in each
instance under or pursuant to any Environmental Law, other than those that, in the
aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (c) no
Group Member has caused or allowed a Release of Hazardous Materials at, to or from any real
property of any Group Member and each such real property is free of contamination by any
Hazardous Materials except for such Release or contamination that would not reasonably be
expected to result, in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, (d) no Group Member has
received any information request or notice of potential responsibility under CERCLA or
similar Environmental Laws, that, in the aggregate, would be reasonably expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect and (e) each Group Member has made available to the Purchasers
copies of all existing material environmental reports, reviews and audits and all documents
containing material information pertaining to actual or potential material Environmental
Liabilities, in each case to the extent such reports, reviews, audits and documents are in
their possession, custody or control.

          Section 4.15 Intellectual Property. Each Group Member owns or licenses all
Intellectual Property that is necessary for the operations of its businesses except as, in
the aggregate, would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the
knowledge of each Group Member, (a) the conduct and operations of the businesses of each
Group Member does not infringe, misappropriate or violate any Intellectual Property owned
by any other Person and (b) no other Person has contested any right, title or interest of
any Group Member in, or relating to, any Intellectual Property, other than, in each case,
as would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 4.16 Title; Real Property. Each Group Member has good and valid fee
simple title to all
owned real property and valid leasehold interests in all leased real property, and
owns or leases all personal property necessary for the conduct of its business except as
would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and none of such
property is subject to any Lien except Permitted Liens. As of the Closing Date, no Group
Member owns any fee simple interest in any real Property.

          Section 4.17 Full Disclosure. All of the representations or warranties made
by any Note Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries in the Note Documents as of the
date such representations and warranties were made or deemed made, and all of the
information other than the Projections and general economic or specific industry
information that has been made available to the Purchasers by or on behalf of any Group
Member or any of their respective Subsidiaries (including the information contained in any
Financial Statement or Disclosure Document), when taken as a whole and after giving effect
to all supplements previously made thereto, was, when furnished, complete and correct in
all material respects and did not, when furnished, contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
contained therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances

 

54

 

under which such
statements were made. All projections that are part of such information (including those
set forth in any Projections delivered subsequent to the Closing Date) have been prepared
in good faith based upon assumptions believed by the preparer thereof to be reasonable at
the time made and at the time such projections are made available (it being understood and
agreed that financial projections are not a guarantee of financial performance and actual
results may differ from financial projections and such differences may be material).

          Section 4.18 Anti-Terrorism Laws. No Group Member and, to the knowledge of
each Group Member, no joint venture or subsidiary thereof is in violation in any material
respects of any United States Requirements of Law relating to terrorism, sanctions or money
laundering, including the United States Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing
and the Patriot Act.

          Section 4.19 Material Agreements. Except for matters which, either
individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect, each Material Agreement (a) is in full force and effect, unless it has
expired at the end of its stated term or been replaced by an agreement or agreements not
materially less favorable to the Note Parties than the Material Agreement which it replaces
and (b) has not been amended or modified (other than amendments or modifications permitted
by Section 8.11(c)).

          Section 4.20 Health Care Matters. Except as would not, in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Group Member, and any Person
acting on their behalf, is in compliance in all respects with all Health Care Laws
applicable to it, its products and its properties or other assets or its business or
operation.

          Section 4.21 Health Care Permits. Except as would not, in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) each Group Member, and any
Person acting on their
behalf, has in effect all material health care Permits necessary for it to own, lease
or operate its properties and other assets and to carry on its business and operations as
presently conducted, (b) all such Permits are in full force and effect and there exists no
default under, or violation of, any such Permit, (c) no condition exists or event has
occurred which, in itself or with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, has
resulted or would result in the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or
non-renewal of any such Permit and (d) there is no material claim that any such Permit is
not in full force and effect, and no presently existing circumstance exists or event has
occurred which could reasonably be expected to result in a material violation of the Health
Care Laws. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 4.21 sets forth an accurate, complete
and current list of all material health care Permits with respect to the business of each
Group Member.

          Section 4.22 Exclusion. Except as would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Group Members, nor any Person
acting on behalf of any Group Member has been, or has been threatened to be, (i) excluded
from any Governmental Payor Program pursuant to 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b and related
regulations, (ii) “suspended” or “debarred” from selling products to the U.S. government or
its agencies pursuant to the Federal Acquisition Regulation, relating to debarment and
suspension applicable to federal government agencies

 

55

 

generally (42 C.F.R. Subpart 9.4), or
other applicable laws or regulations, (iii) debarred, disqualified, suspended or excluded
from participation in Medicare, Medicaid or any other health care program or is listed on
the General Services Administration list of excluded parties, nor is any such debarment,
disqualification, suspension or exclusion threatened or pending, or (iv) made a party to
any other action by any Governmental Authority that may prohibit it from selling products
or providing services to any governmental or other purchaser pursuant to any federal, state
or local laws or regulations.

          Section 4.23 HIPAA. Except as would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Group Member is in compliance with all
applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations regarding the privacy and security
of health information and electronic transactions, including HIPAA, and the provisions of
all business associate agreements (as such term is defined by HIPAA) to which it is a party
and has implemented adequate policies, procedures and training designed to assure continued
compliance and to detect non-compliance. Except as would not, in the aggregate, reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the extent applicable to any Note Party
and for so long as (1) any Note Party is a “covered entity” as defined in 45 C.F.R. §
160.103, (2) any Note Party is a “business associate” as defined in 45 C.F.R. § 160.103,
(3) any Note Party is subject to or covered by the HIPAA Administrative Requirements
codified at 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 & 162 (the “Transactions Rule”) and/or the HIPAA Security
and Privacy Requirements codified at 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 & 164 (the “Privacy and Security
Rules”), and/or (4) any Note Party sponsors any “group health plans” as defined in 45
C.F.R. § 160.103, such Note Party has: (i) completed thorough and detailed surveys,
audits, inventories, reviews, analyses and/or assessments, including risk assessments,
(collectively “Assessments”) of all material areas of its business and operations subject
to HIPAA and/or that could be materially and adversely affected by the failure of such Note
Party, or any Person acting on behalf of any Note Party, as the
case may be, to the extent these Assessments are appropriate or required for such Note
Party to be in compliance with HIPAA; (ii) developed a detailed plan and time line for
becoming in compliance with HIPAA (a “HIPAA Compliance Plan”); and (iii)
implemented those provisions of its HIPAA Compliance Plan necessary to ensure that such
Note Party is in compliance with HIPAA.

ARTICLE 5

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

          Each of Holdings and each Issuer agrees with the Purchasers to each of the following, as long
as any Obligation (other than any Contingent Note Document Obligation) remains outstanding:

          Section 5.1 Maximum Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio. Holdings shall not
have, on the last day of each Fiscal Quarter set forth below, a Consolidated Senior
Leverage Ratio greater than the maximum ratio set forth opposite such Fiscal Quarter:

 

56

 

	 	 	 
	FISCAL QUARTER ENDING	 	MAXIMUM CONSOLIDATED SENIOR LEVERAGE RATIO
	September 30, 2010

	 	3.30:1.00
	December 31, 2010

	 	3.00:1.00
	March 31, 2011

	 	2.90:1.00
	June 30, 2011

	 	2.60:1.00
	September 30, 2011

	 	2.40:1.00
	December 31, 2011

	 	2.40:1.00
	March 31, 2012

	 	2.20:1.00
	June 30, 2012

	 	1.90:1.00
	September 30, 2012

	 	1.80:1.00
	December 31, 2012

	 	1.70:1.00
	March 31, 2013

	 	1.50:1.00
	June 30, 2013

	 	1.30:1.00
	September 30, 2013

	 	1.20:1.00
	December 31, 2013

	 	1.20:1.00
	March 31, 2014

	 	1.20:1.00
	June 30, 2014 and thereafter

	 	1.10:1.00

               Section 5.2 Maximum Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio. Holdings shall not
have, on the last day of each Fiscal Quarter set forth below, a Consolidated
Total Leverage Ratio greater than the maximum ratio set forth opposite such Fiscal
Quarter:

	 	 	 
	FISCAL QUARTER ENDING	 	MAXIMUM CONSOLIDATED TOTAL LEVERAGE RATIO
	September 30, 2010

	 	4.40:1.00
	December 31, 2010

	 	4.40:1.00
	March 31, 2011

	 	4.10:1.00
	June 30, 2011

	 	3.90:1.00
	September 30, 2011

	 	3.60:1.00
	December 31, 2011

	 	3.30:1.00
	March 31, 2012

	 	3.30:1.00
	June 30, 2012

	 	3.00:1.00
	September 30, 2012

	 	2.90:1.00
	December 31, 2012

	 	2.80:1.00
	March 31, 2013

	 	2.60:1.00
	June 30, 2013

	 	2.40:1.00
	September 30, 2013

	 	2.30:1.00
	December 31, 2013

	 	2.20:1.00

 

57

 

	 	 	 
	FISCAL QUARTER ENDING	 	MAXIMUM CONSOLIDATED TOTAL LEVERAGE RATIO
	March 31, 2014

	 	2.20:1.00
	June 30, 2014

	 	1.90:1.00
	September 30, 2014

	 	1.90:1.00
	December 31, 2014

	 	1.80:1.00
	March 31, 2015

	 	1.80:1.00
	June 30, 2015 and thereafter

	 	1.70:1.00

               Section 5.3 [Reserved.]

               Section 5.4 Minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio. Holdings shall not
have, on the last day of each Fiscal Quarter set forth below, a Consolidated Interest
Coverage Ratio for the four (4) Fiscal Quarter period ending on such day less than the
minimum ratio set forth opposite such Fiscal Quarter:

	 	 	 
	FISCAL QUARTER ENDING	 	MINIMUM CONSOLIDATED INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO
	September 30, 2010

	 	2.50:1.00
	December 31, 2010

	 	2.50:1.00
	March 31, 2011

	 	2.50:1.00
	June 30, 2011

	 	2.70:1.00
	September 30, 2011

	 	2.90:1.00
	December 31, 2011

	 	2.90:1.00
	March 31, 2012

	 	3.20:1.00
	June 30, 2012

	 	3.20:1.00
	September 30, 2012

	 	3.40:1.00
	December 31, 2012

	 	3.40:1.00
	March 31, 2013 and thereafter

	 	3.60:1.00

ARTICLE 6

REPORTING COVENANTS

          Each of Holdings and each Issuer agrees with the Purchasers to each of the following, as long
as any Obligation (other than any Contingent Note Document Obligation) remains outstanding:

          Section 6.1 Financial Statements. The Issuers shall deliver to the Purchasers
each of the following in a format reasonably satisfactory to the Required Purchasers:

 

58

 

          (a) Monthly Reports. Within 30 days after the end of each month, the internal
Consolidated unaudited balance sheet of each of   as of the close of such fiscal
month and related Consolidated statements of income and cash flow for such fiscal month and that
portion of the Fiscal Year ending as of the close of such fiscal month, setting forth in
comparative form the figures for the corresponding period in the prior Fiscal Year (after the first
anniversary of the Closing Date) prepared for management and consistent with past practice.

          (b) Quarterly Reports. As soon as available, and in any event within 45 days after
the end of each Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year (i) ending before the MedQuist Consolidation
Date, the Consolidated unaudited balance sheet of Holdings, the Consolidated unaudited balance
sheet of MedQuist and all eliminations necessary to reconcile such balance sheets and (ii) ending
on or after the MedQuist Consolidation Date, the Consolidated unaudited balance sheet of Holdings,
in each case as of the close of such Fiscal Quarter, and including related Consolidated statements
of income and cash flow for such Fiscal Quarter and that portion of the Fiscal Year ending as of
the close of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in comparative form (x) the figures for the
corresponding period in the prior Fiscal Year (after the first anniversary of the Closing Date) and
(y) the figures for the corresponding period set forth in the most recent corresponding Projections
received by the Purchasers pursuant to Section 6.1(f), in each case certified by a
Responsible Officer of the Issuer Representative as fairly presenting in all material respects the
Consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flow of Holdings and/or MedQuist,
as applicable, as at the dates indicated and for the periods indicated in accordance with GAAP
(subject to the absence of footnote disclosure and normal year-end audit adjustments).

          (c) Annual Reports. As soon as available, and in any event within 90 days after the
end of each Fiscal Year (i) ending before the MedQuist Consolidation Date, the Consolidated balance
sheet of Holdings and the Consolidated balance sheet of MedQuist and (ii) ending on or after the
MedQuist Consolidation Date, the Consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, in each case as of the end
of such year and including related Consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash
flow for such Fiscal Year, each prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with an opinion of the
Group Members’ Accountants that such Consolidated Financial Statements fairly present in all
material respects the Consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flow of
Holdings and/or MedQuist, as applicable, as at the dates indicated and for the periods indicated
therein in accordance with GAAP without qualification as to the scope of the audit or as to going
concern or other similar qualification, it being understood that the Issuers may satisfy the
requirements of this clause (c) by delivery, in the manner provided in Section
11.11(a), of their annual reports on Form 10-K (or any successor form), as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.

          (d) Compliance Certificate. Together with each delivery of any Financial Statement
pursuant to clause (b) or (c) above, a Compliance Certificate duly executed by a
Responsible Officer of the Issuer Representative that, among other things, (i) if delivered
together with any Financial Statement pursuant to clause (c) above, includes the
calculations used in determining Excess Cash Flow, (ii) if delivered together with any Financial
Statements pursuant to clauses (b) or (c) above, (A) demonstrates compliance with
each financial covenant contained in Article 5 and (B) contains a detailed calculation of
Additional Available Cash as of the date of such Financial Statements including any reduction
thereof described in clauses (v) and (vi) of the definition thereof, and (iii) states that no Default is
continuing as of the date of delivery of such Compliance

 

59

 

Certificate or, if a Default is
continuing, states the nature thereof and the action that the Issuers propose to take with respect
thereto.

          (e) Corporate Chart and Other Collateral Updates. Together with each delivery of any
Financial Statement pursuant to clause (c) above, a certificate by a Responsible Officer of
the Issuer Representative that (i) the Corporate Chart attached thereto (or the last Corporate
Chart delivered pursuant to this clause (e)) is correct and complete as of the date of such
Compliance Certificate, (ii) there has been no material change in the information provided in the
last Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to this clause (e), as applicable, or, if
there has been a material change in such information, complete and correct supplements to such
Schedules have been delivered to the Purchasers or are attached to such certificate, and (iii) if
any term of any Constituent Document of any Group Member has been modified on or prior to the date
of delivery of such Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 8.11, complete and
correct copies of all documents evidencing such modification have been delivered to the Purchasers
or are attached to such certificate.

          (f) Additional Projections. As soon as available and in any event not later than 30
days after the beginning of each Fiscal Year, (i) forecasts prepared by management of the Issuers
including in such forecasts (A) a projected Consolidated balance sheet, income statement and
statement of cash flows and (B) a statement of all of the material assumptions on which such
forecasts are based for each Fiscal Quarter in such Fiscal Year containing substantially the same
type of financial information as that contained in the Initial Projections.

          (g) Audit Reports, Management Letters, Etc. Together with each delivery of any
Financial Statement for any Fiscal Year pursuant to clause (c) above, copies of each
management letter, audit report or similar letter or report received by any Group Member from
any independent registered certified public accountant (including the Group Members’
Accountants) in connection with such Financial Statements or any audit thereof, each certified to
be complete and correct copies by a Responsible Officer of the Issuer Representative as part of the
Compliance Certificate delivered in connection with such Financial Statements.

          (h) Other. Reasonably promptly after request, such documents and information with
respect to the business, property, condition (financial or otherwise), legal, financial or
corporate or similar affairs or operations of any Note Party (and during the continuance of a
Default, any Group Member) as the Required Purchasers may from time to time reasonably request.

          Section 6.2 Other Events. The Issuer Representative shall give the Purchasers
notice of each of the following (which may be made by telephone if promptly confirmed in
writing) promptly after any Responsible Officer of any Note Party knows:

          (a) (i) the occurrence or existence of any Default or Event of Default and (ii) any event that
such Responsible Officer believes would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,
specifying, in each case, the nature and anticipated effect thereof and any action proposed to be
taken in connection therewith;

          (b) [Reserved.];

 

60

 

          (c) the commencement of any action, investigation, suit or proceeding by or before any
Governmental Authority brought against any Group Member that would reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect;

          (d) notice of any material civil or criminal investigation or the commencement of proceedings
before any Governmental Authority alleging a material violation of any Health Care Laws;

          (e) [Reserved.];

          (f) any default under (after the expiration of any cure period with respect to such default
and after giving effect to any written waiver of such default) any Senior Loan Document; and

          (g) any material default under any Material Agreement (after the expiration of any cure period
with respect to such default and after giving effect to any written waiver of such default) or any
termination of any Material Agreement, other than a termination in connection with the replacement
thereof with an agreement or agreements not materially less favorable to the Note Parties.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be in electronic form accompanied by a statement by a
Responsible Officer on behalf of the Issuer Representative setting forth details of the occurrence
referred to therein, and stating what action the Issuers or other Person proposes to take with
respect thereto and at what time.

          Section 6.3 Copies of Notices and Reports. The Issuer Representative shall
promptly deliver to
the Purchasers copies of each of the following: (a) all reports that Holdings
transmits to its security holders generally, (b) all periodic reports and reports on Form
8-K that any Group Member files with the Securities and Exchange Commission and (c) all
material documents transmitted or received pursuant to, or in connection with, any Related
Document.

          Section 6.4 Labor Matters. The Issuer Representative shall give the
Purchasers notice of each of the following (which may be made by telephone if promptly
confirmed in writing), promptly after, and in any event within 30 days after any
Responsible Officer of any Note Party knows: (a) the commencement of any material labor
dispute to which any Group Member is a party, including any strikes, lockouts or other
disputes relating to any of such Person’s plants and other facilities and (b) the
incurrence by any Group Member of any Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or
related or similar liability incurred with respect to the closing of any plant or other
facility of any such Person (other than, in the case of this clause (b), those that
would not, in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect).

          Section 6.5 ERISA-Related Information. The Issuer Representative shall supply
to the Purchasers:

          (a) promptly and in any event within 15 days after any ERISA Affiliate files a Schedule B (or
such other schedule as contains actuarial information) to IRS Form 5500 in

 

61

 

respect of a Title IV
Plan with Unfunded Pension Liabilities, a copy of such IRS Form 5500 (including the Schedule B);

          (b) promptly and in any event within 30 days after any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to
know that any ERISA Event has occurred, a certificate of the chief financial officer of the ERISA
Affiliate describing such ERISA Event and the action, if any, proposed to be taken with respect to
such ERISA Event and a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the IRS pertaining to such ERISA
Event and any notices received by such ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or any other governmental
agency with respect thereto; provided that, in the case of ERISA Events under paragraph (g) of the
definition thereof, the 30-day period set forth above shall be a 10-day period, and, in the case of
ERISA Events under paragraph (e) of the definition thereof, in no event shall notice be given later
than the occurrence of the ERISA Event; and

          (c) promptly and in any event within 30 days after the adoption of, or the commencement of
contributions to, any Benefit Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA by any
ERISA Affiliate, or the adoption of any amendment to a Benefit Plan subject to Section 412 of the
Code or Title IV of ERISA which results in a material increase in contribution obligations of any
ERISA Affiliate, a detailed written description thereof from the chief financial officer of such
ERISA Affiliate.

ARTICLE 7

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

          Each of Holdings and each Issuer agrees with the Purchaers to each of the following, as long
as any Obligation (other than any Contingent Note Document Obligation) remains outstanding:

          Section 7.1 Maintenance of Corporate Existence. Each Group Member shall
preserve and maintain its legal existence, except in the consummation of transactions
expressly permitted by Sections 8.4 and 8.7.

          Section 7.2 Compliance with Laws, Etc. Each Group Member shall comply with
all applicable Requirements of Law, except for such failures to comply that would not, in
the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 7.3 Payment of Obligations. Each Group Member shall pay or discharge
before they become delinquent (a) all material claims, taxes, assessments, charges and
levies imposed by any Governmental Authority and (b) all other material lawful claims that
if unpaid would, by the operation of applicable Requirements of Law, become a Lien upon any
property of any Group Member, except, in each case, for those whose amount or validity is
being contested in good faith by proper proceedings diligently conducted and for which
adequate reserves are maintained on the books of the appropriate Group Member in accordance
with GAAP.

          Section 7.4 Maintenance of Property. Each Group Member shall maintain and
preserve (a) in good working order and condition all of its property necessary in the
conduct of its business and (b) all rights, Permits, licenses, approvals and privileges
necessary, used or useful, whether because of its ownership, lease, sublease or other
operation or occupation of property or other conduct of its business,

 

62

 

and shall make all
necessary or appropriate filings with, and give all required notices to, Government
Authorities, except for such failures to maintain and preserve the items set forth in
clauses (a) and (b) above that would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 7.5 Maintenance of Insurance. Each Group Member shall (a) maintain or
cause to be maintained in full force and effect all policies of insurance with respect to
the property and businesses of the Group Members (including policies of life, fire, theft,
product liability, public liability, Flood Insurance, property damage, other casualty,
employee fidelity, workers’ compensation, business interruption and employee health and
welfare insurance) with financially sound and reputable insurance companies or associations
(in each case that are not Affiliates of any Issuer) of a nature and providing such
coverage as is sufficient and as is customarily carried by businesses of the size and
character of the business of the Group Members. Notwithstanding the requirement above,
Federal Flood Insurance shall not be required for (x) real property not located in a
Special Flood Hazard Area, or (y) real property located in a Special Flood Hazard Area in a
community that does not participate in the National Flood Insurance Program.

          Section 7.6 Keeping of Books. The Group Members shall keep proper
Consolidated books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries shall be
made in accordance with GAAP and all other applicable Requirements of Law of all material
financial transactions and the assets and business of the Group Members.

          Section 7.7 Access to Books and Property. Each Note Party (and during the
continuance of a Default, each Group Member) shall permit a representative selected by the
Required Purchasers (the “Purchaser Representative”) and its Related Persons, as
often as reasonably requested, at any reasonable time during normal business hours, with
reasonable advance notice (except that, during the continuance of an Event of Default, no
such notice shall be required and each Purchaser may exercise all rights hereunder
(including the right of inspection) at any and all times during the continuance thereof) to
(a) visit and inspect the property of each Note Party (and during the continuance of a
Default, each Group Member) and examine and make copies of and abstracts from, the
corporate (and similar), financial, operating and other books and records of each Note
Party (and during the continuance of a Default, each Group Member), (b) discuss the
affairs, finances and accounts of each Note Party (and during the continuance of a Default,
each Group Member) with any officer or director of any Note Party (and during the
continuance of a Default, any Group Member) and (c) communicate directly with any
registered certified public accountants (including the Group Members’ Accountants) of any
Note Party (and during the continuance of a Default, each Group Member); provided,
the Note Parties shall not be responsible for costs and expenses other than those of the
Purchaser Representative once per year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing; provided further that any annual inspection shall be conducted on a single date
for all Purchasers each year. Each Note Party (and during the continuance of a Default,
each Group Member) shall authorize their respective registered certified public accountants
(including the Group Members’ Accountants) to communicate directly with the Purchaser
Representative and its Related Persons and to disclose to the Purchaser Representative and
its Related Persons all financial statements and other documents and information as they
might have and the

 

63

 

Purchaser Representative reasonably requests with respect to any Note
Party (and during the continuance of a Default, any Group Member).

          Section 7.8 Environmental. Each Group Member shall comply with, and maintain
its real property, whether owned, leased, subleased or otherwise operated or occupied, in
compliance with, all applicable Environmental Laws (including by implementing any Remedial
Action necessary for such Group Member to achieve such compliance or that is required by
orders and directives of any Governmental Authority) except for failures to comply or
maintain that would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

          Section 7.9 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the sale of the Notes shall be
used by the Issuers (and, to the extent distributed to them by the Issuers, each other
Group Member) solely (a) to consummate the Related Transactions, the Exchange Offer and for
the payment of related transaction costs, fees and expenses and (b) for the payment of
transaction costs,
fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Note Documents and the transactions
contemplated therein.

          Section 7.10 Additional Guaranties. To the extent not delivered to the
Purchasers on or before the Closing Date (including Persons that become, after the Closing
Date, Domestic Subsidiaries of any Note Party, each Group Member shall, promptly, do each
of the following, unless otherwise agreed by the Required Purchasers:

          (a) deliver to the Purchasers such modifications to the terms of the Note Documents (or such
other documents), in each case substantially in the same form as delivered to the Senior Agent
under the Senior Credit Agreement in order to ensure that each Subsidiary of any Note Party that
has entered into Guaranty Obligations with respect to the Senior Loan Obligations shall guaranty,
as primary obligor and not as surety, the payment of the Obligations of the Issuers;

          (b) [Reserved.];

          (c) [Reserved.];

          (d) take all other actions necessary or advisable to ensure the validity or continuing
validity of any guaranty for any Obligation set forth in the Note Documents executed on the Closing
Date; and

          (e) if delivered to the Senior Agent, deliver to the Purchasers legal opinions relating to the
matters described in this Section 7.10, which opinions shall be substantially in the form
delivered to the Senior Agent in connection with the comparable guaranty of the Senior Lenders.

          Section 7.11 [Reserved].

          Section 7.12 Compliance Program. The Group Members shall continue to maintain
a compliance program related to their obligations as a “business associate” of “covered
entities,” as such terms are defined by HIPAA, including employee training and policies and
procedures on the appropriate use and disclosure of protected health information. The
Group Members shall revise and update such

 

64

 

compliance program, as appropriate, to take into
account any changes in law or regulation affecting such program in any material respect.

ARTICLE 8

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

          Each of Holdings and each Issuer agrees with the Purchasers to each of the following, as long
as any Obligation (other than any Contingent Note Document Obligation) remains outstanding:

          Section 8.1 Indebtedness. No Group Member shall incur or otherwise remain
liable with respect to, any Indebtedness except for the following:

          (a) the Obligations;

          (b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 8.1, together
with any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

          (c) Indebtedness consisting of Capitalized Lease Obligations (other than with respect to a
lease entered into as part of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) and purchase money Indebtedness to
finance the acquisition, repair, improvement or construction of fixed or capital assets of such
Group Member, in each case incurred by any Group Member (other than Holdings) together with any
Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided, however, that (i) the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of all such Indebtedness permitted under this clause (c) does
not exceed $5,750,000 (plus $1,150,000 per Fiscal Year occurring after the 2010 Fiscal Year) at any
one time and (ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the lower of the cost
or fair market value (calculated at the time an acquisition, repair, improvement or construction is
made) of the property so acquired or built or of such repairs or improvements financed, whether
directly or through a Permitted Refinancing, with such Indebtedness;

          (d) Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by any Group Member (other than Holdings) arising
under Sale and Leaseback Transactions involving the sale of assets permitted hereunder in reliance
upon Sections 8.4(d) or (e);

          (e) Indebtedness owed by one Group Member to any other Group Member to the extent that the
resulting Investment held by the payee of such Indebtedness constitutes a Permitted Investment
under Section 8.3(e);

          (f) (i) obligations under Interest Rate Contracts entered into to comply with Section
7.13 of the Senior Credit Agreement and (ii) obligations under Hedging Agreements entered into
in the Ordinary Course of Business and not for speculation;

          (g) Guaranty Obligations of any Group Member with respect to Indebtedness of any Group Member
(except with respect to Permitted Refinancings, for which Guaranty Obligations are permitted only
to the extent set forth in the definition thereof), to the extent that such Guaranty constitutes a
Permitted Investment under Section 8.3(e);

          (h) Indebtedness of any Group Member (other than Holdings) in respect of performance bonds,
bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds, performance and completion

 

65

 

guarantees and similar
obligations, in each case, that are incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business and not in
connection with the borrowing of money or Hedging Agreement;

          (i) Indebtedness of any Group Member consisting of (i) obligations to pay insurance premiums,
or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply agreements, in each case, with such obligations
arising in the Ordinary Course of Business and not in connection with the borrowing of money or
Hedging Agreements;

          (j) Indebtedness pursuant to the Senior Loan Documents; provided, however,
that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such Senior Loan Obligations (excluding
Secured Hedging Obligations and Bank Product Obligations (as defined in the Subordination
Agreement)) shall not exceed the Maximum Senior Principal Amount;

          (k) unsecured Indebtedness of any Group Member representing deferred compensation to
employees, consultants or independent contractors of a Group Member incurred in the Ordinary Course
of Business, or of a Person whose liability for such compensation has been assumed pursuant to a
Permitted Acquisition;

          (l) Indebtedness in respect of automatic clearing house arrangements, employee issued credit
or purchase cards and overdraft protections, in each case, incurred in the Ordinary Course of
Business by any Group Member, provided that (i) such Indebtedness (other than credit or
purchase cards) is extinguished within ten (10) Business Days of its incurrence and (ii) such
Indebtedness in respect of credit or purchase cards is extinguished within sixty (60) days of its
incurrence;

          (m) Indebtedness of Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries, provided that such Indebtedness is
for working capital or general corporate purposes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
$8,050,000 at any time outstanding;

          (n) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, any earn-out or similar obligations of any Group
Member incurred in connection with Permitted Acquisitions;

          (o) Indebtedness, and any Permitted Refinancing thereof, (i) of a Person which became a Group
Member after the Closing Date that existed at the time such Person became a Group Member, provided
that such Indebtedness was not incurred in contemplation of such Person becoming a Group Member or
(ii) otherwise incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition and subordinated to the
Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;
provided, however, that all such Indebtedness under this clause (o) shall not
exceed $5,750,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

          (p) other Indebtedness of any Group Member (other than Holdings) not exceeding in the
aggregate at any time outstanding $1,725,000;

          (q) Indebtedness of Holdings or MedQuist owing to former officers, directors, consultants and
employees (or any spouses, ex-spouses or estates of any of the foregoing) of a Group Member
incurred in connection with the repurchase of Stock and Stock Equivalents of Holdings or MedQuist
that have been issued to such Persons, provided that the amount of such Indebtedness
pursuant to this clause (q) shall not exceed an aggregate outstanding principal balance of
$5,000,000 at any time, and the Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (q) shall

 

66

 

be subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Required
Purchasers; and

          (r) all customary premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees,
expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on Indebtedness described in each of
Sections 8.1(a) through (q) above.

          Section 8.2 Liens. No Group Member shall incur, maintain or otherwise suffer
to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of its property, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, except for the following:

          (a) Liens created pursuant to any Senior Loan Document;

          (b) Customary Permitted Liens of Group Members;

          (c) Liens existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 8.2;

          (d) Liens on the property of any Group Member (other than Holdings) securing Indebtedness of
such Group Member permitted hereunder in reliance upon Section 8.1(c); provided,
however, that (i) such Liens exist prior to the acquisition of, or attach substantially
simultaneously with, or within 90 days after, the acquisition, repair, improvement or construction
of, such property financed, whether directly or through a Permitted Refinancing, by such
Indebtedness and (ii) such Liens do not extend to any property of any Group Member other than the
property (and proceeds thereof) acquired or built, or the improvements or repairs, financed,
whether directly or through a Permitted Refinancing, by such Indebtedness;

          (e) Liens on the property of Group Members securing the Permitted Refinancing of any
Indebtedness secured by any Lien on such property permitted hereunder in reliance upon clause
(c) or (d) above or this clause (e) without any change in the property subject
to such Liens;

          (f) Liens with respect to the Property of any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary securing
Indebtedness of such Excluded Foreign Subsidiary that is permitted under Section 8.1(m);

          (g) Liens with respect to Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1(e) and (g),
provided that (i) any Indebtedness owing by a Note Party to a Person who is not a Note
Party shall not be secured at any time unless such Indebtedness is Junior Subordinated Debt and
(ii) any Guaranty Obligation of a Subsidiary that is not a Note Party may not be secured by
Property of any other Note Party;

          (h) Liens on Property which is the subject of a Capitalized Lease Obligation permitted by
Section 8.1(d);

          (i) Liens on Property acquired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition that was subject to
such Lien prior to such Permitted Acquisition to the extent such Lien was not made in connection
with or in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition and which only secures Indebtedness
permitted to be assumed in connection with such Permitted Acquisition or any Permitted Refinancing
thereof; and

 

67

 

          (j) Liens on Property of Group Members not otherwise permitted by this Section 8.2 so
long as the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness and other obligations secured thereby does
not exceed $1,150,000 at any time.

          Section 8.3 Investments. No Group Member shall make or maintain any
Investment except for the following:

          (a) Investments existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 8.3;

          (b) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

          (c) (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the Ordinary Course of Business consistent
with past practice, (ii) extensions of trade credit arising or acquired in the
Ordinary Course of Business and (iii) Investments acquired in connection with the settlement
of delinquent accounts arising in the Ordinary Course of Business, in connection with the
bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers or customers or as security for such claims, or upon the
foreclosure by a Note Party of its Lien with respect to any secured Investment;

          (d) Investments by Note Parties made as part of a Permitted Acquisition and Investments held
by any Person acquired as part of a Permitted Acquisition (and not made in connection with or in
contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition);

          (e) Investments by (i) any Note Party in or to any other Note Party (other than Holdings,
except to the extent such Investment could be made as a Restricted Payment to Holdings), (ii) any
Note Party in or to a Group Member which is not a Note Party not to exceed, for all such
Investments, (x) $4,600,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time when the Consolidated Total
Leverage Ratio of Holdings is equal to or greater than 1.50:1.00 and (y) $4,600,000 plus Additional
Available Cash at any time when the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio of Holdings is less than
1.50:1.00 or (iii) a Group Member which is not a Note Party to another Group Member and (y) any
Investment constituting an extension of credit to a Note Party described in clause (i) or
(iii), is expressly subordinated to the repayment of the Obligations;

          (f) loans and advances to officers, directors, consultants and employees of a Group Member (i)
to finance the purchase of Stock and Stock Equivalents of Holdings or MedQuist, provided
that the amount of such loans and advances used to acquire such Stock and Stock Equivalents shall
not exceed an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $575,000 at any time, (ii) for reasonable
and customary business related travel expenses, entertainment expenses and moving expenses, and
similar expenses, in each case, incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business and with loans and
advances for all such expenses not to exceed $575,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time, and
(iii) for additional purposes not contemplated by clause (i) or (ii) above,
provided that the aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding with respect to this
clause 8.3(f)(iii) shall not exceed $575,000;

          (g) Investments received as the non-cash portion of consideration received in connection with
transactions permitted pursuant to Sections 8.4(a), (d) or (e);
provided that the aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding with respect to such
Investments received under Section 8.4(a) shall not exceed $1,150,000;

          (h) Investments made to repurchase or retire Stock or Stock Equivalents of Holdings (or any
direct or indirect parent thereof) or MedQuist in accordance with Section 8.5(d);

 

68

 

          (i) Guarantees by a Group Member of leases (other than of Capital Leases) or of other
obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case, entered into in the Ordinary Course
of Business;

          (j) Guarantees permitted under Section 8.1;

          (k) advances made in connection with purchases of goods or services in the Ordinary Course of
Business;

          (l) deposits of cash made in the Ordinary Course of Business to secure performance of
operating leases;

          (m) Investments in Hedging Agreements and Interest Rate Contracts permitted under Section
8.1(f);

          (n) Investments in the common Stock of MedQuist made in connection with the Exchange Offer;
and

          (o) other Investments not exceeding (i) $2,300,000 in the aggregate since the Closing Date
plus (ii) Additional Available Cash to the extent the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio of Holdings
both before and after giving effect to such Investment is less than 1.50:1.00.

          Section 8.4 Asset Sales. No Group Member shall Sell any of its Property
(other than cash), enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction or (other than with
respect to Holdings) issue shares of its own Stock, except for the following:

          (a) In each case to the extent entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business (i) obsolete,
worn-out, used or surplus Property to the extent such Property is not necessary for the operation
of the Group Members’ businesses; (ii) inventory, equipment and goods sold; and (iii) cash and Cash
Equivalents;

          (b) (i) any Sale of any property by (A) any Note Party to any other Note Party
(other than Holdings, except to the extent that such property could be distributed as a Restricted
Payment to Holdings) and (B) any Group Member that is not a Note Party to any other Group Member
that is not a Note Party, (ii) any Sale by any Note Party to a Group Member that is not a Note
Party and any Sale by a Group Member that is not a Note Party to any Note Party provided that all
such Sales do not exceed in the aggregate (x) $1,150,000 for all such sales made at any time when
the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio of Holdings is equal to or greater than 1.5:1.0, (y)
$5,750,000 for all such sales made at any time when the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio of
Holdings is equal to or greater than 1.0:1.0 and less than 1.5:1.0 and (z) $11,500,000 for all such
sales at any time when the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio of Holdings is less than 1.0:1.0, and
provided further that to the extent any such Sale under this clause (ii) is not for fair
market value, the resulting Investment by such Note Party constitutes a Permitted Investment under
Sections 8.3(e) or (o), (iii) any Restricted Payment by any Group Member permitted
pursuant to Section 8.5 and (iv) any distribution by Holdings of the proceeds of Restricted
Payments from any other Group Member to the extent permitted in Section 8.5;

          (c) (i) any Sale or issuance by Holdings of its own Stock, (ii) any Sale or issuance by any
Group Member of its own Stock to any Note Party, or by any Group Member that is not a Note Party to
another Group Member that is not a Note Party to the extent that the

 

69

 

resulting Investment is a
Permitted Investment under Section 8.3(e); provided, however, that the
proportion of the Stock of any Group Member (both on an outstanding and fully-diluted basis) held
by the Note Parties, taken as a whole, is not reduced as a result of such Sale or issuance and
(iii) to the extent necessary to satisfy any Requirement of Law in the jurisdiction of
incorporation of any Group Member, any Sale or issuance by such Group Member of its own Stock
constituting directors’ qualifying shares or nominal holdings;

          (d) dispositions of Property not otherwise permitted hereunder that are made for fair market
value; provided, that (i) at the time of any disposition, no Default or Event of Default
shall exist or shall result from such disposition, (ii) not less than 75% of the aggregate sales
price from such disposition shall be paid in cash or Cash Equivalents, (iii) the aggregate fair
market value of all Property so sold by the Group Members, together, shall not exceed in any
Fiscal Year the greater of (x) one percent (1%) of the total assets of the Group Members reflected
on the Financial Statements delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section
6.1 for the preceding Fiscal Year, and (y) $2,875,000 and (iv) after giving effect to such
disposition, the Note Parties are in compliance on a pro forma basis with the covenants set forth
in Article 5, recomputed for the most recent Fiscal Quarter for which Financial Statements
have been delivered;

          (e) other dispositions of Property the fair market value of which shall not exceed, in the
aggregate, $575,000;

          (f) any (i) sale or discounting of accounts receivable arising in the Ordinary Course of
Business in connection with the compromise or collection thereof and (ii) involuntary sale,
transfer, assignment or other disposition resulting from a Property Loss Event upon the receipt of
the applicable net proceeds for such Property Loss Event;

          (g) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted in the Ordinary Course of Business not
interfering with the business of the Group Members in any material respect;

          (h) Property to the extent that (i) such Property is exchanged for credit against the purchase
price of similar replacement Property or (ii) the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied
to the purchase price of such replacement Property;

          (i) the Group Members may effect any transaction permitted by Section 8.3, 8.5
or 8.7;

          (j) lease of any tangible Property and licensing or contribution of Intellectual Property
pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons, in each case, in the Ordinary Course
of Business;

          (k) the RCM Sale;

          (l) the A-Life Sale; and

          (m) dispositions of any Property between or among the Group Members as a substantially
concurrent interim disposition in connection with a disposition of such Property otherwise
permitted pursuant to clauses (a) through (k) above.

 

70

 

          Section 8.5 Restricted Payments. No Group Member shall declare, pay or make
any Restricted Payment except for the following (and Holdings shall not use the proceeds of
any Restricted Payment made in reliance under clause (c) below other than as set
forth in such clause (c)):

          (a) Restricted Payments (i) by a Note Party to any Note Party other than Holdings (except as
otherwise permitted under any other clause of this Section 8.5) and (ii) by any Group
Member that is not a Note Party to any Group Member;

          (b) dividends and distributions declared and paid on the common Stock of any Group Member
ratably to the holders of such common Stock and payable only in common Stock of such Group Member;

          (c) cash dividends or distributions on the Stock of the Group Members (other than Holdings) to
Holdings paid and declared solely for the purpose of funding the following:

     (i) payments by Holdings in respect of taxes then due and owing by Holdings in
respect of the other Group Members;

     (ii) ordinary operating expenses of Holdings; provided, however, that the
amount of such cash dividends paid in any Fiscal Year shall not exceed $6,000,000
in the aggregate;

     (iii) payments with respect to withholding or similar taxes payable or
expected to be payable by or with respect to any present or former employee,
director, manager or consultant (or their respective Affiliates, estates or
immediate family members) for any repurchases of Stock or Stock Equivalents in
Holdings including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock
options, provided in each case that payments made under this clause (iii)
shall not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate; and

     (iv) to pay the consideration necessary to consummate any Permitted
Acquisition in accordance with the agreements evidencing such Permitted
Acquisition;

provided, however, that no action that would otherwise be permitted hereunder in
reliance upon this clause (c) (other than clause (i) or (ii) above) shall
be permitted if a Default is then continuing or would result therefrom;

          (d) the Group Members may redeem, acquire, retire or repurchase (and the Group Members may
declare and pay cash Restricted Payments to another Group Member (or any direct or indirect parent
thereof), the proceeds of which are used to so redeem, acquire, retire or repurchase) shares of
Stock or Stock Equivalents of Holdings or any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary (or any options or
warrants or stock appreciation rights issued with respect to any of such Stock or Stock
Equivalents) (or to allow Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any Excluded
Foreign Subsidiary to so redeem, retire, acquire or repurchase its Stock or Stock Equivalents) held
by current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective
spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) of
a Group Member (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), with the proceeds of

 

71

 

cash Restricted
Payments from a Group Member, upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment
of any such Person or otherwise in accordance with any stock option or stock appreciation rights
plan, any management, director and/or employee stock ownership or incentive plan, stock
subscription plan, employment termination agreement or any other employment agreements or equity
holders’ agreement; provided that

     (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would
arise as a result of such Restricted Payment;

     (ii) the aggregate Restricted Payments permitted in any fiscal year of
Holdings shall not exceed $5,000,000; and

     (iii) with respect to any redemption of Stock or Stock Equivalents in an
Excluded Foreign Subsidiary or Stock or Stock Equivalents held by current or former
officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective
spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or
distributees) of an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary, such Restricted Payment shall be
funded solely by such Excluded Foreign Subsidiary or with the proceeds of an
Investment in such Excluded Subsidiary permitted under Section 8.3 hereof;

          (e) Holdings may redeem in whole or in part any of its Stock or Stock Equivalents for another
class of Stock or Stock Equivalents of Holdings or rights to acquire Stock or Stock Equivalents in
Holdings, provided that (i) the funds used to effect such redemption shall be provided
solely from concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new shares of Holdings’ Stock or Stock
Equivalents and (ii) any terms and provisions material to the interests of the Purchasers, when
taken as a whole, contained in such other class of Stock or Stock Equivalents are at least as
advantageous to the Purchasers as those contained in the Stock or Stock Equivalents redeemed
thereby; and

          (f) Restricted Payments by the Group Members to fund Investments permitted by Sections
8.3(e) or (o);

          (g) cash dividends and distributions by any Group Member to fund indemnification payments owed
by Holdings to selling shareholders under stockholders or registration rights agreements entered
into in connection with the Exchange Offer or the Holdings IPO or owed by Holdings under the
Sponsor Consulting Agreement; provided, that at the time of any such dividend or
distribution, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or shall result therefrom;

          (h) repurchases of Stock of selling shareholders other than CBay in connection with the
Exchange Offer or the Holdings IPO for consideration not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate;
provided, that at the time of any such repurchase, no Default or Event of Default shall
exist or shall result therefrom;

          (i) cash dividends and distributions by any Group Member to fund Holdings’ obligation arising
under the Sponsor Consulting Agreement to reimburse Sponsor and Lehman for out-of-pocket expenses
not to exceed $250,000 per Fiscal Year; provided, that at the time of any such dividend or
distribution, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or shall result therefrom; and

72

 

          (j) other Restricted Payments by the Group Members not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate
during the term of this Agreement plus, to the extent the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio of
Holdings is less than 1.00:1.00 both before and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment and
any Indebtedness incurred in connection therewith, Additional Available Cash; provided,
that at the time any such Restricted Payment is made no Default or Event of Default shall exist or
shall result therefrom.

          Section 8.6 Prepayment of Indebtedness. No Group Member shall prepay, redeem,
purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity date thereof any
Junior Subordinated Debt, or set apart any property for such purpose, whether to a sinking
fund, a similar fund or otherwise, make any payment in violation of any subordination or
intercreditor terms applicable to any such Indebtedness.

          Section 8.7 Fundamental Changes. No Group Member shall merge, consolidate or
amalgamate with any Person, or liquidate or dissolve, except for the following:

          (a) to consummate any Permitted Acquisition;

          (b) a Note Party may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with, or dissolve or liquidate into any
other Note Party (other than Holdings), or may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with any other
Person that is incorporated or otherwise organized under the laws of a state of the United States
of America, provided that (i) an Issuer shall be the continuing or surviving entity, or if
an Issuer is not involved with such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, such Guarantor or such
other Person, as the case may be, shall be the continuing or surviving entity, (ii) if such other
Person constitutes the continuing or surviving entity, it shall have become a Guarantor
simultaneously with such transaction and satisfied the requirements of Section 7.10,
(iii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of such
merger, amalgamation, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation or would result therefrom and
(iv) the Administrative Agent shall have a first priority Lien on all of the Stock and all Stock
Equivalents on a fully diluted basis in the surviving Issuer, Guarantor or such other Person and on
all Property of the surviving Issuer or Guarantor or to the extent required by
Section 7.10, such other Person;

          (c) Holdings may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with, or dissolve or liquidate into, any
other Note Party; provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing at the date of such merger, amalgamation consolidation, dissolution or liquidation or
would result therefrom, (ii) Holdings shall be the surviving entity and after giving effect to such
merger, amalgamation consolidation, dissolution or liquidation Holdings shall be in compliance with
the requirements of Section 8.8(b) and (iii) the requirements of Section 7.10 shall
have been satisfied;

          (d) any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with, or dissolve or
liquidate into, another Excluded Foreign Subsidiary, provided that no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of such merger, amalgamation
consolidation, dissolution or liquidation or would result therefrom and the requirements of
Section 7.10 shall have been satisfied;

          (e) any Guarantor (other than Holdings) may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any
Group Member that is not a Note Party; provided that if such

73

 

Guarantor is not the surviving
entity or the surviving entity has not satisfied the requirements of Section 7.10, such
merger, amalgamation or consolidation shall be deemed to be an “Investment” and subject to the
limitations set forth in Section 8.3(e) or (o);

          (f) any Group Member (other than Holdings or an Issuer) may liquidate or dissolve if (x) the
Issuers determine in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of
the Issuers and is not materially disadvantageous to the Purchasers and (y) to the extent such
Group Member is a Guarantor, any Property not otherwise disposed of or transferred in accordance
with Sections 8.3 or 8.4, or, in the case of any such business of such Group Member
discontinued, such business, shall be transferred to, or otherwise owned or conducted by, another
Guarantor or an Issuer after giving effect to such liquidation or dissolution

          (g) Holdings may convert to a Delaware corporation pursuant to the provisions of Section 265
of the Delaware Corporation Law; and

          (h) to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 8.7, the Group Members may
consummate (i) a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or amalgamation, the purpose of
which is to effect a disposition permitted pursuant to Section 8.4 or (ii) a merger the
purpose of which is to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 8.3,
provided that, in each case, (x) no Default or Event of Default would result from the
consummation thereof, (y) if such merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or amalgamation
undertaken to effect an Investment pursuant to clause (ii) above involves an Issuer or a
Guarantor, such Issuer, or if an Issuer is not involved, such Guarantor, shall be the continuing or
surviving entity and (z) the parties shall have satisfied the requirements of Section 7.10.

          Section 8.8 Change in Nature of Business. (a) No Group Member (other than
Holdings) shall engage in any material line of business substantially different from those
lines of business carried on by it on the date hereof or any business reasonably related
thereto, complementary thereto, ancillary thereto or a reasonable extension thereof.

          (b) Holdings, and prior to the MedQuist Consolidation Date, MedQuist, shall not engage in any
business activities or own any Property other than (i) ownership of the Stock and Stock Equivalents
of its Subsidiaries or as permitted under Section 8.3, (ii) activities incidental to
maintenance of its corporate existence or as otherwise permitted under this Agreement (including
the payment of tax payables and other corporate overhead expenses), (iii) the Related Transactions,
the Exchange Offer and the Holdings IPO, (iv) performing its obligations incidental to any of the
foregoing under the Note Documents, other Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement and
documentation entered into in connection with the Related Transactions, the Exchange Offer, the
Holdings IPO or any Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted by Section 8.3, (v)
entering into and consummating transactions expressly permitted under this Agreement and (vi)
making Restricted Payments permitted by Section 8.5.

          Section 8.9 Transactions with Affiliates. No Group Member shall, except as
otherwise expressly permitted herein, enter into any other transaction with, or for the
benefit of, any Affiliate of any Issuer that is not a Note Party (including Guaranty
Obligations with respect to any obligation of any such Affiliate), except for:

          (a) transactions expressly permitted by this Agreement;

74

 

          (b) transactions among Note Parties;

          (c) transactions among Group Members that are not Note Parties;

          (d) tax sharing arrangements on customary terms entered into among the Group Members to
provide for the allocation of the tax liability to be discharged with a Restricted Payment under
Section 8.5(c)(i);

          (e) any issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents in Holdings, or other payments, awards or
grants in cash or Stock or Stock Equivalents of Holdings pursuant to, or the funding of, employment
arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by the board of directors of
Holdings and in accordance with Requirements of Law, and any issuance of Stock of MedQuist upon the
exercise of stock options existing on the Closing Date;

          (f) employment and severance arrangements and health, disability and similar insurance or
benefit plans between Group Members and their respective directors, officers, employees (including
management and employee benefit plans or agreements, subscription agreements or similar agreements
pertaining to the repurchase of Stock and Stock Equivalents pursuant to put/call rights or similar
rights with current or former employees, officers or directors and stock option or incentive plans
and other compensation arrangements) in the Ordinary Course of Business or as otherwise approved by
the board of directors of the applicable Group Member;

          (g) payment of reasonable compensation to officers and employees for actual services rendered
to Group Members (other than an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary unless such payment is funded solely by
such Excluded Foreign Subsidiary or with the proceeds of an Investment in such Excluded Foreign
Subsidiary permitted under Section 8.3 hereof) in the Ordinary Course of Business;

          (h) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities
provided on behalf of, directors, managers, consultants (other than Sponsor or its Affiliates),
officers and employees of Group Members in the Ordinary Course of Business to the extent
attributable to the ownership or operation of any Group Member (other than an Excluded Foreign
Subsidiary unless such payment is funded solely by such Excluded Foreign Subsidiary or with the
proceeds of an Investment in such Excluded Foreign Subsidiary permitted under Section 8.3);

          (i) the Related Transactions, the Exchange Offer, the Holdings IPO and the payment of expenses
(subject to the limitations set forth in clauses (j) and (k) below with respect to
the expenses described therein) with respect thereto;

          (j) reimbursement of expenses of selling shareholders by Holdings required under stockholders
or registration rights agreements entered into in connection with the Exchange Offer or the
Holdings IPO in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,500,000; provided, that at the time of
any such payment, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or shall result therefrom;

          (k) payments by Holdings to the Sponsor or directors of Holdings designated by the Sponsor
required under agreements to be entered into by Holdings in connection with the Exchange Offer or
the Holdings IPO in an aggregate amount not to exceed $12,000,000;

75

 

provided, that at the
time of any such payment, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or shall result therefrom;

          (l) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence or contemplated on the Closing
Date and set forth on Schedule 8.9 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment
is not adverse, taken as a whole, to the Purchasers in any material respect;

          (m) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 8.5;

          (n) mergers, consolidations, amalgamations, liquidations and dissolutions permitted under
Section 8.7;

          (o) Investments permitted by Section 8.3;

          (p) payments to the Sponsor or Lehman in the Stock of Holdings under the Sponsor Consulting
Agreement to satisfy the remaining fees payable thereunder;

          (q) payments to Sponsor or shareholders of any Group Member to the extent such payments could
be made as Restricted Payments under Sections 8.5(g), (h) and (i); and

          (r) all other transactions entered into pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the
business of such Group Member upon fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to such
Group Member as would be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person not an
Affiliate of any Group Member.

          Section 8.10 Third-Party Restrictions on Indebtedness, Liens, Investments or
Restricted Payments. No Group Member shall incur or otherwise suffer to exist or
become effective any Contractual Obligation limiting the ability of any Subsidiary of
Holdings to make Restricted Payments to, or loans or advances to, or repay Indebtedness or
Sell property to, any Group Member which is a direct or indirect parent entity of such
Subsidiary, except (i) Contractual Obligations that exist on the Closing Date and (to the
extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 8.10 are listed on Schedule
8.10 hereto) any refinancings and extensions of any such Contractual Obligations if the
terms and conditions thereof, taken as a whole, do not materially expand the scope of such
limitation, (ii) Contractual Obligations representing Indebtedness of a Group Member that
is not a Guarantor to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted by Section 8.1,
(iii) Contractual Obligations that are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and
other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under this Agreement, that
is applicable solely to such joint venture, (iv) Contractual Obligations that are binding
on a Group Member at the time such Group Member first becomes a Group Member, so long as
such Contractual Obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming
a Group Member, (v) Contractual Obligations that arise pursuant to agreements entered into
with respect to any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of Property or a Person
permitted by Section 8.4 and apply solely to the Property or Person to be so sold,
transferred, leased or otherwise disposed of, (vi) Contractual Obligations that are
customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise
permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate only to the Property subject thereto,
(vii) customary net worth provisions contained in real property leases entered into by a
Group Member, so long as

76

 

the Issuers have determined in good faith that such net worth
provisions could not reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Group Members to
meet their respective ongoing obligations and (viii) restrictions contained in the Note
Documents.

          Section 8.11 Modification of Certain Documents. No Group Member shall do any
of the following:

          (a) waive or otherwise modify any term of any Constituent Document of any Note Party
(including the terms of any of their outstanding Stock or Stock Equivalents), except for those
modifications and waivers that do not adversely affect the interests of the Purchasers;

          (b) waive or otherwise modify any term of any Material Agreement except for those
modifications and waivers that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
and

          (c) waive or otherwise modify any term of any Junior Subordinated Debt except in a manner
permitted by the subordination provisions therein or the subordination agreement applicable
thereto, as applicable.

          Section 8.12 Fiscal Year. No Group Member shall change its Fiscal Year or its
method for determining Fiscal Quarters or fiscal months.

          Section 8.13 Margin Regulations. No Group Member shall use all or any portion
of the proceeds of any credit extended hereunder to purchase or carry margin stock (within
the meaning of Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board) in contravention of Regulation U
of the Federal Reserve Board.

          Section 8.14 Compliance with ERISA. No ERISA Affiliate shall cause or suffer
to exist (a) any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien with respect to any
Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or (b) any other ERISA Event, that would, in the
aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Group Member shall
cause or suffer to exist any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien with
respect to any Benefit Plan.

          Section 8.15 Hazardous Materials. No Group Member shall cause or allow any
Release of any Hazardous Material at, to or from any real property owned, leased, subleased
or otherwise operated or occupied by any Group Member that would violate any Environmental
Law, form the basis for any Environmental Liabilities, other than such violations,
Environmental Liabilities and effects that would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 8.16 Limitation on Layering Indebtedness Notwithstanding the
provisions of Section 8.1, the Note Parties will not, and will not permit any of
their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur or suffer to exist any Indebtedness
that is both contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Loan
Obligations and senior in right of payment to the Obligations, excluding the effect of any
Liens which are Permitted Liens.

          Section 8.17 Excess Cash Flow. Unless the Purchasers otherwise agree in writing,
the Issuers shall not agree or otherwise permit the percentage of “Excess Cash Flow”, or any such
similar concept, required to be paid to the Senior Lenders under the Senior Credit Agreement (as in
effect on the date hereof), to be reduced; provided, that if the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio
is 2.00:1.00 or less (A) for the last Fiscal Quarter of such corresponding Fiscal Year for which
such Excess Cash Flow amount has been determined (B) from such date until such Excess Cash Flow
payment is actually made to the Senior Lenders and (C) on a pro forma basis for the first full
Fiscal Quarter ending after such payment, then notwithstanding this Section 8.17, the Issuers shall
be permitted to pay a lesser percentage of Excess Cash Flow than such amounts otherwise required
hereby.

          Section 8.18 Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 8, during the period
commencing on the Closing Date until, but excluding, the Funding

77

 

Date, the Group Members
shall not be obligated to comply with the covenants in this Article 8 to the extent such
covenants would result in a breach or cause a default under any other Contractual
Obligation to which the Group Members are party which was (i) effective prior to the
Closing Date, (ii) not entered into in contemplated of entering into this Agreement or the
other Note Documents and (iii) not a Contractual Obligation to which only the Group Members
are a party.

ARTICLE 9

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

          Section 9.1 Definition. Each of the following shall be an Event of Default:

          (a) the Issuers shall fail to pay (i) any principal of or premium on any Note when the same
becomes due and payable or (ii) any interest on any Note, any fee under any Note Document or any
other Obligation (other than those set forth in clause (i) above) and, in the case of this
clause (ii), such non-payment continues for a period of five (5) days after the due date
therefor; or

          (b) any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made by any Note Party (or
any Responsible Officer thereof) in any Note Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any
material respect (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained herein or therein)
when made or deemed made; or

          (c) any Note Party shall fail to comply with (i) any provision of Article 5 (Financial
Covenants), Section 6.2(a)(i) (Other Events), Section 7.1 (Maintenance of Corporate
Existence), Section 7.9 (Use of Proceeds) or Article 8 (Negative Covenants), (ii)
any provision of Section 6.1 (Financial Statements) if, in the case of this clause
(ii), such failure shall remain unremedied for 15 days after the earlier of (A) the date on
which a Responsible Officer of any Note Party becomes aware of such failure and (B) the date on
which notice thereof shall have been given to the Issuer Representative by the Purchasers or (iii)
any other provision of any Note Document if, in the case of this clause (iii), such failure
shall remain unremedied for 30 days after the earlier of (A) the date on which a Responsible
Officer of any Note Party becomes aware of such failure and (B) the date on which notice thereof
shall have been given to the Issuer Representative by the Purchasers; or

          (d) (i) any Group Member shall fail to make beyond any applicable cure period any payment when
due (whether due because of scheduled maturity, required prepayment provisions, acceleration,
demand or otherwise) on any Indebtedness of any Group Member (other than the Obligations or the
Senior Loan Obligations) and, in each case, such failure relates to Indebtedness having a principal
amount of $5,000,000 or more, (ii) any other event shall occur or condition shall exist beyond any
applicable cure period under any Contractual Obligation relating to any Indebtedness (other than
the Obligations) having a principal amount of $5,000,000 or more or any Senior Loan Obligations, if
the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate the maturity of such Indebtedness or (iii)
any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) having a principal amount of $5,000,000 or more or
any Senior Loan Obligations shall become or be declared to be due and payable, or be required to be
prepaid, redeemed, defeased or repurchased (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment
or a mandatory prepayment), prior to the stated maturity thereof; or

78

 

          (e) (i) any Group Member shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, shall
admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally or shall make a general assignment for
the benefit of creditors, (ii) any proceeding shall be instituted by or against any Group Member
seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent or seeking liquidation, winding up,
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, composition of it or its debts or any
similar order, in each case under any Requirement of Law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization or relief of debtors or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment
of a custodian, receiver, trustee, conservator, liquidating agent, liquidator, other similar
official or other official with similar powers, in each case for it or for any substantial part of
its property and, in the case of any such proceedings instituted against (but not by or with the
consent of) any Group Member, either such proceedings shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a
period of 60 days or more or any action sought in such proceedings shall occur (including without
limitation any entry of an order for relief in any such proceeding) or (iii) any Group Member shall
take any corporate or similar action to authorize any action described in clause (i) or
(ii) above; or

          (f) one or more judgments, orders or decrees (or other similar process) shall be rendered
against any Group Member (i)(A) in the case of monetary judgments, orders and decrees, involving an
aggregate amount (excluding amounts adequately covered by insurance payable to any Group Member, to
the extent the relevant insurer has not denied coverage therefor) in excess of $5,000,000 or (B) in
the case of non-monetary judgments, that would have, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect
and (ii)(A) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon any such
judgment, order or decree or (B) such judgment, order or decree shall not have been vacated or
discharged for a period of 60 consecutive days and there shall not be in effect (by reason of a
pending appeal or otherwise) any stay of enforcement thereof; or

          (g) except pursuant to a valid, binding and enforceable termination or release permitted under
the Note Documents and executed by the Purchasers or as otherwise expressly permitted under any
Note Document, (i) any material provision of any Note Document shall, at any time after the
delivery of such Note Document, fail to be valid and binding on, or enforceable (other than
pursuant to the express terms thereof) against, or shall be revoked or repudiated by any Note Party
party thereto, (ii) any subordination provision set forth in any document governing Junior
Subordinated Debt shall, in whole or in part, terminate or otherwise fail or cease to be valid and
binding on, or enforceable against, any holder of Junior Subordinated Debt or any such holder shall
so state in writing, or (iii) any Group Member shall state in writing that any of the events
described in clause (i) shall have occurred; or

          (h) any Material Agreement shall be terminated for any reason unless (i) such Material
Agreement is replaced with an agreement that is not materially less favorable to the Group Members,
(ii) existing Material Agreements provide substantially the same benefits as such terminated
Material Agreement as are necessary for the proper conduct of such Group Member’s business as
conducted as of the date of such termination, (iii) such Group Member has an alternative source of
obtaining such benefits (including by internal development) or (iv) the termination of such
Material Agreement could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

          (i) any Holding Company shall incur any Indebtedness or issue any Stock or Stock Equivalent
and use the proceeds of such incurrence or issuance to make dividend, payment or other distribution
with respect to the holders of its Stock or Stock Equivalents;

79

 

          (j) there shall occur any Change of Control; or

          (k) either (i) one or more ERISA Events shall have occurred, (ii) there is or arises an
Unfunded Pension Liability with respect to any Title IV Plan, or (iii) there is or arises any
potential Withdrawal Liability, if any ERISA Affiliate were to withdraw completely from one or more
Multiemployer Plans, and the liability of any ERISA Affiliate contemplated by the foregoing
clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), either individually or in the aggregate, has
had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 9.2 Remedies. During the continuance of any Event of Default, the
Required Purchasers may, by notice to the Issuer Representative and in addition to any
other right or remedy provided under any Note Document or by any applicable Requirement of
Law, declare immediately due and payable all or part of any Obligation (including any
accrued but unpaid interest thereon, whether payable in cash or in kind), whereupon the
same shall become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or
further notice or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived
by Holdings and each Issuer (and, to the extent provided in any other Note Document, other
Note Parties); provided, however, that, effective immediately upon the
occurrence of the Events of Default specified in Section 9.1(e)(ii), each
Obligation (including in each case any accrued all accrued but unpaid interest thereon)
shall automatically become and be due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or
further notice or other requirement of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived
by Holdings and each Issuer (and, to the extent provided in any other Note Document, any
other Note Party).

ARTICLE 10

RESERVED

ARTICLE 11

MISCELLANEOUS

          Section 11.1 Amendments, Waivers, Etc. (a) No amendment or waiver of any
provision of any Note Document and no consent to any departure by any Note Party therefrom
shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required
Purchasers and the Issuers; provided, however, that no amendment, consent
or waiver shall, unless in writing and signed by each Purchaser directly affected thereby,
in addition to any other Person the signature of which is otherwise required pursuant to
any Note Document, do any of the following:

          (i) [Reserved.];

          (ii) reduce (including through release, forgiveness, assignment or otherwise) (A) the
principal amount of, the interest rate on, any outstanding Note owing to such Purchaser or
(B) any fee or accrued interest payable to such Purchaser hereunder; provided,
however, that this clause (ii) does not apply to (x) any reduction in
incremental interest or fees payable during the continuance of an Event of Default or to
any payment of any such incremental interest or fees;

          (iii) waive or postpone any scheduled maturity date or other scheduled date fixed for
the payment, in whole or in part, of principal of or interest on

80

 

any Note or fee owing to
such Purchaser; provided, however, that this clause (iii) does not
apply to any change to mandatory prepayments, including those required under
Section 2.6;

          (iv) release all or substantially all of the Guarantors from their guaranty of the
Obligations of the Issuers;

          (v) reduce or increase the proportion of Purchasers required for the Purchasers (or
any subset thereof) to take any action hereunder or change the definition of the terms
“Required Purchasers”, “Pro Rata Share” or “Pro Rata Outstandings”; or

          (vi) amend Section 11.9 (Sharing of Payments), Section 2.10
(Application of Payments) or this Section 11.1;

it being agreed that all Purchasers shall be deemed to be directly affected by an amendment,
consent or waiver of the type described in the preceding clauses (v) and (vi), and
provided, further, that the consent of the Issuers shall not be required to change
any order of priority set forth in Section 2.10(c). Notwithstanding the foregoing or
anything else set forth herein to the contrary, no Sponsor Affiliated Purchaser shall have any
voting or consent rights with respect to any matter under or with respect to any Note Document or
constitute a “Purchaser” (or be, or have its Notes included in the determination of “Required
Purchasers” or “Purchasers directly affected”) under or with respect to any provisions in any Note
Document governing voting or consent rights, provided that (A) the principal of a Sponsor
Affiliated Purchaser’s Notes may not be reduced or forgiven, and (B) the interest rate applicable
to Obligations owing to a Sponsor Affiliated Purchaser may not be reduced in such a manner that by
its terms affects such Purchaser more adversely than other Purchasers, in each case without the
consent of such Purchaser.

          (b) Each waiver or consent under any Note Document shall be effective only in the specific
instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on any Note
Party shall entitle any Note Party to any notice or demand in the same, similar or other
circumstances. No failure on the part of any Purchaser to exercise, and no delay in exercising,
any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of
any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

          Section 11.2 Assignments and Participations; Binding Effect. (a) Binding
Effect. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by
Holdings, the Issuers and the Purchasers. Thereafter, it shall be binding upon and inure
to the benefit of, but only to the benefit of, Holdings, the Issuers and the Purchasers
and, in each case, their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as expressly
provided in any Note Document, none of Holdings or the Issuers shall have the right to
assign any rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein.

          (b) Right to Assign. Each Purchaser may at any time sell, transfer, negotiate or
assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations hereunder (including all or a portion of its
rights and obligations with respect to the Notes) to (i) any existing Purchaser, (ii) any Affiliate
of any existing Purchaser which is under common control with such Purchaser or (iii) any other
Person acceptable to the Required Purchasers, provided that, in the absence of an Event of
Default, Required Purchasers may not assign any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder to
any Person pursuant to clause (iii) who has been designated as unacceptable by Issuers in a

81

 

writing
delivered to and agreed to by the initial Purchasers prior to the
Closing Date; provided further that no sale shall be made to a Group Member or an Affiliate of a Group Member (other
than a Sponsor Affiliated Purchaser). Sponsor Affiliated Purchasers shall have no rights to receive
notice of, attend or participate in any meetings with other Purchasers, receive information
requested or prepared on behalf of the Purchasers, or otherwise have any rights of a Purchaser
hereunder, other than the right to receive payments required hereunder.

          (c) [Reserved.]

          (d) Effectiveness. Subject to the recording of an Assignment by the Issuer
Representative in the Register pursuant to Section 2.12(b), (i) the assignee thereunder
shall become a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations under the Note Documents
have been assigned to such assignee pursuant to such Assignment, shall have the rights and
obligations of a Purchaser, including the obligation to deliver tax forms pursuant to Section
2.17(f), (ii) any applicable Note shall be transferred to such assignee through such entry and
(iii) the assignor thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations under this Agreement
have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment, relinquish its rights (except for those
surviving the payment in full of the Obligations) and be released from its obligations under the
Note Documents, other than those relating to events or circumstances occurring prior to such
assignment (and, in the case of an Assignment covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning
Purchaser’s rights and obligations under the Note Documents, such Purchaser shall cease to be a
party hereto except that each Purchaser agrees to remain bound by Section 11.9 (Sharing
of Payments).

          (e) Grant of Security Interests. In addition to the other rights provided in this
Section 11.2, each Purchaser may grant a security interest in, or otherwise assign as collateral,
any of its rights under this Agreement, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (including rights
to payments of principal or interest on the Notes), without notice to the Issuers and without the
execution of an assignment agreement to (A) any federal reserve bank (pursuant to Regulation A of
the Federal Reserve Board) or (B) any holder of, or trustee for the benefit of the holders of, such
Purchaser’s Securities; provided, however, that no such holder or trustee, whether because of such
grant or assignment or any foreclosure thereon (unless such foreclosure is made through an
assignment in accordance with clause (b) above), shall be entitled to any rights of such Purchaser
hereunder and no such Purchaser shall be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder.

          (f) Participants. In addition to the other rights provided in this
Section 11.2, each Purchaser may, (x) without notice to or consent from any Issuer, sell
participations to one or more Persons in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under
the Note Documents (including all its rights and obligations with respect to the Notes);
provided, however, that, whether as a result of any term of any Note Document or of
such grant or participation, (i) no such participant shall have a commitment, or be deemed to have
made an offer to commit, to purchase Notes hereunder, and, except as provided in the applicable
option agreement, none shall be liable for any obligation of such Purchaser hereunder, (ii) such
Purchaser’s rights and obligations, and the rights and obligations of the Note Parties towards such
Purchaser, under any Note Document shall remain unchanged and each other party hereto shall
continue to deal solely with such Purchaser, which shall remain the holder of the Obligations in
the Register, except that (A) each such participant shall be entitled to the benefit of Section
2.17 (Taxes), but only to the extent such participant delivers the tax forms such
Purchaser is required to collect pursuant to Section 2.17(f) and then only to the extent of
any amount to which such Purchaser would be

82

 

entitled in the absence of any such participation;
provided, however, that in no case (including pursuant to clause (A) above)
shall a participant have the right to enforce any of the terms of any Note Document, and (iii) the
consent of such participant shall not be required (either directly, as a restraint on such
Purchaser’s ability to consent hereunder or otherwise) for any amendments, waivers or consents with
respect to any Note Document or to exercise or refrain from exercising any powers or rights such
Purchaser may have under or in respect of the Note Documents (including the right to enforce or
direct enforcement of the Obligations), except for those described in clauses (ii) and
(iii) of Section 11.1(a) with respect to amounts, or dates fixed for payment of
amounts, to which such participant would otherwise be entitled and, in the case of participants,
except for those described in Section 11.1(a)(iv). Each Purchaser that sells a
participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Issuers,
maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal
amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Notes or other obligations
under this Agreement (the “Participant Register”). The entries in the Participant Register
shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Purchaser shall treat each person whose name is
recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this
Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

          Section 11.3 Costs and Expenses. Any action taken by any Note Party under or
with respect to any Note Document, even if required under any Note Document or at the
request of any Purchaser, shall be at the expense of such Note Party, and no Purchaser
shall be required under any Note Document to reimburse any Note Party or Group Member
therefor except as expressly provided therein. In addition, the Issuers agree to pay or
reimburse upon demand (a) the Purchasers for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and
expenses incurred by it or any of its Related Persons in connection with the investigation,
development, preparation, negotiation, syndication, execution, interpretation or
administration of, any modification of any term of or termination of, any Note Document,
any other document prepared in connection therewith or the consummation and administration
of any transaction contemplated therein (including reasonable fees, charges and
disbursements of legal counsel to the Purchasers or such Related Persons, and expenses
related to Intralinks® or any other E-System), (b) each of the Purchasers for
all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with (i) any
refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided hereunder in the nature of
a “work-out” (including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of consultants), (ii)
the enforcement or preservation of any right or remedy under any Note Document, any
Obligation or any other related right or remedy or (iii) the commencement, defense, conduct
of, intervention in, or the taking of any other action with respect to, any proceeding
(including any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding) related to any Group Member, Note
Document, Obligation or Related Transaction (or the response to and preparation for any
subpoena or request for document production relating thereto), including fees and
disbursements of counsel, and (c) reasonable fees and disbursements of one law firm on
behalf of all Purchasers, incurred in connection with any matters referred to in clause
(b) above.

          Section 11.4 Indemnities. (a) The Issuers agree to indemnify, hold harmless
and defend the Purchasers and each of their respective Related Persons (each such Person
being an “Indemnitee”) from and against all Liabilities (including brokerage
commissions, fees and other compensation) that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted
against any such Indemnitee in any matter relating to or arising out of, in

83

 

connection with
or as a result of (i) any Note Document, any Related Document, any Disclosure Document, any
Obligation (or the repayment thereof), the use or intended use of the proceeds of any Note,
any Related Transaction, or any securities filing of, or with respect to, any Group Member,
(ii) any commitment letter, proposal letter or term sheet in connection with any of the
foregoing and any Contractual Obligation entered into in connection with any E-Systems or
other Electronic Transmissions, (iii) any actual or prospective investigation, litigation
or other proceeding in connection with any of the foregoing, whether or not brought by any
such Indemnitee or any of its Related Persons, any holders of Securities or creditors (and
including reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees in any case), whether or not any such
Indemnitee, Related Person, holder or creditor is a party thereto, and whether or not based
on any securities or commercial law or regulation or any other Requirement of Law or theory
thereof, including common law, equity, contract, tort or otherwise, or (iv) any other act,
event or transaction related, contemplated in or attendant to any of the foregoing
(collectively, the “Indemnified Matters”); provided, however, that
the Issuers shall not have any liability under this Section 11.4 to any Indemnitee
with respect to any Indemnified Matters, to the extent such liability has resulted from the
gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, as determined by a
court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment or order. Any amounts
payable under this Section shall be without duplication of any amounts payable in
respect of Taxes under Section 2.17.

          (b) Without limiting the foregoing, “Indemnified Matters” includes all Environmental
Liabilities, including those arising from, or otherwise involving, any property of any Related
Person or any actual, alleged or prospective damage to property or natural resources or harm or
injury alleged to have resulted from any Release of Hazardous Materials on, upon or into such
property or natural resource or any property on or contiguous to any real property of any Related
Person, whether or not, with respect to any such Environmental Liabilities, any Indemnitee is a
mortgagee pursuant to any leasehold mortgage, a mortgagee in possession, the successor-in-interest
to any Related Person or the owner, lessee or operator of any property of any Related Person
through any foreclosure action, in each case except to the extent such Environmental Liabilities
(i) are incurred solely following foreclosure by any Purchaser or following any Purchaser having
become the successor-in-interest to any Note Party and (ii) are attributable solely to acts of such
Indemnitee.

          Section 11.5 Survival. Any indemnification or other protection provided to
any Indemnitee pursuant to any Note Document (including pursuant to Section 2.17
(Taxes), Section 11.3 (Costs and Expenses), Section 11.4
(Indemnities) or this Section 11.5) shall (A) survive the payment in full
of other Obligations and (B) inure to the benefit of any Person that at any time held a
right thereunder (as an Indemnitee or otherwise) and, thereafter, its successors and
permitted assigns.

          Section 11.6 Limitation of Liability for Certain Damages. In no event shall
any Indemnitee be liable on any theory of liability for any special, indirect,
consequential or punitive damages (including any loss of profits, business or anticipated
savings). Holdings and each Issuer hereby waives, releases and agrees (and shall cause
each other Note Party to waive, release and agree) not to sue upon any such claim for any
special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, whether or not accrued and whether or
not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

84

 

          Section 11.7 Noteholder-Issuer Relationship. The relationship between the
Purchasers, on the one hand, and the Note Parties, on the other hand, is solely that of
noteholder and issuer. No Purchaser has any fiduciary relationship or duty to any Note
Party arising out of or in connection with, and there is no agency, tenancy or joint
venture relationship between the Purchasers and the Note Parties by virtue of, any Note
Document or any transaction contemplated therein.

          Section 11.8 [Reserved.]

          Section 11.9 Sharing of Payments, Etc. If any Purchaser, directly or through
an Affiliate or branch office thereof, obtains any payment of any Obligation of any Note
Party (whether voluntary, involuntary or through the exercise of any right of setoff) other
than pursuant to 2.17 (Taxes) and such payment exceeds the amount such
Purchaser would have been entitled to receive if all payments had gone to, and been
distributed by, the Issuers in accordance with the provisions of the Note Documents, such
Purchaser shall purchase for cash from other Purchasers such participations in their
Obligations as necessary for such Purchaser to share such excess payment with such
Purchasers to ensure such payment is applied as though it had been received by the
Purchasers and applied in accordance with this Agreement (or, if such application would
then be at the discretion of the Issuers, applied to repay the Obligations in accordance
herewith); provided, however, that (a) if such payment is rescinded or
otherwise recovered from such Purchaser in whole or in part, such purchase shall be
rescinded and the purchase price therefor shall be returned to such Purchaser without
interest and (b) such Purchaser shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
Requirements of Law, be able to exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of
setoff) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Purchaser were the direct
creditor of the Issuers in the amount of such participation. For the avoidance of doubt,
this Section 11.9 shall not apply to assignments and participations to the extent
allowed under this Agreement.

          Section 11.10 [Reserved.]

          Section 11.11 Notices. (a) Addresses. All notices, demands,
requests, directions and other communications required or expressly authorized to be made
by this Agreement shall, whether or not specified to be in writing but unless otherwise
expressly specified to be given by any other means, be given in writing and (i) addressed
to (A) if to Holdings or any Issuer, to MedQuist, Inc. as Issuer Representative, Attention:
Mark Sullivan, General Counsel, 1000 Bishops Gate Blvd., Suite 300, Mt. Laurel, New Jersey
08054, Tel: (856) 206-4210, Fax: (856) 206-4211, with copy to Simpson Thacher & Bartlett
LLP, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Attention: Marissa C. Wesely Tel:
(212) 455-7173, Fax: (212) 455-2502, and (B) if to the Purchasers, then at the address
specified opposite such Purchaser’s name on Schedule II or on the signature page of
any applicable Assignment, (ii) posted to Intralinks® (to the extent such system
is available and set up by or at the direction of the Purchasers prior to posting) in an
appropriate location by uploading such notice, demand, request, direction or other
communication to www.intralinks.com, faxing it to 866-545-6600 with an appropriate
bar-coded fax coversheet or using such other means of posting to Intralinks® as
may be available and reasonably acceptable to the Required Purchasers prior to such
posting, (iii) posted to any other E-System set up by or at the direction of the Purchasers
in an appropriate location or (iv) addressed to such other address as shall be notified in
writing in the case of the Issuers, Holdings and the Purchasers, to the other parties
hereto.

85

 

Transmission by electronic mail (including E-Fax, even if transmitted to the fax
numbers set forth in clause (i) above) shall not be sufficient or effective to
transmit any such notice under this clause (a) unless such transmission is an
available means to post to any E-System. Notwithstanding the foregoing, materials required
to be delivered pursuant to Sections 6.1(b), 6.1(c) and 6.3 shall
be deemed delivered to the Purchasers on the date on which Holdings or the Issuers cause
such materials to be posted on the Internet at www.sec.gov or at such other website
identified by the Issuer Representative in a written notice to the Purchasers and that is
accessible by the Purchasers without charge.

          (b) Effectiveness. All communications described in clause (a) above and all
other notices, demands, requests and other communications made in connection with this Agreement
shall be effective and be deemed to have been received (i) if delivered by hand, upon personal
delivery, (ii) if delivered by overnight courier service, one (1) Business Day after delivery to
such courier service, (iii) if delivered by mail, when deposited in the mails, (iv) if delivered by
facsimile (other than to post to an E-System pursuant to clause (a)(ii) or (a)(iii)
above), upon sender’s receipt of confirmation of proper transmission, and (v) if delivered by
posting to any E-System, on the later of the date of such posting in an appropriate location and
the date access to such posting is given to the recipient thereof in accordance with the standard
procedures applicable to such E-System; provided, however, that no communications to any Purchaser
pursuant to Article 2 shall be effective until received by such Purchaser.

          Section 11.12 Electronic Transmissions. (a) Authorization. Subject
to the provisions of Section 11.11(a), each of the Purchasers, the Issuers, and
each of their Related Persons is authorized (but not required) to transmit, post or
otherwise make or communicate, in its sole discretion, Electronic Transmissions in
connection with any Note Document and the transactions contemplated therein. Each of
Holdings, each Issuer and each Purchaser hereby acknowledges and agrees, and Holdings and
each Issuer shall cause each other Group Member to acknowledge and agree, that the use of
Electronic Transmissions is not necessarily secure and that there are risks associated with
such use, including risks of interception, disclosure and abuse and each indicates it
assumes and accepts such risks by hereby authorizing the transmission of Electronic
Transmissions.

          (b) Signatures. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.11(a), (i)(A) no
posting to any E-System shall be denied legal effect merely because it is made electronically,
(B) each E-Signature on any such posting shall be deemed sufficient to satisfy any requirement for
a “signature” and (C) each such posting shall be deemed sufficient to satisfy any requirement for a
“writing”, in each case including pursuant to any Note Document, any applicable provision of any
UCC, the federal Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures in Global and
National Commerce Act and any substantive or procedural Requirement of Law governing such subject
matter, (ii) each such posting that is not readily capable of bearing either a signature or a
reproduction of a signature may be signed, and shall be deemed signed, by attaching to, or
logically associating with such posting, an E-Signature, upon which each Purchaser and Note Party
may rely and assume the authenticity thereof, (iii) each such posting containing a signature, a
reproduction of a signature or an E-Signature shall, for all intents and purposes, have the same
effect and weight as a signed paper original and (iv) each party hereto or beneficiary hereto
agrees not to contest the validity or enforceability of any posting on any E-System or E-Signature
on any such posting under the provisions of any applicable Requirement of Law requiring certain
documents to be in writing or signed; provided, however, that nothing herein shall
limit such

86

 

party’s or beneficiary’s right to contest whether any posting to any E-System or
E-Signature has been altered after transmission.

          (c) Separate Agreements. All uses of an E-System shall be governed by and subject to,
in addition to Section 11.11 and this Section 11.12, separate terms and conditions
posted or referenced in such E-System and related Contractual Obligations executed by Purchasers
and Group Members in connection with the use of such E-System.

          (d) Limitation of Liability. All E-Systems and Electronic Transmissions shall be
provided “as is” and “as available”. None of the Purchasers or any of their Related Persons
warrants the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of any E-Systems or Electronic Transmission, and
each disclaims all liability for errors or omissions therein. No warranty of any kind is made by
the Purchasers or any of their Related Persons in connection with any E-Systems or Electronic
Communication, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose,
non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects. Holdings,
each Issuer and each Purchaser agrees (and Holdings and each Issuer shall cause each other Note
Party to agree) that the Purchasers have no responsibility for maintaining or providing any
equipment, software, services or any testing required in connection with any Electronic
Transmission or otherwise required for any E-System.

          Section 11.13 Governing Law. This Agreement, each other Note Document that
does not expressly set forth its applicable law, and the rights and obligations of the
parties hereto and thereto shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in
accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

          Section 11.14 Jurisdiction. (a) Submission to Jurisdiction. Any
legal action or proceeding with respect to any Note Document shall be brought exclusively
in the courts of the State of New York located in the City of New York, Borough of
Manhattan, or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and, by
execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party hereto hereby accepts for itself and
in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the
aforesaid courts; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right of the
Purchasers to commence any proceeding in the federal or state courts of any other
jurisdiction to the extent the Purchasers determine that such action is necessary or
appropriate to exercise its rights or remedies under the Note Documents. The parties
hereto (and, to the extent set forth in any other Note Document, each other Note Party)
hereby irrevocably waive any objection, including any objection to the laying of venue or
based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, that any of them may now or hereafter have to
the bringing of any such action or proceeding in such jurisdictions.

          (b) Service of Process. Holdings and each Issuer (and, to the extent set forth in any
other Note Document, each other Note Party) hereby irrevocably waives personal service of any and
all legal process, summons, notices and other documents and other service of process of any kind
and consents to such service in any suit, action or proceeding brought in the United States of
America with respect to or otherwise arising out of or in connection with any Note Document by any
means permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, including by the mailing thereof (by registered
or certified mail, postage prepaid) to the address of the Issuer Representative specified in
Section 11.11 (and shall be effective when such mailing shall be effective, as provided
therein). Holdings and each Issuer (and, to the extent set forth in any other Note Document, each
other Note Party) agrees that a final judgment in any such action or

87

 

proceeding shall be conclusive
and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided
by law.

          Section 11.15 Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably
waives trial by jury in any suit, action or proceeding with respect to, or directly or
indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with, any Note Document or the
transactions contemplated therein or related thereto (whether founded in contract, tort or
any other theory). Each party hereto (A) certifies that no other party and no Related
Person of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party
would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and
(B) acknowledges that it and the other parties hereto have been induced to enter into the
Note Documents, as applicable, by the mutual waivers and certifications in this
Section 11.15.

          Section 11.16 Severability. Any provision of any Note Document being held
illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not affect any part of such
provision not held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, any other provision of any Note
Document or any part of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

          Section 11.17 Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in
any number of counterparts and by different parties in separate counterparts, each of which
when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall
constitute one and the same agreement. Signature pages may be detached from multiple
separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart. Delivery of an executed
signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or Electronic Transmission shall
be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

          Section 11.18 Entire Agreement. The Note Documents embody the entire
agreement of the parties and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to
the subject matter thereof and any prior letter of interest, commitment letter, fee letter,
confidentiality and similar agreements involving any Note Party and any of the Purchasers
or any of their respective Affiliates relating to a financing of substantially similar
form, purpose or effect. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement
and any other Note Document, the terms of this Agreement shall govern (unless such terms of
such other Note Documents are necessary to comply with applicable Requirements of Law, in
which case such terms shall govern to the extent necessary to comply therewith).

          Section 11.19 Use of Name. Holdings and each Issuer agrees, and shall cause
each other Note Party to agree, that it shall not, and none of its Affiliates shall, issue
any press release or other public disclosure (other than any document required to be filed
with any Governmental Authority under the securities laws) using the name, logo or
otherwise referring to any Purchaser, without at least two (2) Business Days’ prior notice
to such Purchaser and without the prior consent of such Purchaser except to the extent
required to do so under applicable Requirements of Law.

          Section 11.20 Non-Public Information; Confidentiality. (a) Each Purchaser
acknowledges and agrees that it may receive material non-public information hereunder
concerning the Note Parties and their Affiliates and Securities and agrees to use such
information in compliance with all relevant policies, procedures and

88

 

Contractual
Obligations and applicable Requirements of Laws (including United States federal and state
security laws and regulations).

          (b) Each Purchaser agrees to use all reasonable efforts to maintain, in accordance with its
customary practices, the confidentiality of information obtained by it pursuant to any Note
Document and designated in writing by any Note Party as confidential, except that such information
may be disclosed (i) with the Issuer Representative’s consent, (ii) to Related Persons of such
Purchaser that are advised of the confidential nature of such information and are instructed to
keep such information confidential, (iii) to the extent such information presently is or hereafter
becomes available to such Purchaser, as the case may be, on a non-confidential basis from a source
other than any Note Party, (iv) to the extent disclosure is required by applicable Requirements of
Law or other legal process or requested or demanded by any Governmental Authority, (v) to the
extent necessary or customary for inclusion in league table measurements or in any tombstone or
other advertising materials (and the Note Parties consent to the publication of such tombstone or
other advertising materials by the Purchasers or any of their Related Persons), (vi) to the
National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization, any examiner or any
nationally recognized rating agency or otherwise to the extent consisting of general portfolio
information that does not identify issuers, (vii) to current or prospective assignees, grantees of
any option described in Section 11.2(f) or participants, direct or contractual
counterparties to any Hedging Agreement permitted hereunder and to their respective Related
Persons, in each case to the extent such assignees, participants, counterparties or Related Persons
agree to be bound by provisions substantially similar to the provisions of this
Section 11.20 and (viii) in connection with the exercise of any remedy or the enforcement
of any right under any Note Document. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this
Section 11.20 and those of any other Contractual Obligation entered into with any Note
Party (whether or not a Note Document), the terms of this Section 11.20 shall govern.

          Section 11.21 Patriot Act Notice. Each Purchaser subject to the USA Patriot
Act of 2001 (31 U.S.C. 5318 et seq.) (the “Patriot Act”) hereby notifies
the Issuers that, pursuant to Section 326 thereof, such Purchaser is required to obtain,
verify and record information that identifies each Issuer, including the name and address
of such Issuer and other information allowing such Purchaser to identify such Issuer in
accordance with such act.

ARTICLE 12

CROSS-GUARANTY

          Section 12.1 Cross-Guaranty. Each Issuer hereby agrees that such Issuer is
jointly and severally liable for, and hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to
the Purchasers and their respective successors and assigns, the full and prompt payment
(whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) and performance of, all
Obligations owed or hereafter owing to the Purchasers by each other Issuer (“Guaranteed
Obligations”). Each Issuer agrees that its guaranty obligation hereunder is a
continuing guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, that its obligations
under this Article 12 shall not be discharged until payment and performance, in
full, of the Obligations has occurred, and that its obligations under this Article
12 shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and unaffected by:

89

 

          (a) the genuineness, validity, regularity, enforceability or any future amendment of, or
change in, this Agreement, any other Note Document or any other agreement, document or instrument
to which any Issuer is or may become a party;

          (b) the absence of any action, against any Person other than such Issuer, to enforce this
Agreement (including this Article 12) or any other Note Document or the waiver or consent
by the Purchasers with respect to any of the provisions thereof;

          (c) the existence, value or condition of, or failure to perfect its Lien against, any security
for the Obligations or any action, or the absence of any action, by the Purchasers in respect
thereof (including the release of any such security);

          (d) the insolvency of any Note Party; or

          (e) any other action or circumstances that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable
discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor.

Each Issuer shall be regarded, and shall be in the same position, as principal debtor with respect
to the Guaranteed Obligations.

          Section 12.2 Waivers by Issuers. Each Issuer expressly waives all rights it
may have now or in the future under any statute, or at common law, or at law or in equity,
or otherwise, to compel the Purchasers to marshal assets or to proceed in respect of the
Obligations guaranteed hereunder against any other Note Party, any other party or against
any security for the payment and performance of the Guaranteed Obligations before
proceeding against, or as a condition to proceeding against, such Issuer. It is agreed
among each Issuer, the Purchasers that the foregoing waivers are of the essence of the
transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Note Documents and that, but for
the provisions of this Article 12 and such waivers, the Purchasers would decline to
enter into this Agreement.

          Section 12.3 Benefit of Guaranty. Each Issuer agrees that the provisions of
this Article 12 are for the benefit of the Purchasers and their respective
successors, transferees, endorsees and assigns, and nothing herein contained shall impair,
as between any other Issuer and the Purchasers, the obligations of such other Issuer under
the Note Documents.

          Section 12.4 Subordination of Subrogation, Etc. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Note Document, and except as set forth in
Section 12.7, each Issuer hereby expressly and irrevocably subordinates to payment
of the Obligations any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, reimbursement,
exoneration, contribution, indemnification or set off and any and all defenses available to
a surety, guarantor or accommodation co-obligor until the Obligations are paid in full in
cash and the applicable preference period has passed. Each Issuer acknowledges and agrees
that this subordination is intended to benefit the Purchasers and shall not limit or
otherwise affect such Issuer’s liability hereunder or the enforceability of this
Article 12, and that the Purchasers and their respective successors and assigns are
intended third party beneficiaries of the waivers and agreements set forth in this
Section 12.4.

90

 

          Section 12.5 Election of Remedies. If, in the exercise of any of its rights
and remedies, any Purchaser shall forfeit any of its rights or remedies, including its
right to enter a deficiency judgment against any Issuer or any other Person, whether
because of any applicable laws pertaining to “election of remedies” or the like, each
Issuer hereby consents to such action by the Purchaser and waives any claim based upon such
action, even if such action by the Purchaser shall result in a full or partial loss of any
rights of subrogation that such Issuer might otherwise have had but for such action by the
Purchaser. Any election of remedies that results in the denial or impairment of the right
of any Purchaser to seek a deficiency judgment against any Issuer shall not impair any
other Issuer’s obligation to pay the full amount of the Obligations.

          Section 12.6 Limitation. Notwithstanding any provision herein contained to
the contrary, each Issuer’s liability under this Article 12 (which liability is in
any event in addition to amounts for which such Issuer is primarily liable under
Article 2) shall be limited to an amount not to exceed as of any date of
determination the greater of:

          (a) the net amount of proceeds of the issuance of Notes received by any other Issuer under
this Agreement and then re-loaned or otherwise transferred to, or for the benefit of, such Issuer;
and

          (b) the amount that could be claimed by the Purchasers from such Issuer under this Article
12 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent
Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law after taking into account, among other things, such
Issuer’s right of contribution and indemnification from each other Issuer under Section
12.7.

          Section 12.7 Contribution with Respect to Guaranty Obligations.

          (a) To the extent that any Issuer shall make a payment under this Article 12 of all or
any of the Obligations (other than the proceeds of Notes received directly by such Issuer for which
it is primarily liable) (a “Guarantor Payment”) that, taking into account all other
Guarantor Payments then previously or concurrently made by any other Issuer, exceeds the amount
that such Issuer would otherwise have paid if each Issuer had paid the aggregate Obligations
satisfied by such Guarantor Payment in the same proportion that such Issuer’s “Allocable Amount”
(as defined below) (as determined immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment) bore to the
aggregate Allocable Amounts of each of the Issuers as determined immediately prior to the making of
such Guarantor Payment, then, following payment in full in cash of the Obligations, termination of
the Commitments and the passage of the applicable preference period, such Issuer shall be entitled
to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by, each other Issuer
for the amount of such excess, pro rata based upon their respective Allocable Amounts in effect
immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment.

          (b) As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of any Issuer shall be equal to
the maximum amount of the claim that could then be recovered from such Issuer under this
Article 12 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform
Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law.

91

 

          (c) This Section 12.7 is intended only to define the relative rights of the Issuers
and nothing set forth in this Section 12.7 is intended to or shall impair the obligations
of the Issuers, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when the same shall become due
and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Section 12.1.
Nothing contained in this Section 12.7 shall limit the liability of any Issuer to pay the
Notes to such Issuer and accrued interest, Fees and expenses with respect thereto for which such
Issuer shall be primarily liable.

          (d) The parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of contribution and indemnification
hereunder shall constitute assets of the Issuers to which such contribution and indemnification is
owing.

          (e) The rights of the indemnifying Issuers against other Note Parties under this Section
12.7 shall be exercisable upon the full and payment of the Obligations, the termination of the
Commitments and the passage of the applicable preference period.

          Section 12.8 Liability Cumulative. The liability of the Issuers under this
Article 12 is in addition to and shall be cumulative with all liabilities of each
Issuer to the Purchasers under this Agreement and the other Note Documents to which such
Issuer is a party or in respect of any Obligations or obligation of the other Issuers,
without any limitation as to amount, unless the instrument or agreement evidencing or
creating such other liability specifically provides to the contrary.

          Section 12.9 Subordination. This Agreement and the rights and obligations
evidenced hereby are subordinate to the Senior Loan Obligations in the manner and to the
extent set forth in the Subordination Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

92

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by
their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	CBAY INC.

      AS ISSUER

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Clyde Swoger	 
	 	 	Name:  	Clyde Swoger	 
	 	 	Title:  	Chief Financial Officer	 
	 
	 	MEDQUIST INC.

      AS ISSUER

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Mark Sullivan	 
	 	 	Name:  	Mark Sullivan	 
	 	 	Title:  	General Counsel	 
	 
	 	MEDQUIST TRANSCRIPTIONS, LTD.

      AS ISSUER

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Mark Sullivan	 
	 	 	Name:  	Mark Sullivan	 
	 	 	Title:  	General Counsel 	 
	 
	 	CBAYSYSTEMS HOLDINGS LIMITED

      AS HOLDINGS

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Clyde Swoger	 
	 	 	Name:  	Clyde Swoger	 
	 	 	Title:  	Chief Financial Officer	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	PURCHASERS:

BLACKROCK KELSO CAPITAL CORPORATION,

	 
	 
	 	By:	BLACKROCK KELSO CAPITAL ADVISORS LLC,

its Investment Manager, as Purchaser
	 
	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Michael B. Lazar	 
	 	 	Name:  	Michael B. Lazar	 
	 	 	Title:  	Chief Operating Officer	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	PENNNANTPARK INVESTMENT CORPORATION,

as Purchaser

 	 
	 	By:  	PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC
 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Arthur Penn

 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Arthur Penn	 
	 	 	Title:  	Chief Executive Officer	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	CITIBANK, N.A., as Purchaser

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Michael Girondo	 
	 	 	Name:  	Michael Girondo	 
	 	 	Title     Vice President	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	THL CREDIT, INC., as Purchaser

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Hunter Stropp	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hunter Stropp	 
	 	 	Title:  	Co-President 	 
	 

Signature Page to Senior Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement

 

 

SCHEDULE I

Commitments

	 	 	 	 	 
	Purchaser	 	Commitment
	BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation
	 	$	43,000,000	 
	PennantPark Investment Corporation
	 	$	19,000,000	 
	Citibank, N.A.
	 	$	17,000,000	 
	THL Credit, Inc.
	 	$	6,000,000exv10w1

Exhibit 10.1

CREDIT AGREEMENT

entered into by and among

MICHAEL BAKER CORPORATION

MICHAEL BAKER, JR., INC.

and

MICHAEL BAKER ENGINEERING, INC.

as borrowers,

The Guarantor parties thereto,

The Bank parties thereto,

CITIZENS BANK OF PENNSYLVANIA

as Administrative Agent, Sole Bookrunner and Sole Lead Arranger,

and

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Syndication Agent

Dated: September 30, 2010

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

     This CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of the 30th day of September, 2010, by and among Michael Baker
Corporation, a Pennsylvania corporation (“MBC”), Michael Baker, Jr., Inc., a Pennsylvania
corporation (“Michael Baker Jr.”) and Michael Baker Engineering, Inc., a New York corporation
(“Baker NY”), (each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”), the guarantors parties hereto
from time to time (the “Guarantors”), Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania, a Pennsylvania banking
institution (“Citizens”), the Banks (as hereinafter defined), Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania, a
Pennsylvania banking institution, as administrative agent for the Banks (in such capacity, the
“Agent”).

WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that (i) the Banks extend a revolving credit facility in
the maximum aggregate amount of One Hundred Twenty Five Million and 00/100 Dollars
($125,000,000.00), (ii) the Swing Line Lender extend a swing line facility in the maximum
aggregate amount of Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00) and (iii) the Issuing Bank
issue Letters of Credit up to the maximum aggregate amount of Twenty Million and 00/100 Dollars
($20,000,000.00), all pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

     WHEREAS, the Banks, the Swing Line Lender and the Issuing Bank have agreed to extend such
facilities and Citizens has agreed to act as administrative agent, sole bookrunner and sole lead
arranger and PNC Bank, National Association has agreed to act as syndication agent, all pursuant to
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants contained in this
Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be
legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

     1.01 Certain Definitions. In addition to other words and terms defined elsewhere in
this Agreement, the following words and terms have the following meanings, respectively, unless the
context otherwise clearly requires:

          “2009 Form 10-K” shall mean that as set forth in Section 5.10 hereof.

          “Acquisition” shall mean any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of
or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the
assets of any Person, or any business or division of any Person, (b) the acquisition of in excess
of fifty percent (50%) of the capital stock (or other equity interest) of any Person, or (c) the
acquisition of another Person (other than a Subsidiary) by a merger or consolidation or any other
combination with such Person.

2

 

          “Advantage” shall mean any payment (whether made voluntarily or involuntarily by offset of any
deposit or other Indebtedness or otherwise) received by any Bank in respect of the Indebtedness
evidenced by the Notes, if such payment results in that Bank having less than its Pro Rata Share of
the Indebtedness to the Banks pursuant to this Agreement than was the case immediately before such
payment.

          “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Borrower, any Person that directly or indirectly
controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Borrower. The term “control” shall
mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract
or otherwise.

          “Agent” shall mean Citizens, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Banks under the
Loan Documents and any successor appointed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

          “Agreement” shall mean this Credit Agreement dated September 30, 2010, as amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time.

          “Anti-Terrorism Laws” shall mean any Laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including
Executive Order No. 13224, the USA Patriot Act, the Laws comprising or implementing the Bank
Secrecy Act, and the Laws administered by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign
Asset Control (as any of the foregoing Laws may from time to time be amended, renewed, extended, or
replaced).

          “Applicable Base Rate Margin” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.02(a)(ii) hereof.

          “Applicable L/C Margin” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.06 hereof.

          “Applicable Libor Advantage Margin” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.02(a)(ii)
hereof.

          “Applicable Libor Margin” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.02(a)(ii) hereof.

          “Applicable Margin” shall mean the Applicable Libor Margin, the Applicable Libor Advantage
Margin or the Applicable Base Rate Margin, as the case may be.

          “Applicable Rate” shall mean, as of the date of determination, the Base Rate plus the
Applicable Base Rate Margin, the Libor Advantage Rate plus the Applicable Libor Advantage Margin or
the Libor Lending Rate plus the Applicable Libor Margin, as the case may be.

          “Applicable Unused Fee” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.04(b)(i) hereof.

          “Assignment Agreement” shall mean that as set forth in Section 8.17(a)(iv) hereof.

3

 

          “Authorized Representative” shall mean each Person designated from time to time, as
appropriate, in writing by the Borrowers to the Agent for the purposes of giving notices of
borrowing, conversion or continuation of Loans, which designation shall continue in force and
effect until terminated in writing by the Borrowers to the Agent.

          “Baker NY” shall mean that as set forth in the preamble hereof.

          “Bank” or “Banks” shall mean, singularly or collectively as the context may require, (i)
Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania, a Pennsylvania banking association with an office located at 525
William Penn Place, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219; and (ii) the financial institutions listed on
the signature page hereof and their respective successors and Eligible Assignees.

          “Bank-Provided Hedge” shall mean a Hedging Agreement which is provided by a Bank or an
affiliate of a Bank and with respect to which such Bank or affiliate of such Bank confirms meets
the following requirements: such Hedging Agreement (i) is documented in a standard International
Swap Dealer Association Agreement or similar agreement satisfactory to such Bank or affiliate of
such Bank, (ii) provides for the method of calculating the reimbursable amount of the provider’s
credit exposure in a reasonable and customary manner, and (iii) is entered into for hedging (rather
than speculative) purposes. The liabilities of the Borrowers to the provider of any Bank-Provided
Hedge shall be “Indebtedness” hereunder.

          “Base Rate” shall mean, for any day, the greater of (A) the Prime Rate for such day, (B) 0.50%
plus the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day, or (C) the Libor Lending Rate for such day
having an Interest Period of one (1) month plus one hundred basis points (100 bps); such interest
rate to change automatically from time to time effective as of the effective date of each change in
the Prime Rate, the Libor Lending Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate.

          “Base Rate Loan” shall mean any Loan that bears interest with reference to the Base Rate.

          “Blocked Person” shall mean that as set forth in Section 3.23(b) hereof.

          “Borrower” or “Borrowers” shall mean, singularly or collectively as the context may require,
MBC, Michael Baker Jr. and Baker NY.

          “Business Day” shall mean (a) any day which is neither a Saturday or Sunday nor a legal
holiday on which commercial banks are authorized or required to be closed in Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania; (b) when such term is used to describe a day on which a payment or prepayment is to
be made in respect of a Libor Rate Loan, any day which is: (i) neither a Saturday or Sunday nor a
legal holiday on which commercial banks are authorized or required to be closed in Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania; and (ii) a London Banking Day; and (c) when such term is used to describe a day on
which an interest rate determination is to be made in respect of a Libor Rate Loan, any day which
is a London Banking Day.

          “Capital Expenditure” shall mean any expenditure made or liability incurred which is, in
accordance with GAAP, treated as a capital expenditure.

4

 

          “Capital Lease” shall mean any lease of any tangible or intangible property (whether real,
personal or mixed), however denoted, which is required by GAAP to be reflected as a liability on
the balance sheet of the lessee.

          “Capitalized Lease Obligation” shall mean, with respect to each Capital Lease, the amount of
the liability reflecting the aggregate discounted amount of future payments under such Capital
Lease calculated in accordance with GAAP, statement of financial accounting standards No. 13 (as
supplemented and modified from time to time), and any corresponding future interpretations by the
Financial Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto.

          “Cash Equivalent Investments” shall mean any of the following, to the extent acquired for
investment and not with a view to achieving trading profits: (i) direct obligations of the United
States of America or any agency thereof, (ii) obligations guaranteed by the United States of
America, (iii) prime commercial paper (rated by Moody’s Investors Service at not less than a A-2
and by Standard & Poors at not less than P-2), (iv) certificates of deposit or repurchase
agreements issued by any Bank or any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of One
Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000), (v) deposit accounts in and banker’s acceptances of,
commercial banks, (vi) investments (other than equity investments listed on Schedule 3.18
attached hereto) in any other Borrower or Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business
and pursuant to usual and customary terms in the form of advances to such Borrower or Subsidiary;
provided, however, that (A) the total amount of all such future advances made by the Borrower to
those Subsidiaries which are not Borrowers, minus (B) the total amount of all such advances made by
those Subsidiaries which are not Borrowers to the Borrowers shall not, at any time, exceed Fifteen
Million and 00/100 Dollars ($15,000,000) and provided, further, that the total amount of all such
advances made by the Borrowers to any single Subsidiary that is not a Borrower shall not exceed Ten
Million and 00/100 Dollars ($10,000,000), (vii) United States of America domiciled Investment
Company Act of 1940 Institutional Rule 2a-7 approved money market funds, and (viii) municipal
securities which are (A) obligations of a state, territory, or possession of the United States of
America that are guaranteed by the United States of America, or (B) pre-refunded.

          “Cash Management Agreement” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.01.5(c) hereof.

          “CERCLA” shall mean that as set forth in Section 3.13(a) hereof.

          “Change of Control” shall mean that (i) any Person or group within the meaning of Rule 13d-5
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the date of this Agreement,
has become the owner of, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, shares representing
more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and
outstanding capital stock of MBC, or (ii) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive calendar
months, individuals who were directors of MBC on the first day of such period, together with
individuals elected as directors by not less than a majority of the individuals who were directors
of MBC on the first day of such period, shall cease to hold at least sixty percent (60%) of the
total number of directors of MBC.

          “Citizens” shall mean that as set forth in the preamble hereof.

5

 

          “Closing” shall mean the closing of the transactions provided for in this Agreement on the
Closing Date.

          “Closing Date” shall mean September 30, 2010 or such other date upon which the parties may
agree.

          “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended, along with the rules,
regulations, decisions and other official interpretations in connection therewith.

          “Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Bank, the amount set forth on Schedule 1
attached hereto and made a part hereof as the amount of each Bank’s commitment to make Revolving
Credit Loans (and, in the case of the Swing Line Lender, Swing Line Loans) and participate in the
issuance of Letters of Credit, as such amount may be modified from time to time pursuant to Section
8.17(A) hereof. Schedule 1 shall be amended from time to time to reflect modifications
pursuant to Section 8.17(A) and any other changes to the Commitment of the Banks.

          “Commitment Percentage” shall mean, with respect to each Bank, the percentage set forth on
Schedule 1 attached hereto and made a part hereof as such Bank’s percentage of the
aggregate Commitments of all of the Banks, as such percentage may be changed from time to time in
accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Schedule 1 shall be amended
from time to time to reflect any changes to the Commitment Percentages.

          “Consolidated” shall mean the resulted consolidation of the financial statements of the
Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, including principles of consolidation
consistent with those applied in preparation of the Consolidated financial statements referred to
in Section 3.07 hereof.

          “Distributions” shall mean, for the period of determination, (a) all distributions of cash,
securities or other property (other than capital stock) on or in respect of any shares of any class
of capital stock of any Borrower and (b) all purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions by any
Borrower of any shares of any class of capital stock of such Borrower, in each case determined and
Consolidated for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, excepting
specifically the conversion and/or exchange of any class of capital stock of any Borrower into or
for any other class of capital stock of such Borrower.

          “Domestic Subsidiaries” shall mean each Subsidiary of the Borrowers or any of their
Subsidiaries incorporated under the laws of the District of Columbia or under the laws of any state
or commonwealth of the United States.

          “EBITDA” shall mean, for the period of determination, (i) Net Income, plus (ii) Interest
Expense, plus (iii) all income taxes included in Net Income, plus (iv) depreciation, depletion,
amortization, and all other non-cash expenses included in Net Income, in each case determined and
Consolidated for the Borrowers in accordance with GAAP.

          “EBITDAR” shall mean, for the period of determination, (i) Net Income, plus (ii) Interest
Expense, plus (iii) all income taxes included in Net Income, plus (iv) depreciation, depletion,
amortization, and all other non-cash expenses included in Net Income, plus (v) all

6

 

Rent Expense, in each case determined and Consolidated for the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

          “Eligible Assignee” shall mean any commercial bank or non-bank financial institution organized
under the United States of America or any state thereof including, without limitation, any
insurance company, savings bank or savings and loan association, having total assets in excess of
One Billion Dollars ($1,000,000,000.00).

          “Environmental Laws” shall mean that as set forth in Section 3.13(a) hereof.

          “EPA” shall mean that as set forth in Section 3.13(b) hereof.

          “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as in effect as of the
date of this Agreement and as amended from time to time in the future.

          “ERISA Affiliate” shall mean a Person which is under common control with a Borrower within the
meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code including, but not limited to, a Subsidiary of such Borrower.

          “Event of Default” shall mean any of the Events of Default described in Section 7.01 of this
Agreement.

          “Excess Amount” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.01(d) hereof.

          “Excess Interest” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.02(c) hereof.

          “Executive Order No. 13224” shall mean the Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing,
effective September 24, 2001, as the same has been, or shall hereafter be, renewed, extended,
amended or replaced.

          “Existing Letters of Credit” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.05 hereof.

          “Existing Loan Agreement” shall mean that certain First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
dated as of September 17, 2004 entered into by and among the Borrowers, the Agent and the bank
parties thereto, as the same was amended from time to time.

          “Expiry Date” shall mean September 30, 2015 or such earlier date on which the Revolving Credit
Facility Commitment shall have been terminated pursuant to this Agreement.

          “Federal Funds Effective Rate” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upward to
the nearest 1/100 of 1%) determined by the Agent (which determination shall be conclusive absent
manifest error) to be the rate per annum announced by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any
successor) on such day as being the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds
transactions arranged by Federal funds brokers on the previous trading day, as computed and
announced by such Federal Reserve Bank (or any successor) in substantially the same manner as such
Federal Reserve Bank computes and announces the weighted average it refers to as the “Federal Funds
Effective Rate” as of the date of this Agreement; provided, that if such Federal Reserve Bank (or
its successor) does not announce

7

 

such rate on any day, the “Federal Funds Effective Rate” for such day shall be the Federal
Funds Effective Rate for the last day on which such rate was announced.

          “Fiscal Quarter(s)” shall mean the period(s) of January 1 through March 31, April 1 through
June 30, July 1 through September 30, and October 1 through December 31 of each calendar year or
such other quarterly fiscal period as may be approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission at
the request of any Borrower.

          “GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles (as such principles may change from
time to time), which shall include the official interpretations thereof by the Financial Accounting
Standards Board, applied on a consistent basis.

          “Guaranteed Obligations” shall mean all obligations from time to time of the Borrowers to the
Banks, the Swing Line Lender or the Issuing Bank under or in connection with any Loan Document,
whether for principal, interest, fees, indemnities, expenses or otherwise, and all refinancings or
refundings thereof, whether such obligations are direct or indirect, otherwise secured or
unsecured, joint or several, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, whether for payment or
performance, now existing or hereafter arising (specifically including but not limited to
obligations arising or accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Borrowers or any other Person, or which
would have arisen or accrued but for the commencement of such proceeding, even if the claim for
such obligation is not enforceable or allowable in such proceeding). Without limitation of the
foregoing, such obligations include all obligations arising from any extensions of credit under or
in connection with the Loan Documents from time to time, regardless of whether any such extensions
of credit are in excess of the amount committed under or contemplated by the Loan Documents or are
made in circumstances in which any condition to extension of credit is not satisfied. Without
limitation of the foregoing, the Banks, Issuing Bank and/or the Swing Line Lender (or any
successive assignee or transferee) from time to time may assign or otherwise transfer all or any
portion of its or their rights or obligations under the Loan Documents (including, without
limitation, all or any portion of any commitment to extend credit), or any other Guaranteed
Obligations, to any other Person, and such Guaranteed Obligations (including, without limitation,
any Guaranteed Obligations resulting from extension of credit by such other Person under or in
connection with the Loan Documents) shall be and remain Guaranteed Obligations entitled to the
benefit of the Agreement.

          “Guarantees” shall mean the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreements in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit “D” executed and delivered by each Guarantor, as each such agreement may be
amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

          “Guarantors” shall mean (i) The LPA Group Incorporated, a South Carolina corporation, and (ii)
the Domestic Subsidiaries required by the terms of Section 5.15 of this Agreement.

          “Hedging Agreements” shall mean foreign exchange agreements, currency swap agreements,
interest rate exchange, swap, cap, collar, adjustable strike cap, adjustable strike corridor
agreements or any other similar hedging agreements or arrangements entered into by the Borrowers in
the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes.

8

 

          “Hedging Obligations” shall mean all liabilities of the Borrowers under Hedging Agreements.

          “Incentive Pricing Effective Date” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.02(a)(ii) hereof.

          “Indebtedness” shall mean, for any Borrower or its Subsidiaries (i) all obligations for
borrowed money, direct or indirect, incurred, assumed, or guaranteed (including, without
limitation, all notes payable and drafts accepted representing extensions of credit, all
obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, all obligations on which
interest charges are customarily paid, all obligations under conditional sale or other title
retention agreements, all obligations for the deferred purchase price of capital assets and all
obligations issued or assumed as full or partial payment for property), (ii) all obligations
secured by any Lien existing on property owned or acquired subject thereto, whether or not the
obligations secured thereby shall have been assumed (excluding specifically all obligations under
Operating Leases), (iii) all reimbursement obligations (contingent or otherwise), (iv) all
indebtedness represented by obligations under a Capital Lease and the amount of such indebtedness
shall be the Capitalized Lease Obligations with respect to such Capital Lease, (v) all Hedging
Obligations and all obligations (contingent or otherwise) under any letter of credit, banker’s
acceptance, guaranty or indemnification agreement, (vi) all obligations to advance funds to, or to
purchase assets, property or services from, any other Person in order to maintain the financial
condition of such Person and (vii) any other transaction (including forward sale or purchase
agreements) having the commercial effect of a borrowing of money entered into by such Borrower to
finance its operations or capital requirements.

          “Indemnitees” shall mean that as set forth in Section 9.16 hereof.

          “Indemnified Liabilities” shall mean that as set forth in Section 9.16 hereof.

          “Interest and Rent Coverage Ratio” shall mean, as of the date of determination for the period
of determination, the ratio of (i) (a) EBITDAR, less (b) income taxes actually paid during such
period, less (c) Distributions paid in cash by MBC during such period, to (ii) the sum of all
Interest Expense and Rent Expense, in each case determined and Consolidated for the Borrowers and
their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

          “Interest Expense” shall mean, for the period of determination, all interest accruing during
such period on Indebtedness, including, without limitation, all interest required under GAAP to be
capitalized during such period, in each case determined and Consolidated for the Borrowers and
their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

          “Interest Period” shall mean, with respect to any Libor Rate Loan, the period commencing on
the date such Loan is made as, continued as or converted into a Libor Rate Loan and ending on the
last day of such period as selected by the Borrowers pursuant to the provisions below and,
thereafter, each subsequent period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest
Period and ending on the last day of such period, as selected by the Borrowers pursuant to the
provisions below. The duration of each Interest Period for any Libor Rate Loan

9

 

shall be for any number of months selected by the Borrowers upon notice as set forth in
Section 2.01(c), provided that:

               (i) the Interest Period for any Libor Rate Loan shall be one (1), two (2), three (3) or six
(6) months or such other period as may be agreed upon by the Borrowers and the Banks;

               (ii) Interest Periods for Libor Rate Loans in connection with which any Borrower has or may
incur Hedging Obligations with any Bank shall be of the same duration as the relevant periods set
under the applicable Bank-Provided Hedge;

               (iii) whenever the last day of any Interest Period would otherwise occur on a day other than a
Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next succeeding Business Day,
provided that if such extension of time would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur
in the next following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the last
Business Day immediately preceding the last day of such Interest Period;

               (iv) if the Borrowers continue any Libor Rate Loan for an additional Interest Period, the
first day of the new Interest Period shall be the last day of the preceding Interest Period;
however, interest shall only be charged once for such day at the rate applicable to the Libor Rate
Loan for the new Interest Period;

               (v) if the Borrowers fail to so select the duration of any Interest Period, the duration of
such Interest Period shall be one (1) month; and

               (vi) the last day of any Interest Period shall not occur after the Expiry Date.

          “Issuing Bank “ shall mean Citizens, in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit, or
any Person serving as a successor Issuing Bank hereunder.

          “Law” shall mean any law (including common law), constitution, statute, treaty, regulation,
rule, ordinance, order, injunction, writ, decree or award of any Official Body.

          “Letter of Credit” or “Letters of Credit” shall mean, singularly or collectively as the
context may require, the letters of credit issued in accordance with Section 2.05 hereof.

          “Letter of Credit Commission” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.06 hereof.

          “Letter of Credit Face Amount” shall mean, for each Letter of Credit, the face amount of such
Letter of Credit.

          “Letter of Credit Related Documents” shall mean any agreements or instruments relating to a
Letter of Credit.

          “Letter of Credit Reserve” shall mean, at any time, an amount equal to (a) the aggregate
Letter of Credit Undrawn Availability at such time plus, without duplication, (b) the

10

 

aggregate amount theretofore paid by the issuer under the Letters of Credit and not debited to
the Borrowers’ account or otherwise reimbursed by the Borrowers.

          “Letter of Credit Undrawn Availability” shall mean, at any time, the maximum amount available
to be drawn at such time under all then outstanding Letters of Credit, including any amounts drawn
thereunder and not reimbursed, regardless of the existence or satisfaction of any conditions or
limitations on drawing.

          “Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (i) Indebtedness,
as Consolidated for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, to (ii) EBITDA.

          “Libor Advantage Loan Interest Payment Date” shall mean, initially, October __, 2010, and
thereafter the numerically corresponding date of each month. If a month does not contain a day
that numerically corresponds to the date of the Libor Advantage Loan Interest Payment Date, the
Libor Advantage Loan Interest Payment Date shall be the last day of such month.

          “Libor Advantage Loan Interest Period” shall mean, initially, the period commencing on the
Closing Date (the “Start Date”) and ending on the numerically corresponding date one (1) month
later, and thereafter each one (1) month period ending on the day of such month that numerically
corresponds to the Start Date. If a Libor Advantage Loan Interest Period is to end in a month for
which there is no day which numerically corresponds to the Start Date, the Libor Advantage Loan
Interest Period will end on the last day of such month.

          “Libor Advantage Rate” shall mean, relative to any Libor Advantage Loan Interest Period, the
offered rate for delivery in two (2) London Banking Days (as defined below) of deposits of U.S.
Dollars which the British Bankers’ Association fixes as its LIBOR rate and which appears on the Dow
Jones Market Service (formerly known as Telerate) page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. London time on the day
on which the Libor Advantage Loan Interest Period commences, and for a period approximately equal
to such Libor Advantage Loan Interest Period. If the first (1st) day of any Libor
Advantage Loan Interest Period is not a day which is both a (i) Business Day, and (ii) (a London
Banking Day, the Libor Advantage Rate shall be determined in reference to the next preceding day
which is both a Business Day and a London Banking Day. If for any reason the Libor Advantage Rate
is unavailable and/or the Swing Line Lender is unable to determine the Libor Advantage Rate for any
Libor Advantage Loan Interest Period, the Libor Advantage Rate shall be deemed to be equal to the
Base Rate.

          “Libor Advantage Rate Loan” shall mean any Loan that bears interest with reference to the
Libor Advantage Rate.

          “Libor Lending Rate” means, relative to any Libor Rate Loan to be made, continued or
maintained as, or converted into, a Libor Rate Loan for any Interest Period, a rate per annum
determined pursuant to the following formula:

	 	 	 

	Libor Lending
Rate        =
		
Libor Rate
 

(1.00 – Libor Reserve Percentage)

11

 

          “Libor Rate” means relative to any Interest Period for Libor Rate Loans, the offered rate for
deposits of U.S. dollars in an amount approximately equal to the amount of the requested Libor Rate
Loan for a term coextensive with the designated Interest Period which the British Bankers’
Association fixes as its Libor rate and which appears on the Dow Jones Markets Service (formerly
known as Telerate) Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. London time on the day which is two (2) London
Banking Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.

          “Libor Rate Loan” shall mean any Loan that bears interest with reference to the Libor Rate.

          “Libor Reserve Percentage” means, relative to any day of any Interest Period for Libor Rate
Loans, the maximum aggregate (without duplication) of the rates (expressed as a decimal fraction)
of reserve requirements (including all basic, emergency, supplemental, marginal and other reserves
and taking into account any transitional adjustments or other scheduled changes in reserve
requirements) under any regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the
“Board”) or other governmental authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto as issued from
time to time and then applicable to assets or liabilities consisting of “Eurocurrency Liabilities”,
as currently defined in Regulation D of the Board, having a term approximately equal or comparable
to such Interest Period.

          “Lien” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest, charge or
other encumbrance or security arrangement of any nature including, but not limited to, any
conditional sale or title retention arrangement, and any assignment, deposit arrangement (other
than escrow deposits) or lease intended as, or having the effect of, security.

          “Loan” or “Loans” shall mean, singularly or collectively, as the context may require, the
Revolving Credit Loans, the Swing Line Loans and any other credit to any Borrower extended by any
Bank in accordance with Article II hereof as evidenced by the Notes, as the case may be.

          “Loan Account” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.14 hereof.

          “Loan Document” or “Loan Documents” shall mean, singularly or collectively as the context may
require, (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Notes, (iii) the Guarantees, (iv) the Hedging Agreements, (v)
the Letters of Credit, (vi) the Letter of Credit Related Documents and (vii) any and all other
documents, instruments, certificates and agreements executed and delivered in connection with this
Agreement, as any of them may be amended, modified, extended or supplemented from time to time.

          “Loan Party” shall mean the Borrowers and the Guarantors.

          “London Banking Day” means a day on which dealings in U.S. dollar deposits are transacted in
the London interbank market.

          “Majority Banks” shall mean the Banks whose Commitment Percentages aggregate at least
fifty-one percent (51%) of the Total Commitment Amount or, if there is any borrowing hereunder, the
holders of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the amount outstanding under the Notes.

12

 

          “Material Adverse Change” shall mean a material adverse change in the (a) business, operations
or condition (financial or otherwise) of MBC and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) the ability
of the Loan Parties, collectively, to perform any of their payment or other material obligations
under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which they are a party; or (c) the
legality, validity, or enforceability of the obligations of any Loan Party under this Agreement or
any of the other Loan Documents.

          “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations
or condition (financial or otherwise) of MBC and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) the ability
of the Loan Parties, collectively, to perform any of their payment or other material obligations
under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which they are a party; or (c) the
legality, validity, or enforceability of the obligations of any Loan Party under this Agreement or
any of the other Loan Documents.

          “Material Domestic Subsidiary” shall mean a Materially Controlled Domestic Subsidiary that (i)
is created or becomes a Materially Controlled Domestic Subsidiary from and after the Closing Date,
and (ii) either (A) owns assets having a fair market value in excess of $500,000, or (B) generates
gross revenues in excess of $500,000 in any fiscal year of the Borrowers, as determined and
calculated in accordance with GAAP.

          “Materially Controlled Domestic Subsidiary” shall mean, singularly or collectively as the
context may require, (i) any corporation more than eighty percent (80%) of whose capital stock of
any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the
directors of such corporation is owned (directly or indirectly) by such Borrower and/or one or more
Subsidiaries of such Borrower, (ii) any partnership, association, joint venture or other entity in
which such Borrower and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Borrower has more than an eighty
percent (80%) equity interest.

          “Maximum Rate” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.02(c) hereof.

          “MBC” shall mean that as set forth in the preamble hereof.

          “Measurement Quarter” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.02(a)(ii) hereof.

          “Michael Baker, Jr.” shall mean that as set forth in the preamble hereof.

          “Net Income” shall mean, for the period of determination, net income (after taxes), excluding,
however, extraordinary gains, in each case determined and Consolidated for the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

          “Net Proceeds” shall mean proceeds in cash, checks or other cash equivalent financial
instruments as and when received by a Person from a sale of stock or assets (a “Disposition”), net
of: (i) the direct costs relating to such Disposition excluding amounts payable to any Borrower or
any Affiliate of any Borrower (unless deemed reasonable by the Agent), (ii) any and all sale, use
or other taxes, including, income taxes paid or payable, or reasonably estimated to be payable,
directly or indirectly as a result of such Disposition, and (iii) any reserves for indemnification
obligations in connection with the Disposition (provided, that any

13

 

reserves remaining at the end of the applicable indemnification period shall constitute Net
Proceeds hereunder).

          “Note” or “Notes” shall mean, singularly or collectively as the context may require, the
Revolving Credit Notes, the Swing Line Note and any other note of the Borrowers executed and
delivered pursuant to this Agreement, as any such note may be amended, modified or supplemented
from time to time, together with all extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings in whole or
in part.

          “Notices” shall mean that as set forth in Section 9.04 hereof.

          “Office”, when used in connection with (i) Citizens or the Agent, shall mean its designated
office located at 525 William Penn Place, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219 or such other office of
Citizens or the Agent as Citizens or the Agent may designate in writing from time to time, or (ii)
any other Bank, shall mean its designated office identified on Schedule 1 attached hereto
and made a part hereof with respect to such Bank or such other office of such Bank as such Bank may
designate in writing from time to time.

          “Official Body” means any government or political subdivision or any agency, authority,
bureau, central bank, board, commission, department or instrumentality of either, or any court,
tribunal, grand jury or arbitrator, in each case whether foreign or domestic.

          “Operating Leases” shall mean all leases other than Capital Leases.

          “PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Title IV of
ERISA.

          “Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint
venture, trust, or unincorporated organization or government or agency or political subdivision
thereof.

          “Plan” shall mean any deferred compensation program, including both single and multi-employer
plans, subject to Title IV of ERISA and established and maintained for employees, officers or
directors of any Borrower or any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate.

          “Potential Default” shall mean any event or condition which with notice or passage of time, or
any combination of the foregoing, would constitute an Event of Default.

          “Preference” shall mean that as set forth in Section 8.13 hereof.

          “Prime Rate” shall mean that rate of interest per annum announced by the Agent from time to
time as its Prime Rate, which may not represent the lowest rate charged by the Agent to other
borrowers at any time or from time to time.

          “Pro Rata Share” shall mean, with respect to each Bank, its Commitment Percentage.

14

 

          “Prohibited Transaction” shall mean any transaction which is prohibited under Section 4975 of
the Code or Section 406 of ERISA and not exempt under Section 4975 of the Code or Section 408 of
ERISA.

          “Refunded Swing Line Loans” shall mean as set forth in Section 2.01.5(d) hereof.

          “Register” shall mean that as set forth in Section 8.17(a)(vii) hereof.

          “Regulations” shall mean that as set forth in Section 9.17(a) hereof

          “Rent Expense” shall mean all items included as rent expense in the audited financial
statements of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries submitted pursuant to Section 5.01(a) hereof, in
each case determined and Consolidated for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in accordance with
GAAP; provided, however, for any period of determination for which Rent Expense must be estimated
in good faith by the Borrowers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, Rent Expense shall
be determined and Consolidated for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in accordance with sound
accounting principles.

          “Reportable Event” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA or the
regulations thereunder, except any such event as to which the provision for thirty (30) days notice
to the PBGC is waived under applicable regulations.

          “Reporting Quarter” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.02(a)(ii) hereof.

          “Required Deductions” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.13 hereof.

          “Revolving Credit Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Bank, the amount set forth on
Schedule 1 attached hereto and made a part hereof as the amount of such Bank’s commitment
to make Revolving Credit Loans.

          “Revolving Credit Facility Commitment” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.01(a) hereof.

          “Revolving Credit Loans” shall mean that as set forth in Section 2.01(a) hereof.

          “Revolving Credit Note” or “Revolving Credit Notes” shall mean, singularly or collectively, as
the context may require, the Revolving Credit Notes of the Borrowers delivered in accordance with
Section 2.01(b) hereof together with all amendments, extensions, renewals, replacements,
refinancings or refundings thereof in whole or in part.

          “State Superfund Law” means that as set forth in Section 3.13(b) hereof.

          “Subsidiary” or “Subsidiaries” of a Borrower shall mean, singularly or collectively as the
context may require, (i) any corporation more than fifty percent (50%) of whose capital stock of
any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the
directors of such corporation is owned (directly or indirectly) by such Borrower and/or one or more
Subsidiaries of such Borrower, (ii) any partnership, association, joint venture or other entity in
which such Borrower and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such

15

 

Borrower has more than a fifty percent (50%) equity interest and (iii) any entity that is
required to be Consolidated under FASB Interpretation #46 (as revised) (Consolidation of variable
interest entities); provided, however, that with respect to the representations and warranties set
forth in Article III hereof only, the terms “Subsidiary” and “Subsidiaries”, as they relate to MBC,
shall mean Michael Baker Jr. and Baker NY.

          “Swing Line Lender” shall mean Citizens, in its capacity as Swing Line Lender, or any Person
serving as a successor Swing Line Lender hereunder.

          “Swing Line Loan Facility” shall mean as set forth in Section 2.01.5(a) hereof.

          “Swing Line Loans” shall mean the Loans made by the Swing Line Lender to the Borrowers
pursuant to Section 2.01.5 hereof.

          “Swing Line Note” shall mean the Swing Line Note, dated of even date herewith, made by the
Borrowers to the Swing Line Lender, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time,
together with all extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings in whole or in part.

          “Termination Event” shall mean (i) a Reportable Event, (ii) the termination of a single
employer Plan or the treatment of a single employer Plan amendment as the termination of such Plan
under Section 4041 of ERISA, or the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a single employer
Plan, or (iii) the institution of proceedings to terminate a single employer Plan by the PBGC under
Section 4042 of ERISA, or (iv) the appointment of a trustee to administer any single employer Plan.

          “Total Commitment Amount” shall mean the obligation of the Banks hereunder to make Revolving
Credit Loans up to the maximum aggregate principal amount of One Hundred Twenty-Five Million and
00/100 Dollars ($125,000,000.00).

          “USA Patriot Act” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate
Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56, as the same has
been, or shall hereafter be, renewed, extended, amended or replaced.

          “Withholding Certificate” means that as set forth in Section 9.17(a) hereof.

     1.02 Construction and Interpretation.

          (a) Obligations of and References to Borrowers and Loan Parties. Each and every
obligation of the Borrowers contained in this Agreement or any Loan Document, whether or not
expressly stated, shall be the joint and several obligations of the Borrowers. Any and all
references to the Borrowers contained in any representation or covenant of the Borrowers’ hereunder
shall be a representation or covenant with respect to each and every Borrower, both individually
and collectively. Each and every obligation of the Loan Parties contained in this Agreement or any
Loan Document, whether or not expressly stated, shall be the joint and several obligations of the
Loan Parties. Any and all references to the Loan Parties contained in any

16

 

representation or covenant of the Loan Parties hereunder shall be a representation or covenant
with respect to each and every Loan Party, both individually and collectively.

          (b) Construction. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise clearly requires,
references to the plural include the singular, the singular the plural, the part the whole and “or”
has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or”. References in this Agreement to
“judgments” of the Agent and the Banks include good faith estimates by the Agent and the Banks (in
the case of quantitative judgments) and good faith beliefs by the Agent and the Banks (in the case
of qualitative judgments). The definition of any document or instrument includes all schedules,
attachments, and exhibits thereto and all renewals, extensions, supplements, restatements and
amendments thereof. “Hereunder”, “herein”, “hereto”, “hereof”, “this Agreement” and words of
similar import refer to this entire document; “including” is used by way of illustration and not by
way of limitation, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary; and any action required to
be taken by any Borrower or all of the Borrowers is to be taken promptly, unless the context
clearly indicates to the contrary.

          (c) Accounting Terms. Any accounting term not specifically defined in Section 1.01
hereof shall have the meaning ascribed thereto by GAAP.

ARTICLE II

THE CREDIT FACILITY

     2.01 Revolving Credit Facility Commitment.

          (a) Revolving Credit Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the
representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents,
the Banks severally (but not jointly) agree to make loans (the “Revolving Credit Loans”) to the
Borrowers at any time or from time to time on or after the Closing Date and to and including the
Business Day immediately preceding the Expiry Date in an aggregate principal amount which, when
combined with the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding and the aggregate
Letter of Credit Undrawn Availability, shall not exceed at any one time outstanding One Hundred
Twenty Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($125,000,000.00) (the “Revolving Credit Facility
Commitment”); provided, however, that no Bank shall be required to make Revolving Credit Loans (or
participate in the issuance of Letters of Credit) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at
any one time exceeding such Bank’s Commitment. The Revolving Credit Loans shall be made
pro rata in accordance with each Bank Commitment Percentage. Within the limits of
time and amount set forth in this Section 2.01, and subject to the provisions of this Agreement
including, without limitation, the Banks’ right to demand repayment of the Revolving Credit Loans
upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Borrowers may borrow, repay and reborrow under this
Section 2.01; provided, however, that if the Borrowers prepay any Libor Rate Loan on a day other
than the last day of the applicable Interest Period for such Libor Rate Loan, then the Borrowers
shall comply with the terms and conditions of Section 2.11(c) with respect to such prepayment.

          (b) Revolving Credit Notes. The joint and several obligations of the Borrowers to
repay the unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans made to the

17

 

Borrowers by each Bank and to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof is evidenced
in part by the Revolving Credit Notes of the Borrowers, dated the Closing Date, in substantially
the form of Exhibit “A” attached hereto and made a part hereof, with the blanks
appropriately filled. Each Revolving Credit Note shall be payable to the order of a Bank in a
principal amount equal to such Bank’s Revolving Credit Commitment. The executed Revolving Credit
Notes will be delivered by the Borrowers to the Banks on the Closing Date.

          (c) Making, Continuing or Converting of Revolving Credit Loans. Subject to the terms
and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and provided that the
Borrowers have satisfied all applicable conditions specified in Article IV hereof, the Banks shall
make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrowers which, as selected by the Borrowers pursuant to this
Section 2.01(c), shall be Base Rate Loans or Libor Rate Loans. In addition, subject to the terms
and conditions set forth below, the Borrowers shall have the opportunity to (i) convert Base Rate
Loans into Libor Rate Loans, (ii) convert Libor Rate Loans into Base Rate Loans or (iii) continue
Libor Rate Loans as Libor Rate Loans for additional Interest Periods.

               (i) Each Revolving Credit Loan that is made as or converted (from a Libor Rate Loan) into a
Base Rate Loan shall be made or converted on such Business Day and in such amount as an Authorized
Representative of the Borrowers shall request by written or telephonic notice (confirmed promptly,
but in no event later than one Business Day thereafter, in writing) received by the Agent no later
than 10:00 a.m. (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania time) on the date of requested disbursement of or
conversion into the requested Base Rate Loan. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, on each borrowing date, the Agent shall make the proceeds of the Base Rate Loan
available to the Borrowers at the Agent’s Office in immediately available funds not later than 2:00
p.m. (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania time). Unless an Authorized Representative of the Borrowers shall
provide the Agent with the required written notice to convert a Base Rate Loan into a Libor Rate
Loan on or prior to the third (3rd) Business Day prior to the date of requested
conversion, such Base Rate Loan shall automatically continue as a Base Rate Loan.

               (ii) Each Revolving Credit Loan that is made as, continued as or converted (from a Base Rate
Loan) into a Libor Rate Loan shall be made, continued or converted, on such Business Day, in such
amount (greater than or equal to One Million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00); provided, however,
that any amount in excess of One Million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) may only be in
increments of Five Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($500,000.00)) and with such an Interest
Period as an Authorized Representative of the Borrowers shall request by written or telephonic
notice (confirmed promptly, but in no event later than one Business Day thereafter, in writing)
received by the Agent no later than 10:00 a.m. (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania time) on the third
(3rd) Business Day prior to the requested date of disbursement of, continuation of or
conversion into the requested Libor Rate Loan. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, on each borrowing date, the Agent shall make the proceeds of the Libor Rate Loan
available to the Borrowers at the Agent’s Office in immediately available funds, no later than
10:00 a.m. (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania time). In addition, in the event that the Borrowers desire to
continue a Libor Rate Loan for an additional Interest Period, an Authorized Representative of the
Borrowers shall provide the Agent with written notice thereof on or prior to the third
(3rd) Business Day prior to the expiration of the

18

 

applicable Interest Period. In the event that an Authorized Representative of the Borrowers
fails to provide the Agent with the required written or telephonic notice (confirming promptly, but
in no event later than one Business Day thereafter, in writing) on or prior to the third
(3rd) Business Day prior to the expiration of the applicable Interest Period for a Libor
Rate Loan, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have given written notice that such Loan shall be
converted into a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the applicable Interest Period. Notwithstanding
anything contained herein to the contrary, there shall not be more than four (4) Revolving Credit
Loans that are Libor Rate Loans outstanding at any time. Each written notice of any Libor Rate
Loan shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrowers and the Borrowers shall indemnify the Agent
and the Banks against any loss or expense incurred by the Banks as a result of any failure by the
Borrowers to consummate such transaction calculated as set forth in Section 2.11(c) hereof.

               (iii) Each Bank hereby authorizes the Agent to make all Loans that are requested by the
Borrowers on the proposed date of disbursement. Upon receipt of a request to make, continue or
convert a Revolving Credit Loan hereunder, the Agent shall promptly, but in no event later than
12:00 noon (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania time) on the date of the receipt of such request, advise each
of the Banks of the proposed date of disbursement, continuation or conversion, the amount and type
of each such Revolving Credit Loan, the applicable Interest Period and the Bank’s Commitment amount
thereof. Each Bank shall remit its Commitment Percentage of the principal amount of each Revolving
Credit Loan to the Agent at the Office of the Agent in immediately available funds no later than
2:00 p.m. (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania time) on the applicable date of disbursement. If the amount of
such Bank’s Commitment Percentage is not made available to the Agent by such Bank on the applicable
borrowing date, the Agent shall not be required to fund such Bank’s Commitment Percentage of the
Revolving Credit Loans on the applicable borrowing date; provided, however, the Agent may elect in
its sole discretion to fund such Bank’s Commitment Percentage on the applicable borrowing date, and
such Bank shall be subject to the repayment obligations set forth below.

               (iv) The Agent may assume that each Bank has made or will make the proceeds of a Loan
available to the Agent unless the Agent shall have been notified by such Bank on or before the
later of (a) the close of business on the Business Day preceding the applicable borrowing date with
respect to the Loan, or (b) one (1) hour before the time on which the Agent actually funds the
proceeds of such Loan to the Borrowers (whether using its own funds pursuant to this subsection or
using proceeds deposited with the Agent by the Banks and whether such funding occurs before or
after the time on which the Banks are required to deposit the proceeds of such Loan with the
Agent). The Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption (but shall not be required to), make
available to the Borrowers a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact
made available to the Agent by such Bank, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on
demand from such Bank (or, if such Bank fails to pay such amount, forthwith upon such demand from
the Borrowers) together with interest thereon, in respect of each day during the period commencing
on the date such amount was made available to the Borrowers and ending on the date the Agent
recovers such amount, at a rate per annum equal to (y) the Base Rate during the first three (3)
days after such interest shall begin to accrue and (z) the Applicable Rate in respect of such Loan
after the end of such three (3) day period.

          (d) Maximum Principal Balance of Revolving Credit Loans and Letter of Credit Undrawn
Availability. The sum of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit

19

 

Loans outstanding, the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans
outstanding and the aggregate Letter of Credit Undrawn Availability shall not exceed the amount of
the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment. The Borrowers agree that if at any time the sum of the
aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans outstanding, the sum of the aggregate
principal amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding and the aggregate Letter of Credit Undrawn
Availability exceeds the amount of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment (the “Excess Amount”),
the Borrowers shall promptly, but in no event later than one (1) Business Day thereafter, pay to
the Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Banks) such Excess Amount. If not sooner paid, the
entire principal balance of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, together with all unpaid
accrued interest thereon, and all other sums and costs owed to the Agent and the Banks by the
Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement, shall be immediately due and payable on the Expiry Date,
without notice, presentment or demand of any kind.

          (e) Borrowers may seek, at their option, upon at least thirty (30) Business Days’ prior
written notice to the Agent, to increase the Total Commitment Amount by an amount of up to, but not
exceeding, an additional Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) over the Total Commitment Amount in
effect on the Closing Date; provided that any such increase in the Total Commitment Amount shall be
in an aggregate amount, for all of the Banks, of not less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000),
increased by increments of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). Such notice shall specify the amount
of any such increase and shall be delivered at a time when no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing. The Agent shall, after receiving such notice, offer the increase (which
may be declined by any Bank in its sole discretion) in the Total Commitment Amount on a ratable
basis to the Banks. If any Bank declines to increase its Revolving Credit Commitment by an amount
equal to its Pro Rata Share of the requested increase of the Total Commitment Amount, the Agent and
the Borrowers may offer such increase of the Total Commitment Amount on a non pro-rata basis to one
or more Banks and/or to other banks or financial institutions reasonably acceptable to the Agent
and the Borrowers. No increase in the Total Commitment Amount shall become effective until (i) (A)
the existing or new Banks extending such incremental Revolving Credit Commitment amount and the
Borrowers shall have delivered to the Agent a document in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent
pursuant to which any such existing Bank confirms the amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment
increase, any such new Bank states its Revolving Credit Commitment amount and agrees to assume and
accept the obligations and rights of a Bank hereunder, and the Borrowers accept such incremental
Revolving Credit Commitments, and (B) Borrowers shall have executed and delivered to Agent and the
Banks such replacement or additional Revolving Credit Notes as shall be required by Agent, (ii) the
Guarantors shall have delivered to the Agent a signed acknowledgment confirming their continuing
obligations under the Guarantees after giving effect to the contemplated increase in the Total
Commitment Amount, and (iii) Agent shall have received such evidence of organizational existence,
authority to enter into the contemplated transactions and agreements and opinion letters as are
required by the Agent in connection with any such increase in the Total Commitment Amount. The
Banks (new or existing) shall accept an assignment from the existing Banks, and the existing Banks
shall make an assignment to the new or existing Bank accepting a new or increased Revolving Credit
Commitment, of an interest in each then outstanding Loan (if any) such that, after giving effect
thereto, all such Loans are held ratably by the Banks in proportion to their respective Revolving
Credit Commitments. Assignments pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be made in exchange for
the principal amount assigned plus accrued and unpaid interest. Entitlement to ongoing commitment
fees

20

 

under Section 2.04 or letter of credit fees under Section 2.06, as applicable, shall be
allocated ratably to the Banks following such increase in proportion to the new Revolving Credit
Commitments based upon the date such new Revolving Credit Commitment amounts become effective.

     2.01.5 Swing Line Loan Facility.

          (a) Swing Line Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the
representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Swing
Line Lender may, in its sole and absolute discretion, make available to the Borrowers at any time
and from time to time during the period from the Closing Date through and including the Business
Day immediately preceding the earlier of (i) the date upon which the aggregate unpaid principal
balance of the Swing Line Loans become due and payable by demand or (ii) the Expiry Date, by making
Swing Line Loans to the Borrowers in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding at any one time
outstanding Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00) (the “Swing Line Loan Facility”). If
not sooner paid, each Swing Line Loan, all unpaid interest thereon and all other sums and costs
incurred hereunder with respect to such Swing Line Loan shall be immediately due and payable on the
earlier of (i) thirty (30) Business Days from the date such Swing Line Loan was made, (ii) demand
or (iii) the Expiry Date, without notice, presentment or demand (unless payable by demand). Within
the limits of time and amount set forth in this Section 2.01.5, and subject to the provisions of
this Agreement including, without limitation, the Swing Line Lender’s right to demand repayment of
the Swing Line Loans at any time with or without the occurrence of an Event of Default, the
Borrowers may borrow, repay and reborrow under this Section 2.01.5.

          (b) Swing Line Note. The obligation of the Borrowers to repay the unpaid principal
amount of the Swing Line Loans made to the Borrowers by the Swing Line Lender and to pay interest
on the unpaid principal amount thereof will be evidenced by the Swing Line Note of the Borrowers.
The executed Swing Line Note will be delivered by the Borrowers to the Swing Line Lender on the
Closing Date.

          (c) Making of Swing Line Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and provided that the Borrowers have satisfied all
applicable conditions specified in Article IV hereof, the Swing Line Lender may, in its sole and
absolute discretion, make Swing Line Loans to the Borrowers on such Business Day and in such amount
as (i) an Authorized Representative of the Borrowers shall request by written or telephonic notice
(confirmed promptly, but in no event later than one (1) Business Day thereafter in writing)
received by the Swing Line Lender no later than 10:00 a.m. (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania time) on the
date of requested disbursement of the Swing Line Loan or (ii) otherwise agreed to by the Borrowers
and the Swing Line Lender in accordance with the Cash Management Master Agreement, dated March 24,
2003, by and among the Swing Line Lender and the Borrowers which incorporates by reference the Cash
Sweep Terms and Conditions executed by the Borrowers and accepted by the Swing Line Lender on March
24, 2003 (collectively, the “Cash Management Agreement”). Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Cash Management Agreement, on each borrowing
date, the Swing Line Lender shall make the proceeds of the Swing Line Loan available to the
Borrowers at the Swing Line Lender’s Office in immediately available funds not

21

 

later than 2:00 p.m., Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania time. Notwithstanding anything contained
herein, the Swing Line Lender shall notify the Borrowers prior to terminating the Swing Line Loan
Facility and/or the services provided under the Cash Management Agreement. The Swing Line Lender
shall give notice to the Agent no later than 10:00 a.m. (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania time) of the next
Business Day or such other time as the Agent and the Swing Line Lender may agree of the amount of
each such Swing Line Loan.

               (d) Refunded Swing Line Loans. With respect to any Swing Line Loans, the Swing Line
Lender may, at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, deliver to the Agent (with a copy to
the Borrowers), no later than 10:00 a.m. (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania time) on the first
(1st) Business Day immediately preceding the proposed date of disbursement, a notice
(which shall be deemed to be a notice of borrowing given by an Authorized Representative)
requesting the Banks to make Revolving Credit Loans that are Base Rate Loans on such date in an
amount equal to the amount of such Swing Line Loans outstanding on the date such notice is given
which the Swing Line Lender requests the Banks to prepay (the “Refunded Swing Line Loans”).
Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the proceeds of such
Revolving Credit Loans made by Banks other than the Swing Line Lender shall be immediately
delivered by the Agent to the Swing Line Lender (and not to the Borrowers) and applied to repay a
corresponding portion of the Refunded Swing Line Loans and (ii) on the day such Revolving Credit
Loans are made, the Swing Line Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Refunded Swing Line Loans shall be
deemed to be paid with the proceeds of a Revolving Credit Loan made by the Swing Line Lender, and
such portion of the Swing Line Loans deemed to be so paid shall no longer be outstanding as Swing
Line Loans and shall no longer be due under the Swing Line Note of the Swing Line Lender but shall
instead constitute part of the Swing Line Lender’s outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and shall be
due under the Revolving Credit Note of the Swing Line Lender.

          Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Bank’s obligation to make
Revolving Credit Loans for the purpose of repaying any Refunded Swing Line Loans pursuant to the
immediately preceding paragraph shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by
any circumstance, including (a) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which
such Bank may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrowers or any other Person for any reason
whatsoever; (b) the occurrence or continuation of an Event of Default or a Potential Default; (c)
any Material Adverse Change; (d) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the
Borrowers; or (e) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to
any of the foregoing; provided that such obligations of each Bank are subject to the
condition that (X) the Swing Line Lender believed in good faith that all conditions under Article
IV to the making of the applicable Swing Line Loans were satisfied at the time such Swing Line
Loans were made or (Y) the satisfaction of any such condition not satisfied had been waived in
writing by the Banks prior to or at the time such Swing Line Loans were made.

     2.02 Interest Rates.

          (a) Interest on the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans. Subject to the terms
and conditions of this Agreement, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Swing Line
Loans shall be Libor Advantage Rate Loans which shall bear interest during each

22

 

applicable Libor Advantage Loan Interest Period at the Libor Advantage Rate plus the
Applicable Libor Advantage Margin as determined below and the aggregate outstanding principal
balance of the Revolving Credit Loans shall be, at the option of the Borrowers as selected pursuant
to Section 2.01(c) hereof, (x) Base Rate Loans which shall bear interest for each day at the rates
set forth below or (y) Libor Rate Loans which shall bear interest during each applicable Interest
Period at the rates set forth below:

               (i) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Closing Date and through the
day immediately preceding the first Incentive Pricing Effective Date, (x) Revolving Credit Loans
that are Base Rate Loans shall bear interest for each day at a rate per annum equal to the Base
Rate plus the Applicable Base Rate Margin corresponding to Tier I as set forth below, (y) Revolving
Credit Loans that are Libor Rate Loans shall bear interest during each applicable Interest Period
at a rate per annum equal to the Libor Lending Rate plus the Applicable Libor Margin corresponding
to Tier I as set forth below, and (z) Swing Line Loans shall bear interest during each applicable
Libor Advantage Loan Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Libor Advantage Rate plus the
Applicable Libor Advantage Margin corresponding to Tier I as set forth below;

               (ii) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during each Fiscal Quarter, in
accordance with Section 5.01(b) hereof, the Borrowers shall submit to the Agent and the Banks
quarterly financial statements (the Fiscal Quarter in which such financial statements are required
to be received by the Agent and the Banks is the “Reporting Quarter”) as of the last day of the
Fiscal Quarter immediately preceding such Reporting Quarter (with respect to any Reporting Quarter,
the Fiscal Quarter immediately preceding such Reporting Quarter is the “Measurement Quarter”).
Upon receipt of such quarterly financial statements by the Agent and the Banks in accordance with
Section 5.01(b), the Borrowers’ Leverage Ratio shall be calculated as of the last day of the
Measurement Quarter ending September 30, 2010 and as of the last day of each Measurement Quarter
thereafter. From the first day of the first full calendar month following the Agent’s and the
Banks’ receipt of such quarterly financial statements (the “Incentive Pricing Effective Date”)
until the next Incentive Pricing Effective Date, (x) Base Rate Loans shall bear interest for each
day at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the applicable margin determined by reference
to the Borrowers’ Leverage Ratio as set forth below (the “Applicable Base Rate Margin”), (y) Libor
Rate Loans shall bear interest during each applicable Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to
the Libor Lending Rate plus the applicable margin determined by reference to the Borrowers’
Leverage Ratio as set forth below (the “Applicable Libor Margin”) and (z) Libor Advantage Rate
Loans shall bear interest during each applicable Libor Advantage Loan Interest Period at a rate per
annum equal to the Libor Advantage Rate plus the applicable margin determined by reference to the
Borrowers’ Leverage Ratio as set forth below (the “Applicable Libor Advantage Margin”):

23

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Applicable	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Libor Margin	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	and	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Applicable	 	Applicable	 	Applicable	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Libor	 	Base Rate	 	Unused	 	Applicable
	Tier	 	Leverage Ratio	 	Advantage Margin	 	Margin	 	Fee	 	L/C Margin
	 
	I
	 	 	≤ 0.75	 	 	 	1.25	%	 	 	0.25	%	 	 	0.20	%	 	 	1.25	%
	II
	 	 	< 0.75 ≤ 1.25	 	 	 	1.50	%	 	 	0.50	%	 	 	0.25	%	 	 	1.50	%
	III
	 	 	> 1.25 ≤ 1.75	 	 	 	1.75	%	 	 	0.75	%	 	 	0.30	%	 	 	1.75	%
	IV
	 	 	> 1.75	 	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	1.00	%	 	 	0.35	%	 	 	2.00	%

               (iii) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in the event that the Borrowers
fail to timely deliver the financial statements required by Section 5.01(b) hereof, the Applicable
Margin shall be the amount corresponding to Tier IV until the delivery of such financial
statements.

          (b) Calculation of Interest and Fees; Adjustment to Base Rate. Interest on the Loans,
unpaid fees and other sums payable hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of three
hundred sixty (360) days and paid for the actual number of days elapsed. In the event of any
change in the Base Rate, the rate of interest applicable to each Base Rate Loan shall be adjusted
to immediately correspond with such change; provided, however, that any interest rate charged
hereunder shall not exceed the Maximum Rate.

          (c) Interest After Maturity or Default; Interest Laws. Upon the occurrence and during
the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) the unpaid principal amount of the Loans or any portion
thereof, accrued interest thereon, any fees or any other sums payable hereunder shall thereafter
until paid in full bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Rate plus two percent
(2.00%); (ii) each Libor Rate Loan shall automatically convert into a Base Rate Loan at the end of
the applicable Interest Period; and (iii) no Loans may be made as, continued as or converted into a
Libor Rate Loan. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, the Borrowers shall not be required to pay, and the Banks shall not be
permitted to collect, any amount of interest in excess of the maximum amount of interest permitted
by applicable Law (“Excess Interest”). If any Excess Interest is provided for or determined by a
court of competent jurisdiction to have been provided for in this Agreement or in any other Loan
Document, then, in such event: (1) the provisions of this subsection shall govern and control; (2)
the Borrowers shall not be obligated to pay any Excess Interest; (3) any Excess Interest that any
Bank may have received hereunder shall be, at the Majority Banks’ option, (a) applied as a credit
against the outstanding principal balance of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes or accrued and
unpaid interest thereon (not to exceed the maximum amount permitted by Law), (b) refunded to the
payor thereof, or (c) any combination of the foregoing; (4) the interest rate(s) provided for
herein shall be automatically reduced to the maximum lawful rate allowed from time to time under
applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”), and this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be
deemed to have been and shall be,

24

 

reformed and modified to reflect such reduction; and (5) the Borrowers shall have no action
against the Agent or the Banks for any damages arising out of the payment or collection of any
Excess Interest.

     2.03 Interest Payments. The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the ratable account
of the Banks interest on the aggregate outstanding balance of the Revolving Credit Loans which are
Base Rate Loans in arrears on the first day of each calendar month through and including the Expiry
Date. The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the ratable account of the Banks interest on the
unpaid principal balance of the Revolving Credit Loans that are Libor Rate Loans on the earlier of
(i) the last day of the applicable Interest Period for such Loan or (ii) for such Loans with an
applicable Interest Period exceeding three (3) months, on each and every three (3) month
anniversary of each such Loan during the period from the Closing Date to and including the Expiry
Date. The Borrowers shall pay to the Swing Line Lender interest on the unpaid principal balance of
the aggregate outstanding balance of the Swing Line Loans in arrears, on each Libor Advantage Loan
Interest Payment Date through and including the earlier of demand or the Expiry Date. After
maturity of any part of the Loans (whether upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, by
acceleration, demand or otherwise), interest on such part of the Loans shall be immediately due and
payable upon delivery by the Agent of an invoice for such interest without further notice,
presentment, or demand of any kind.

     2.04 Fees.

          (a) The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the account of each Bank in accordance with its
Pro Rata Share, a non-refundable upfront fee in the aggregate amount of Three Hundred Seventy-Five
Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($375,000.00).

          (b) The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the account of each Bank, (i) a commitment fee on
the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment during the period from the date of
this Agreement to the Expiry Date, payable quarterly in arrears on the first (1st) day
of each October, January, April and July of each calendar year and on the Expiry Date. Such fee
shall be equal to the amount by which the amount of each Bank’s Commitment has exceeded the average
daily closing principal balance of the sum of such Bank’s Revolving Credit Loans (for purposes of
this computation, the Swing Line Loans shall be deemed to be borrowed amounts under the Revolving
Credit Commitment of Citizens) plus its Pro Rata Share of the Letter of Credit Undrawn Availability
during the preceding calendar quarter, multiplied by the applicable margin determined by reference
to the Borrowers’ Leverage Ratio as set forth in Section 2.02(a)(ii) hereof (the “Applicable Unused
Fee”), multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in such
calendar quarter and the denominator of which is three hundred sixty (360); and (ii) the Letter of
Credit Commission pursuant to Section 2.06 hereof.

          (c) The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for its own account the fees described in the first
sentence of Section 2.06 hereof and in that certain fee letter of even date herewith by and among
the Borrowers and the Agent in the amounts, and at the times, specified therein.

25

 

     2.05 Agreement to Issue Letters of Credit. From time to time during the period from
the Closing Date to the thirtieth (30th) day preceding the Expiry Date, subject to the
further terms and conditions hereof, including those required in connection with the making of
Revolving Credit Loans, the Issuing Bank shall issue standby letters of credit or trade letters of
credit (collectively with the Existing Letters of Credit, the “Letters of Credit”) for the account
of the Borrowers in an amount not to exceed Twenty Million and 00/100 Dollars ($20,000,000.00) in
the aggregate as a subfacility of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment; provided,
however, that on any date on which the Borrowers request a Letter of Credit, and after
giving effect to the Letter of Credit Face Amount of such Letter of Credit, the sum of all
Revolving Credit Loans outstanding, the sum of all Swing Line Loans outstanding and the Letter of
Credit Undrawn Availability shall not exceed the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment. All such
Letters of Credit shall be issued by the Issuing Bank in accordance with its then current practice
relating to the issuance of letters of credit including, but not limited to, the execution and
delivery to the Issuing Bank of applications and agreements required by the Issuing Bank and the
payment by the Borrowers of all applicable fees with respect thereto. As of the date hereof, those
letters of credit set forth on Schedule 2.05 hereof (collectively, the “Existing Letters of
Credit”), which were previously issued by the Issuing Bank for the account of the Borrowers, or any
of them, and which are outstanding on the date hereof, will be deemed to be Letters of Credit
issued and outstanding hereunder.

          Each request for a Letter of Credit shall be delivered to the Issuing Bank no later than 10:00
a.m. (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania time) on the second (2nd) Business Day, or such shorter
period as may be agreed to by the Issuing Bank, prior to the proposed date of issuance. Each such
request shall be in a form acceptable to the Issuing Bank and specify the Letter of Credit Face
Amount thereof, the account party, the beneficiary, the intended date of issuance, the expiry date
thereof, and the nature of the transaction to be supported thereby. All such Letters of Credit
shall be issued by the Issuing Bank in accordance with its then current practice relating to the
issuance of Letters of Credit including, but not limited to, the execution and delivery to the
Issuing Bank of applications and agreements required by the Issuing Bank and the payment by the
Borrowers of all applicable fees required by Section 2.06 hereof. Immediately upon the issuance of
each Letter of Credit, each Bank shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
agrees to, purchase from the Issuing Bank a participation in such Letter of Credit and each drawing
thereunder in an amount equal to such Bank’s Pro Rata Share of the Letter of Credit Face Amount of
such Letter of Credit; provided, that the Issuing Bank believed in good faith that all conditions
under Article IV to the issuing of such Letter of Credit were satisfied at the time such Letter of
Credit was issued or the satisfaction of any such condition not satisfied had been waived in
writing by the Banks prior to or at the time such Letter of Credit was issued. The Issuing Bank
shall promptly, but in any event not later than the next Business Day, provide to each Bank notice
of each such request for a Letter of Credit by the Borrowers.

     2.06 Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrowers shall pay to the Issuing Bank for its own
account (a) a fronting fee for each Letter of Credit issued hereunder, such fee shall be equal to
one-eighth of one percent (0.125%) of the daily average Letter of Credit Undrawn Availability
during the preceding calendar quarter, payable quarterly in arrears beginning on October 1, 2010
and continuing on the first (1st) day of each January, April, July and October
thereafter and on the Expiry Date, (b) the Issuing Bank’s standard amendment fees for each Letter
of Credit issued hereunder, such fee to be paid on the date of the amendment of such Letter of
Credit and (c) any

26

 

reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and costs incurred by the Issuing Bank for the issuance of
any Letter of Credit issued hereunder, such fees to be paid on the day of issuance of such Letter
of Credit. The Borrowers shall also pay to the Agent for the ratable account of the Banks a fee
(the “Letter of Credit Commission”) equal to the daily average Letter of Credit Undrawn
Availability multiplied by the applicable margin determined by reference to the Borrowers’ Leverage
Ratio as set forth in Section 2.02(a)(ii) hereof (the “Applicable L/C Margin”), such fee to be paid
quarterly in arrears beginning on October 1, 2010 and continuing on the first (1st) day
of each January, April, July and October thereafter and on the Expiry Date. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Letter of
Credit Commission shall be increased by two percent (2.00%) per annum.

     2.07 Payments Under Letters of Credit. Upon a draw under any Letter of Credit, the
Borrowers shall immediately, but in any event not later than the end of such Business Day,
reimburse the Issuing Bank for such drawing under a Letter of Credit. If (i) the Borrowers shall
not have reimbursed the Issuing Bank for such drawing under such Letter of Credit by the end of
such Business Day, (ii) the Issuing Bank must for any reason return or disgorge such reimbursement,
or (iii) the Borrowers are required to make a payment under Section 7.02(a)(ii) hereof and fail to
make such payment, then the amount of each unreimbursed drawing under such Letter of Credit and
payment required to be made under Section 7.02(a)(ii) hereof shall automatically be converted into
a Revolving Credit Loan which shall be a Base Rate Loan made on the date of such drawing for all
purposes of this Agreement. The Borrowers’ obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank with respect
to each drawing under a Letter of Credit shall be absolute and unconditional.

     2.08 Period of Issuance and Term of Letters of Credit. Letters of Credit shall only
be issued by the Issuing Bank for the account of the Borrowers for such terms which expire at least
ten (10) days prior to the Expiry Date.

     2.09 Booking of Libor Rate Loans. Each Bank may make, carry or transfer Libor Rate
Loans at, to or for the account of, any of its branch offices or the office of an affiliate of such
Bank; provided, however, that no such action shall result in increased liability or cost to the
Borrowers, including any increased liability or cost pursuant to Section 2.11 or 2.12 hereof.

     2.10 Assumptions Concerning Funding of Libor Rate Loans. Calculation of all amounts
payable to each Bank under Section 2.11(c) shall be made as though each Bank had actually funded
its relevant Libor Rate Loan through the purchase of a Libor deposit bearing interest at the Libor
Rate in an amount equal to the amount of that Libor Rate Loan and having maturity comparable to the
relevant Interest Period and through the transfer of such Libor deposit from an offshore office to
a domestic office in the United States of America; provided, however, that each Bank may fund each
of its Libor Rate Loans in any manner it sees fit and the foregoing assumption shall be utilized
only for the calculation of amounts payable under Section 2.11(c).

     2.11 Additional Costs.

          (a) If, due to either (i) the introduction of, or any change in, or in the interpretation of,
any Law or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other
Official Body (whether or not having the force of Law), there shall be any increase

27

 

in the cost to, or reduction in income receivable by, a Bank of making, funding or maintaining
Loans (or commitments to make the Loans), then the Borrowers shall from time to time, upon demand
by such Bank made within a reasonable time after such Bank’s determination thereof, pay to the
Agent for the account of such Bank additional amounts sufficient to reimburse such Bank for any
such additional costs or reduction in income. All such additional amounts shall be determined by
such Bank in good faith using appropriate attribution and averaging methods ordinarily employed by
such Bank. A certificate of such Bank submitted to the Borrowers in good faith as to the amount of
such additional costs shall be presumptive evidence of such amount. Within ten (10) Business Days
after the Agent or such Bank notifies the Borrowers in writing of any such additional costs
pursuant to this Section 2.11(a), the Borrowers may (A) repay in full all Loans of any types so
affected then outstanding, together with interest accrued thereon to the date of such repayment, or
(B) convert all Loans of any types so affected then outstanding into Loans of any other type not so
affected upon not less than four (4) Business Days’ notice to the Agent. If any such repayment or
conversion of any Libor Rate Loan occurs on any day other than the last day of the applicable
Interest Period for such Loan, the Borrowers also shall pay to the Agent for the ratable account of
the Banks such additional amounts as set forth in Section 2.11(c).

          (b) If either (i) the introduction of, or any change in, or in the interpretation of, any Law
or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other Official Body
(whether or not having the force of Law), affects the amount of capital required to be maintained
by any Bank or any corporation controlling any Bank and such Bank reasonably determines in good
faith that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of the Loans (or
commitment to make the Loans), then, within ten (10) Business Days of demand by such Bank, the
Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the account of such Bank from time to time as specified by
such Bank, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Bank in the light of such
circumstances, to the extent that such Bank reasonably determines in good faith such increase in
capital to be allocable to the existence of such Bank’s Loans (or commitment to make the Loans).
Any such demand by a Bank must be made by such Bank within a reasonable time. A certificate of
such Bank in good faith submitted to the Borrowers as to such amounts shall be presumptive evidence
of such amounts. Within ten (10) Business Days after the Agent or such Bank notifies the Borrowers
in writing of any such additional costs pursuant to this Section 2.11(b), the Borrowers may (A)
repay in full all Loans of any types so affected then outstanding, together with interest accrued
thereon to the date of such prepayment, or (B) convert all Loans of any types so affected then
outstanding into Loans of any other type not so affected upon not less than four (4) Business Days’
notice to such Bank. If any such prepayment or conversion of any Libor Rate Loan occurs on any day
other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period for such Loan, the Borrowers also shall
pay to the Agent for the ratable account of the Banks such additional amounts as set forth in
Section 2.11(c).

          (c) If the Borrowers shall repay any Libor Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the
applicable Interest Period for such Loan (whether such repayment is (i) permitted by this Section
2.11 or Section 2.12, (ii) permitted as a result of the failure of the Borrowers to consummate a
transaction after providing notice as set forth in Section 2.01(c)(ii), (iii) otherwise permitted
by a Bank, or (iv) otherwise required under the terms of this Agreement), the Borrowers shall
within ten (10) Business Days of written demand pay to the Agent for the ratable benefit of the
Banks such additional amounts reasonably determined by the Banks in good faith

28

 

to be sufficient to indemnify the Banks against any loss, cost, or expense incurred by the
Banks as a result of such prepayment including, without limitation, any loss (including loss of
anticipated profits), costs or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of
deposits or other funds acquired by the Banks to fund such Loan, and a certificate as to the amount
of any such loss, cost or expense submitted by any Bank to the Borrowers in good faith shall be
presumptive evidence of such amount.

     2.12 Illegality; Impracticability. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in
this Agreement, if: (a) it is unlawful, or any central bank or other Official Body shall determine
that it is unlawful, for the Agent or any Bank to perform its obligations hereunder to make,
continue, or convert Loans hereunder; or (b) on any date on which a Libor Rate would otherwise be
set, any Bank shall have in good faith determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent
manifest error) that (i) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining a Libor Rate,
(ii) a contingency has occurred which materially and adversely affects the interbank markets, or
(iii) the effective cost to such Bank of funding a proposed Libor Rate Loan exceeds the Libor Rate
then (y) upon written notice thereof by the Agent or such Bank to the Borrowers, the obligation of
such Bank to make or continue a Loan of a type so affected or to convert any type of Loan into a
Loan of a type so affected shall terminate and the Banks shall thereafter be obligated to make Base
Rate Loans whenever any written notice requests any type of Loans so affected and (z) upon written
demand therefor by such Bank to the Borrowers, the Borrowers shall (i) forthwith prepay in full all
Loans of the type so affected then outstanding, together with interest accrued thereon or (ii)
request that such Bank, upon five (5) Business Days’ notice, convert all Loans of the type so
affected then outstanding into Loans of a type not so affected. If any such prepayment or
conversion of any Libor Rate Loan occurs on any day other than the last day of the applicable
Interest Period for such Loan, the Borrowers also shall pay to the Agent for the ratable benefit of
the Banks such additional amounts as set forth in Section 2.11(c).

     2.13 Payments. All payments to be made with respect to principal, interest, fees or
other amounts due from the Borrowers under this Agreement or under the Notes are payable at 12:00
noon (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania time), on the day when due, without presentment, demand, protest or
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, and an action for the payments will
accrue immediately. All such payments must be made to the Agent at its Office in U.S. Dollars and
in funds immediately available at such Office, without setoff, counterclaim or other deduction of
any nature. The Agent may in its discretion deduct such payments from the Borrowers’ demand or
deposit accounts with Agent if not paid within five (5) days after the due date. All such payments
shall be applied at the option of the Agent and the Banks to accrued and unpaid interest,
outstanding principal and other sums due under this Agreement in such order as the Agent and the
Banks, in their sole discretion, shall elect. All such payments shall be made absolutely net of,
without deduction or offset, and altogether free and clear of any and all present and future taxes,
levies, deductions, charges, and withholdings and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding
income and franchise taxes imposed on the Banks under the Laws of the United States or any state or
political subdivision thereof. If the Borrowers are compelled by Law to deduct any such taxes or
levies (other than such excluded taxes) or to make any such other deductions, charges, or
withholdings (collectively, the “Required Deductions”), the Borrowers will pay to the Agent for the
ratable benefit of the Banks an additional amount equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of
all Required Deductions and (ii) the aggregate amount

29

 

of United States federal or state income taxes required to be paid by the Banks in respect of
such Required Deductions.

     2.14 Loan Account. The Agent will open and maintain on its books and records,
including computer records, in accordance with its customary procedures, a loan account (the “Loan
Account”) for the Borrowers in which shall be recorded the date and amount of each Loan made by the
Banks and the date and amount of each payment and prepayment in respect thereof. The Agent shall
record in the Loan Account the principal amount of the Loans owing to each Bank from time to time.
The Loan Account for the Borrowers will be presumptive evidence as to the information contained
therein. Any failure by the Agent to make any such notation or record shall not affect the
obligations of the Borrowers to the Banks with respect to the Loans.

     2.15 Estoppel. As further consideration for the entry of the Banks into this
Agreement, the Borrowers hereby represent and warrant that they do not presently have any claims or
actions of any kind at law or in equity against the Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the Issuing Bank
or any of the Banks arising out of or in any way relating to transactions referenced in or
contemplated by this Agreement or any acts, transactions, or events that are or were the subject
matter of any other prior loans, agreements or guaranties involving one or more of the Borrowers
and the Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the Issuing Bank or any of the Banks.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Loan Parties represent and warrant to the Agent and the Banks that:

     3.01 Organization and Qualification. The Borrowers and their Subsidiaries are
corporations duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under their respective
jurisdictions of incorporation. Except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or
licensed would not have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries are duly
qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation or partnership and are in good
standing in all jurisdictions in which the ownership of their properties or the nature of their
activities or both makes such qualification or licensing necessary.

     3.02 Power to Carry on Business; Licenses. Each Borrower and its Subsidiaries have
all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties and to carry on its business as
now conducted and as presently planned to be conducted. Except to the extent that the failure to
have any such license, permit, consent or approval would not have a Material Adverse Effect, each
Borrower and its Subsidiaries have all licenses, permits, consents and governmental approvals or
authorizations necessary to carry on its business as now conducted and as presently planned to be
conducted.

     3.03 Execution and Binding Effect. This Agreement, the Notes, the Guarantees and the
other Loan Documents to which the Loan Parties are a party have been duly authorized by all
appropriate corporate action of each Loan Party, have been duly and validly executed and delivered
by each Loan Party which is a party thereto, and each such document or agreement

30

 

constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Parties, enforceable against
each such Borrower in accordance with its terms.

     3.04 Absence of Conflicts. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or
the other Loan Documents, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated in any of them, nor
the performance of or compliance with their terms and conditions will (a) violate any Law, (b)
conflict with or result in a breach of or a default under the articles or certificate of
incorporation or by-laws of any Loan Party, (c) conflict with or result in a breach or a default
under any material agreement or instrument to which any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries is a party
or by which any of them or any of their properties (now owned or acquired in the future) may be
subject or bound or (d) result in the creation or imposition of any material Lien upon any property
(owned or leased) of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries.

     3.05 Authorizations and Filings. No authorization, consent, approval, license,
exemption or other action by, and no registration, qualification, designation, declaration or
filing with, any Official Body is or will be necessary or advisable in connection with the
execution and delivery of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the consummation of the
transactions contemplated in any of them, or the performance of or compliance with the terms and
conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

     3.06 Title to Property. Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries has good and marketable
title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all other property
purported to be owned by it, including that reflected in the most recent balance sheet referred to
in Section 3.07 of this Agreement or submitted pursuant to Section 5.01(a) of this Agreement
(except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business), subject only to Liens
not forbidden by Section 6.01 of this Agreement.

     3.07 Financial Statements.

          (a) The Loan Parties have delivered to the Agent and the Banks a Consolidated balance sheet
and related statements of income, retained earnings and cash flow of the Loan Parties and their
Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009, as audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP
without qualification. Such financial statements (including the notes) present fairly the
Consolidated financial condition of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as of the end of such
fiscal period and the results of their operations and the changes in financial position for the
fiscal period then ended, all in accordance with GAAP applied consistently with that of the
preceding fiscal year.

          (b) The Loan Parties have delivered to the Agent and the Banks the internally prepared
Consolidated and consolidating balance sheets and related statements of income and cash flow of the
Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries that the Loan Parties used to prepare the Loan Parties’ and
their Subsidiaries’ quarterly financial results as of, and for the Fiscal Quarter ending, June 30,
2010, as set forth in their 10-Q reports. Such financial statements provided by the Loan Parties
present fairly the financial position of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such
period and the results of their operations and their cash flow for the period then ended, all in
conformity with sound accounting principles, applied on a basis consistent with that of the
preceding fiscal periods.

31

 

     3.08 Taxes. All tax returns required to be filed by each Borrower and its
Subsidiaries have been properly prepared, executed and filed. Except as may be permitted under
Section 5.05 hereof, all material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon each
Borrower and its Subsidiaries or upon any of their properties, income, sales or franchises which
are due and payable have been paid. The reserves and provisions for taxes on the books of the Loan
Parties and their Subsidiaries are adequate for all open years and for the current fiscal period.
No Borrower knows of any proposed additional material assessment or basis for any material
assessment for additional taxes (whether or not reserved against).

     3.09 Litigation. Except as reflected in MBC’s most recent periodic reports filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, copies of
which have been delivered to the Agent and the Banks and, except as set forth on Schedule
3.09 hereto, there is no pending, or to the best knowledge of MBC, contemplated or threatened,
action, suit or proceeding by or before any Official Body against or affecting any Borrower or its
Subsidiaries, at Law or equity, which, if adversely decided, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

     3.10 Compliance with Laws. To the best of MBC’s knowledge, except as set forth in
Schedule 3.10 hereto, no Borrower nor any Subsidiary of a Borrower is in violation of or
subject to any material contingent liability on account of any Law which in the aggregate would
have a Material Adverse Effect.

     3.11 Pension Plans. Except as described in Schedule 3.11 to this Agreement,
(a) each Plan has been and will be maintained and funded in all material respects in accordance
with its terms and with all provisions of ERISA and other applicable Laws; (b) no Reportable Event
which could have a Material Adverse Effect, has occurred and is continuing with respect to any
Plan; (c) no material liability to the PBGC has been incurred and is outstanding with respect to
any Plan, other than for premiums due and payable; (d) no Plan has been terminated, no proceedings
have been instituted to terminate any Plan, and there exists no intent to terminate or institute
proceedings to terminate any Plan where such termination would have a Material Adverse Effect; (e)
no withdrawal, either complete or partial, has occurred or commenced with respect to any
multi-employer Plan, and there exists no intent to withdraw either completely or partially from any
multi-employer Plan; and (f) there has been no cessation of, and there is no intent to cease,
operations at a facility or facilities where such cessation could reasonably be expected to result
in a separation from employment of more than 20% of the total number of employees who are
participants under a Plan.

     3.12 Patents, Licenses, Franchises. The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries own or
possess the right to use all of the material patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names,
copyrights, licenses, franchises and permits and rights with respect to the foregoing necessary to
own and operate their properties and to carry on their businesses as presently conducted and
presently planned to be conducted without conflict with the rights of others. There are no
currently pending or, to the best knowledge of MBC, threatened claims with respect to infringement
by or against any Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower of any of the foregoing.

     3.13 Environmental Matters. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.13 hereof,

32

 

          (a) To the best knowledge of MBC, no Borrower nor any Subsidiary of a Borrower is in violation
of The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”), the
Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of
1976, as amended by the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984, The Clean Water Act, The
Toxic Substances Control Act and The Clean Air Act or any rule or regulation promulgated pursuant
to any of the foregoing statutes, or any other federal, state or local environmental Law applicable
to any Borrower, its Subsidiaries, or their respective properties (all of the foregoing are
sometimes collectively referred to in this Section 3.13 as the “Environmental Laws”) except to the
extent that such violations in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

          (b) To the best knowledge of MBC, neither the Loan Parties, their Subsidiaries nor any of
their Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors have arranged,
by contract, agreement or otherwise, (i) for the disposal or treatment of, or (ii) with a
transporter for the transport, disposal or treatment of, any Hazardous Substance (as defined by
CERCLA, as amended), owned, used or possessed by any Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower,
whether or not to a location identified by the Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) on the
National Priorities List, 40 C.F.R. Part 300 (or proposed by the EPA in the Federal Register for
listing on such National Priorities List) or identified under any corresponding state Law
concerning cleanup of waste disposal sites (a “State Superfund Law”) except to the extent that the
same has been performed in compliance with all Environmental Laws, the non-compliance with which in
the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

          (c) To the best knowledge of MBC, no predecessor of a Borrower has arranged by contract,
agreement or otherwise, (i) for the disposal or treatment of, or (ii) with a transporter for
transport for the disposal or treatment of, any Hazardous Substance, owned, used or possessed by
the predecessor, except to the extent that the same has been performed in compliance with all
Environmental Laws, the non-compliance with which in the aggregate would not have a Material
Adverse Effect;

          (d) Neither the Loan Parties, their Subsidiaries nor any of their Affiliates “owned” or
“operated” any “facility” at the time any Hazardous Substances were disposed of at such facility
within the meaning of CERCLA, as amended, or any State Superfund Law in violation of any applicable
Environmental Laws except to the extent that such violations would not have a Material Adverse
Effect.

     3.14 Proceeds. The Borrowers will use the proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans for
general corporate and working capital purposes.

     3.15 Margin Stock. The Borrowers will make no borrowing under this Agreement for the
purpose of buying or carrying any “margin stock”, as such term is used in Regulation U and related
regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended from time to time.
No Borrower owns any “margin stock”. No Borrower is engaged in the business of extending credit to
others for such purpose, and no part of the proceeds of any borrowing under this Agreement will be
used to purchase or carry any “margin stock” or to extend credit to others for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying any “margin stock”.

33

 

     3.16 No Event of Default; Compliance with Material Agreements. No event has occurred
and is continuing and no condition exists which constitutes an Event of Default or Potential
Default. No Borrower nor any of their Subsidiaries is (i) in violation of any term of any charter
instrument or bylaw or (ii) in default under any material agreement, lease or instrument to which
it is a party or by which it or any of its properties (owned or leased) may be subject or bound.

     3.17 No Material Adverse Change. Except as otherwise disclosed herein, since December
31, 2009, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

     3.18 Subsidiaries. Schedule 3.18 to this Agreement sets forth each Subsidiary
of each Borrower, the authorized and outstanding capital stock (or other equity interest) of such
Subsidiary and the outstanding capital stock (or other equity interest) of such Subsidiary which is
owned by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

     3.19 Labor Controversies. There are no labor controversies pending or, to the best
knowledge of the officers and directors of MBC, threatened, against any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries which, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

     3.20 Solvency. After the making of the Loans, each Borrower (a) will be able to pay
its debts as they become due, (b) will have funds and capital sufficient to carry on its business
and all businesses in which it is about to engage, and (c) will own property having a value at both
fair valuation and at fair saleable value in the ordinary course of its business greater than the
amount required to pay its debts as they become due. No Borrower was insolvent immediately prior
to the date of this Agreement and no Borrower will be rendered insolvent by the execution and
delivery of this Agreement, the borrowing hereunder and/or the consummation of any transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

     3.21 Governmental Regulation. The Loan Parties are not subject to regulation under
the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act
of 1940 or to any federal or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness
for borrowed money.

     3.22 Accurate and Complete Disclosure. No representation or warranty made by any Loan
Party under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or the schedules and exhibits attached
thereto, and to the best knowledge of the officers and directors of MBC, no statement made by any
Loan Party or its Subsidiaries in any financial statement (furnished pursuant to Sections 3.07 or
5.01 or otherwise), certificate, report, exhibit or document furnished by any Borrower or its
Subsidiaries to the Agent or any Bank pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement is false or
misleading (including by omission of information necessary to make such representation, warranty or
statement not misleading) in any manner which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

     3.23 Anti-Terrorism Laws.

          (a) No Loan Party nor any Affiliate of any Loan Party, is in violation of any Anti-Terrorism
Law or engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or

34

 

avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the
prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.

          (b) No Loan Party, nor or any Affiliate of any Loan Party, or its respective agents acting or
benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Loans or other transactions hereunder, is any of
the following (each a “Blocked Person”):

               (i) a Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the
Executive Order No. 13224;

               (ii) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed
in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order No. 13224;

               (iii) a Person with which the Banks are prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any
transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law;

               (iv) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as
defined in the Executive Order No. 13224;

               (v) a Person that is named as a “specially designated national” on the most current list
published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Asset Control at its official website
or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; or

               (vi) a Person who is affiliated or associated with a person or entity listed above.

          (c) No Loan Party or to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any of its agents acting in any
capacity in connection with the Loans or other transactions hereunder (i) conducts any business or
engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit
of any Blocked Person, or (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any
property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order No. 13224.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS OF LENDING

     The obligation of the Banks to make any Loan is subject to the satisfaction of the following
conditions:

     4.01 Representations and Warranties: Events of Default and Potential Defaults. The
representations and warranties contained in Article III shall be true and correct on and as of the
date of each Loan with the same effect as though made on and as of each such date. On the date of
each Loan, no Event of Default and no Potential Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
exist or shall occur or exist after giving effect to the Loan to be made on such date. Each
request by the Borrowers for any Loan shall constitute a representation and warranty by the

35

 

Borrowers that the conditions set forth in this Section 4.01 have been satisfied as of the
date of such request. The failure of the Agent to receive notice from the Borrowers to the
contrary before such Loan is made shall constitute a further representation and warranty by the
Borrowers that the conditions referred to in this Section 4.01 have been satisfied as of the date
such Loan is made.

     4.02 Proceedings and Incumbency. As of the Closing Date, each Loan Party shall have
delivered to the Agent a certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, dated as of
the Closing Date and signed on behalf of such Loan Party by the Secretary of such Loan Party
certifying as to (a) true copies of the articles of incorporation or certificate of incorporation,
as the case may be, and bylaws of such Loan Party as in effect on such date, (b) true copies of all
corporate action taken by such Loan Party relative to this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan
Documents including, but not limited to, that described in Section 3.03 of this Agreement, and (c)
the names, true signatures and incumbency of the officers of such Loan Party authorized to execute
and deliver this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents. The Agent and the Banks may
conclusively rely on each such certificate unless and until a later certificate revising the prior
certificate has been furnished to the Agent.

     4.03 Loan Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date, the Loan Documents,
satisfactory in terms, form and substance to the Agent and the Banks, shall have been executed and
delivered by the Loan Parties to the Agent and the Banks.

     4.04 Opinion of Counsel. On the Closing Date, there shall have been delivered to the
Agent a written opinion, dated the Closing Date, of counsel to the Loan Parties, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent and the Banks.

     4.05 Other Documents and Conditions. On or before the Closing Date, the following
documents and conditions shall have been delivered to the Agent or satisfied by or on behalf of the
Loan Parties to the satisfaction of the Agent:

          (a) Good Standing Certificates. (i) A good standing certificate of each of the Loan
Parties certifying as to the good standing and corporate status of each such Loan Party in its
jurisdiction of incorporation; and (ii) good standing/foreign qualification certificates from each
of the material jurisdictions in which such Loan Party is qualified to do business.

          (b) Financial Statements. Financial statements in form and substance satisfactory to
the Banks, as described in Section 3.07 of this Agreement.

          (c) Lien Searches. Copies of UCC searches conducted for each Loan Party in the
jurisdiction of incorporation of such Loan Party evidencing that no Liens exist against any Loan
Party except those Liens permitted by Section 6.01 of this Agreement.

          (d) Termination Statements and Other Releases. Evidence satisfactory to the Agent
that all necessary UCC-3 termination statements and other releases necessary to terminate any and
all Liens with respect to the Loan Parties that are not permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof
have been filed or satisfactory arrangements have been made for such filing.

36

 

          (e) No Material Adverse Change. No Material Adverse Change shall have occurred with
respect to any Borrower since December 31, 2009.

          (f) Refinancing of Commitments under Existing Loan Agreement. The commitments of the
banks party to the Existing Loan Agreement shall have been terminated and all Indebtedness incurred
by the Loan Parties thereunder shall have been paid in full.

          (g) Other Documents and Conditions. Such other documents and conditions as may
reasonably be requested to be submitted to the Agent or any Bank by the terms of this Agreement or
of any Loan Document or set forth on the Closing Checklist with respect to the transaction
contemplated by this Agreement.

     4.06 Details, Proceedings and Documents. All legal details and proceedings in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory to
the Agent and the Banks and the Agent and the Banks shall have received all such counterpart
originals or certified or other copies of such documents and proceedings in connection with such
transactions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Banks, as the
Agent and the Banks may request from time to time.

     4.07 Fees and Expenses. The Borrowers shall have paid all reasonable fees and charges
as required for the Closing and relating to the Closing, including reasonable legal fees, closing
costs, filing and notary fees and any other similar matters pertinent to the Closing.

ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     The Loan Parties covenant to the Agent and the Banks as follows:

     5.01 Reporting and Information Requirements.

          (a) Annual Audited Reports. As soon as practicable, and in any event within ninety
(90) days after the close of each fiscal year of the Loan Parties, the Loan Parties will furnish to
the Agent and each of the Banks Consolidated audited statements of income, retained earnings and
cash flow of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for such fiscal year and a Consolidated
audited balance sheet of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal
year, and notes to each, all in reasonable detail, setting forth in comparative form the
corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a
basis consistent with that of the preceding fiscal year (except for changes in application in which
such accountants concur) with such statements and balance sheet to be certified by independent
certified public accountants of recognized standing selected by the Loan Parties. The certificate
or report of such accountants described in the immediately preceding sentence that relates to the
fair presentation of the Loan Parties’ financial position shall be free of exception or
qualifications not reasonably acceptable to the Agent and the Banks and shall in any event contain
a written statement of such accountants substantially to the effect that such accountants examined
such statements and balance sheet in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.

37

 

          (b) Quarterly Reports. As soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five
(45) days after the close of each Fiscal Quarter during the term of this Agreement, the Loan
Parties will furnish to the Agent and each of the Banks the Consolidated and consolidating
statements of income and cash flow and the Consolidated and consolidating balance sheet that the
Loan Parties use to prepare the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ quarterly financial results
set forth in their 10-Q reports, all in reasonable detail. All such income statements, statements
of cash flow and balance sheets shall be prepared by the Loan Parties and certified by the
President or Chief Financial Officer or Corporate Controller of MBC as presenting fairly the
Consolidated and consolidating financial position of the Loan Parties as of the end of such Fiscal
Quarter and the results of their operations for such periods, in conformity with sound accounting
principles (subject to normal and recurring year-end audit adjustments) applied in a manner
consistent with that of the most recent audited financial statements furnished to the Banks.

          (c) Quarterly Compliance Certificate. The income statements and balance sheets as of
and for the end of each Fiscal Quarter which are delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b) of this
Agreement shall be accompanied by a compliance certificate, substantially in the form of
Exhibit “B” attached hereto, executed by the President or Chief Financial Officer or
Corporate Controller of MBC, stating that no Event of Default or Potential Default exists and that
the Loan Parties are in compliance with all applicable covenants contained in this Agreement. Such
certificate shall include all figures necessary to calculate the Loan Parties’ compliance with all
financial covenants set forth in this Agreement. If an Event of Default or Potential Default has
occurred and is continuing or exists, such certificate shall specify in detail the nature and
period of existence of the Event of Default or Potential Default and any action taken or
contemplated to be taken by the Loan Parties with respect thereto.

          (d) Reports to Governmental Agencies and Other Creditors. As soon as practicable, and
in any event within ten (10) days after the filing thereof, the Loan Parties shall furnish to the
Agent and each of the Banks a copy of MBC’s 10-K and 10-Q reports, each proxy statement, each
registration statement and all other reports which any Borrower is or may be required to file with
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any State Securities Commission.

          (e) Audit Reports. In addition to the reports set forth above, promptly upon receipt
thereof, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt by any Borrower, the Loan
Parties will deliver to the Agent and each of the Banks a copy of all formal or required reports
submitted to any Borrower by its independent auditors, including comment or management letters,
issued in connection with audits of the financial statements of any Borrower by such independent
auditors.

          (f) Annual Plan. On or before January 31 of each calendar year, the Loan Parties
shall submit to the Agent and each of the Banks projections for the Loan Parties and their
Subsidiaries for such calendar year in form substantially similar to the form of the projections
provided to the Loan Parties’ boards of directors for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010.

          (g) Visitation; Audits. The Loan Parties will permit such Persons as the Agent or any
of the Banks may designate (i) to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Loan Parties and
their Subsidiaries, (ii) to examine, and to make copies and extracts from, the books

38

 

and records of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and (iii) to discuss their affairs with
their officers during normal business hours; provided, however, if the Bank retains Persons not
affiliated with the Bank to conduct any such audit, the Bank shall use its reasonable best efforts
to ensure that such Persons are subject to appropriate non-disclosure and confidentiality
requirements for the benefit of the Loan Parties. Provided that no Event of Default has occurred,
the Agent or such Bank shall provide the Loan Parties with reasonable written notice of any such
visitation or inspection. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default,
the Loan Parties will permit such Persons as the Agent or any of the Banks may designate (i) to
visit and inspect any of the properties of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, (ii) to
examine, and to make copies and extracts from, the books and records of the Loan Parties and their
Subsidiaries and (iii) to discuss their affairs with their officers and independent accountants at
any time and without notice; provided, however, if the Bank retains Persons not affiliated with the
Bank to conduct any such audit, the Bank shall use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that such
Persons are subject to appropriate non-disclosure and confidentiality requirements for the benefit
of the Loan Parties.

          (h) Notice of Event of Default. Promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business
Days, after becoming aware of an Event of Default or Potential Default, the Borrowers will give the
Agent and each of the Banks notice of the Event of Default or Potential Default, together with a
written statement of the Presidents or Chief Financial Officers of the Borrowers setting forth the
details of the Event of Default or Potential Default and any action taken or contemplated to be
taken by the Loan Parties with respect thereto.

          (i) Notice of Material Adverse Change. Promptly, and in any event within five (5)
Business Days after becoming aware thereof, the Borrowers will give the Agent telephonic or
telegraphic notice (with written confirmation sent on the same or next Business Day) with respect
to any Material Adverse Change or any development or occurrence which would have a Material Adverse
Effect.

          (j) Notice of Proceedings. Promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days,
after becoming aware thereof, the Borrowers will give the Agent and each of the Banks notice of the
commencement, existence or threat of all proceedings by or before any Official Body against or
affecting any Borrower which, if adversely decided, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (k) Further Information. The Loan Parties will promptly, but in any event within
fifteen (15) days, furnish to the Agent and each of the Banks such other information, and in such
form, as the Agent or the Majority Banks may reasonably request from time to time.

     5.02 Preservation of Existence and Franchises. Except as otherwise permitted under
this Agreement, the Loan Parties will maintain their respective corporate existences, rights and
franchises in full force and effect in their respective jurisdictions of incorporation. Except to
the extent that the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan
Parties and their Subsidiaries will qualify and remain qualified as a foreign corporation in each
jurisdiction in which the ownership of their properties or the nature of their activities or both
makes such qualification necessary.

39

 

     5.03 Insurance. The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries will maintain with
financially sound and reputable insurers insurance with respect to their properties and business
and against such liabilities, casualties and contingencies and of such types and in such amounts as
is reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and as is customary in the case of corporations or other
entities engaged in the same or similar business or having similar properties similarly situated.
The Loan Parties agree to provide the Agent with thirty (30) days advance notice of the termination
of any such insurance coverage.

     5.04 Maintenance of Properties. Except to the extent that the failure to do so would
not have a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries will maintain or cause
to be maintained in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted), the
properties now or in the future owned, leased or otherwise possessed by each of them and shall make
or cause to be made all needful and proper repairs, renewals, replacements and improvements to the
properties so that the business carried on in connection with the properties may be properly and
advantageously conducted at all times.

     5.05 Payment of Liabilities. The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries will pay or
discharge:

          (a) on or prior to the date on which penalties attach, all taxes, assessments, fees and other
governmental charges or levies imposed upon them or any of their respective properties, income,
sales or franchises other than those contested with due diligence, in good faith, without the
incurrence of any Lien which would have a Material Adverse Effect and for which the Loan Parties
and their Subsidiaries have established sufficient reserves on their books;

          (b) on or prior to the date when due, all lawful claims of materialmen, mechanics, carriers,
warehousemen, landlords and other like persons which, if unpaid, might result in the creation of a
Lien upon any of their respective property other than those contested with due diligence, in good
faith, and for which the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries have established adequate reserves on
their books and for which the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have put in place adequate bonds
or other security to cover the amount of any such Lien; and

          (c) on or prior to the date when due, all other lawful claims which, if unpaid, might result
in the creation of a Lien upon any of their property other than those contested with due diligence,
in good faith without the occurrence of any Lien which would have a Material Adverse Effect and for
which the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have established sufficient reserves on their books.

     5.06 Financial Accounting Practices. The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries will
make and keep books, records and accounts which, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect their respective transactions and dispositions of assets and maintain a system of internal
accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (a) transactions are executed
in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (b) transactions are recorded as
necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain
accountability for assets, (c) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s
general or specific authorization and (d) the recorded accountability for assets is

40

 

compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with
respect to any differences.

     5.07 Compliance with Laws. The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries shall comply with
all applicable Laws, the non-compliance with which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.08 Pension Plans. The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries shall (a) keep in full
force and effect any and all Plans which are presently in existence or may, from time to time, come
into existence under ERISA, unless such Plans can be terminated without material liability to any
Borrower or its Subsidiaries in connection with such termination; (b) make contributions to each of
their Plans in a timely manner and in a sufficient amount to comply in all material respects with
the requirements of ERISA; (c) comply with all material requirements of ERISA which relate to such
Plans so as to preclude the occurrence of any Reportable Event, Prohibited Transaction (other than
a Prohibited Transaction subject to an exemption under ERISA) or material accumulated funding
deficiency as such term is defined in ERISA; and (d) notify the Agent immediately upon receipt by
any Borrower or its Subsidiaries of any notice of the institution of any proceeding or other action
which may result in the termination of any Plan. The Borrowers shall deliver to the Agent and each
of the Banks, promptly but in any event within ten (10) Business Days after the filing or receipt
thereof, copies of all reports or notices which any Borrower or its Subsidiaries files or receives
under ERISA with or from the Internal Revenue Service, the PBGC, or the U.S. Department of Labor,
other than reports or notices which do not have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.09 Use of Proceeds. The Borrowers shall use the proceeds of the Loans for the
purposes set forth in Section 3.14 hereof.

     5.10 Continuation of and Change in Business. The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries
will continue to engage generally in business and activities substantially similar to those
described in MBC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 (the
“2009 Form 10-K”) and the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries will not engage in any other business
or activity without the prior written consent of the Banks.

     5.11 Lien Searches. Upon an Event of Default, the Agent may, but shall not be
obligated to, conduct lien searches of the Loan Parties, their Subsidiaries and their assets and
properties at any time. The Borrowers shall reimburse the Agent for the Agent’s reasonable out of
pocket costs and expenses in connection with such lien searches.

     5.12 Further Assurances. The Loan Parties, at their own cost and expense, will cause
to be promptly and duly taken, executed, acknowledged and delivered all further acts, documents and
assurances as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request in order to more effectively carry
out the intent and purposes of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     5.13 Financial Covenants. The following financial covenants with respect to the Loan
Parties shall apply:

41

 

          (a) Leverage Ratio. As of September 30, 2010 and on the last day of each Fiscal
Quarter thereafter, for the period equal to the four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarters then ending,
the Borrowers shall maintain a Leverage Ratio in an amount not to exceed 2.5 to 1.0.

          (b) Interest and Rent Coverage Ratio. As of September 30, 2010 and as of the last day
of each Fiscal Quarter thereafter, for the period equal to the four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarters
then ending, the Borrowers shall maintain an Interest and Rent Coverage Ratio in an amount not less
than 1.25 to 1.0; provided, however, that, for purposes of this calculation, “Rent Expense” shall
be estimated by the Borrowers in good faith for each Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, September 30
and March 31 of each fiscal year of the Loan Parties.

     5.14 Amendment to Schedules. The Loan Parties may amend any one or more of the
schedules referred to in this Agreement (subject to prior written consent of the Majority Banks)
and any representation, warranty, or covenant contained herein which refers to any such schedule
shall from and after the date of any such amendment refer to such schedule as so amended;
provided, however, that in no event shall the amendment of any such schedule
constitute a waiver by the Banks of any Potential Default or Event of Default that exists
notwithstanding the amendment of such schedule.

     5.15 Additional Guarantors. The Borrowers will cause each Person which is or becomes a
Material Domestic Subsidiary to become a Guarantor as promptly as practicable after (but in any
event within ninety (90) days of) the date such Person first becomes a Material Domestic
Subsidiary, by causing such Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Agent a Guaranty, together
with all documents which the Agent may reasonably request relating to the existence of such
Subsidiary, the corporate authority for and the validity of such Guaranty, and any other matters
reasonably determined by the Agent to be relevant thereto, all in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent.

ARTICLE VI

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     The Loan Parties covenant to the Agent and the Banks as follows:

     6.01 Liens. No Borrower, nor any Subsidiary of a Borrower shall, at any time, incur,
create, assume or permit to exist, any Lien on any of its property or assets, tangible or
intangible, now or hereafter owned, or agree to become liable to do so, except:

          (a) such Liens existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 6.01 to this
Agreement;

          (b) Liens granted in favor of the Agent on behalf of the Banks;

          (c) pledges or deposits under workers compensation, unemployment insurance and social security
laws, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other

42

 

than for the repayment of borrowed money) or leases or to secure statutory obligations or
surety or similar bonds used in the ordinary course of business;

          (d) Liens arising from taxes, assessments, fees, charges, levies or claims described in
Section 5.05 of this Agreement;

          (e) purchase money security interests to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.02(e);
provided, however, that such security interest shall be limited solely to the equipment purchased
with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;

          (f) any unfiled materialmen’s, mechanics, workmen’s and repairmen’s Liens (provided, that if
such a Lien shall be filed or perfected, it shall be discharged of record immediately by payment,
bond or otherwise);

          (g) attachment, judgment and other similar Liens arising in connection with court proceedings,
so long as the existence of such Liens do not cause an Event of Default under Section 7.01(i) or
7.01(j) hereof;

          (h) reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights of way, covenants, conditions,
restrictions, leases and other similar title exceptions or encumbrances affecting real property,
provided that they do not, individually or in the aggregate, diminish the fair market value of the
real property affected thereby or the utility of such real property for the purposes for which such
property is presently devoted; and

          (i) Liens or deposits made in connection with contracts with or made at the request of the
United States of America or any department or agency thereof resulting from progress payments or
partial payments under any such contracts, incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Loan
Parties or their Subsidiaries.

     6.02 Indebtedness. No Borrower, nor any Subsidiary of a Borrower shall, at any time,
create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

          (a) Indebtedness under this Agreement, the Notes, the other Loan Documents or under any
Bank-Provided Hedge;

          (b) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.04(c) hereof;

          (c) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date, and described in Schedule 6.02 to this
Agreement; provided, however, that such Indebtedness shall not be extended, renewed, refinanced or
materially modified without the prior written consent of the Agent and the Majority Banks except
for those renewals or refinancings thereof which do not increase the interest rate charged thereon
or the principal amount thereof;

          (d) Current accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current items arising out of
transactions (other than borrowings) in the ordinary course of business;

          (e) Purchase money Indebtedness or Capitalized Lease Obligations for purchases or leases of
equipment in the ordinary course of business or Indebtedness represented

43

 

by unsecured promissory notes; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness, when
combined with the amount guaranteed pursuant to Section 6.03(d) hereof, shall not exceed Ten
Million and 00/100 Dollars ($10,000,000.00) in the aggregate, at any time, of all such purchase
money Indebtedness, Capitalized Lease Obligations, outstanding notes and guarantees;

          (f) Indebtedness that is subordinated to all Indebtedness under this Agreement, the Notes, the
other Loan Documents or any Bank-Provided Hedge, upon terms and conditions that are acceptable to
the Agent in its sole discretion, which does not exceed Twenty Million and 00/100 Dollars
($20,000,000.00) in the aggregate at any time.

     6.03 Guarantees and Contingent Liabilities. No Borrower nor any Subsidiary of a
Borrower shall, at any time directly or indirectly assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise agree,
become or remain directly or contingently liable upon or with respect to any obligation or
liability of any other Person other than a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower, except:

          (a) indemnities of directors and officers in their capacities as such, as permitted by Law;

          (b) endorsements on negotiable or other instruments in any amount for deposit or collection or
similar transactions in the ordinary course of their businesses;

          (c) those guarantees, indemnifications and performance bonds existing on the Closing Date and
set forth on Schedule 6.03 attached to this Agreement; and

          (d) other guarantees with respect to obligations or liabilities in an aggregate amount which,
when combined with the aggregate outstanding amount of the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to
Section 6.02(e) hereof, shall not exceed Ten Million and 00/100 Dollars ($10,000,000.00).

     6.04 Loans and Investments. No Borrower nor any Subsidiary of a Borrower shall
purchase, own or invest in any stock or other securities of any Person, or all or substantially all
of the assets of any Person, or any business or division of any Person (whether in a single or
series of related transactions) or make or permit to exist any investment or capital contribution
to or acquire any interest whatsoever in any other Person or permit to exist any loans or advances
to any Person except:

          (a) equity investments in the Subsidiaries as set forth on Schedule 3.18 to this
Agreement;

          (b) Acquisitions permitted under Section 6.05 hereof;

          (c) Loans to any Borrower from any Subsidiary of such Borrower;

          (d) other loans and investments existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule
6.04 attached to this Agreement;

          (e) investments in (i) direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency
thereof, (ii) obligations guaranteed by the United States of America, (iii) prime

44

 

commercial paper (rated by Moody’s Investors Service at not less than a A-2 and by Standard &
Poors at not less than P-2), (iv) certificates of deposit or repurchase agreements issued by any
Bank or any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of One Hundred Million Dollars
($100,000,000); (v) deposit accounts in and banker’s acceptances of, commercial banks, and (vi)
investments (other than equity investments listed on Schedule 3.18 attached hereto) in any
other Borrower or Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to usual and
customary terms in the form of advances to such Borrower or Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A)
the total amount of all such future advances made by the Borrowers to those Subsidiaries which are
not Borrowers, minus (B) the total amount of all such advances made by those Subsidiaries which are
not Borrowers to the Borrowers shall not, at any time, exceed Fifteen Million and 00/100 Dollars
($15,000,000.00) and provided, further, that the total amount of all such advances made by the
Borrowers to any single Subsidiary that is not a Borrower shall not exceed Ten Million and 00/100
Dollars ($10,000,000.00);

          (f) subject to Section 6.11 hereof, repurchases of outstanding common stock of any Borrower as
may be authorized by the board of directors of such Borrower from time to time; and

          (g) other investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time the lesser of (i)
Fifteen Million and 00/100 Dollars ($15,000,000) and (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the fair market
value of the Borrowers’ Cash Equivalent Investments at the time of calculation.

     6.05 Acquisitions. No Borrower nor any Subsidiary of a Borrower shall make an
Acquisition or enter into any agreement with respect thereto, except Acquisitions of Persons in
businesses similar to those described in the 2009 Form 10-K so long as each of the following
conditions are satisfied:

          (a) the Agent shall be given at least thirty (30) days advance written notice of any such
Acquisition with a purchase price in excess of Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00);

          (b) the Agent and the Banks shall have received all documentation with respect to such
Acquisition including, but not limited to, the purchase agreement and all related documentation and
approvals as requested by the Agent or any Bank;

          (c) if requested by the Agent or any Bank, the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Agent and the
Banks, pro forma financial statements of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries after giving
effect to such Acquisition;

          (d) immediately before and after the closing and funding of such Acquisition, (i) the amount
available under the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment shall be greater than or equal to Ten
Million and 00/100 Dollars ($10,000,000.00) and (ii) the pro-forma Leverage Ratio after giving
effect to such Acquisition shall be less than 2.25 to 1 for the four (4) consecutive Fiscal
Quarters most recently ended before the effective date of the Acquisition;

          (e) no Event of Default or Potential Default shall exist prior to such Acquisition and no
Event of Default or Potential Default shall occur or exist as a result of such Acquisition; and

45

 

          (f) the aggregate purchase price of all such Acquisitions shall not exceed (i) One Hundred
Fifty Percent (150%) of the pro forma EBITDA of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, after giving
effect to the Acquisition, for the twelve (12) month period ending on the last day of the month
immediately preceding the effective date of the Acquisition, such calculation of pro forma EBITDA
to be acceptable to Agent.

     6.06 Partnerships, Combinations, Mergers or Consolidations. No Borrower nor any
Subsidiary of a Borrower shall form a partnership or merge or consolidate with or into any other
Person, or agree to do any of the foregoing, except:

          (a) the Borrowers may permit any of their Subsidiaries to merge with or consolidate into a
Borrower if the Borrower is the surviving entity;

          (b) the Borrowers may permit any of their Subsidiaries to merge with or consolidate with
another Subsidiary;

          (c) any Borrower may merge with any other Borrower; and

          (d) the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries may complete Acquisitions permitted under Section
6.05 hereof.

     6.07 Dispositions of Assets. No Borrower nor any Subsidiary of a Borrower shall sell,
convey, pledge, assign, lease, abandon or otherwise transfer or dispose of, voluntarily or
involuntarily (any of the foregoing being referred to in this Section as a transaction and any
series of related transactions constituting but a single transaction), any of their respective
properties or assets, tangible or intangible (including stock of Subsidiaries) except:

          (a) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

          (b) sales of assets which are no longer useful to the business of the Loan Parties or their
Subsidiaries, made in the ordinary course of business;

          (c) so long as no Event of Default or Potential Default shall have occurred, sales or
dispositions of assets in the ordinary course of a Borrower’s business having a fair market value,
at the time of sale or disposition, not in excess of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand and 00/100
Dollars ($2,500,000.00) in the aggregate for all such sales and dispositions in any fiscal year.

     6.08 Double Negative Pledge. No Borrower nor any Subsidiary of a Borrower shall enter
into or suffer to exist any agreement with any Person, other than in connection with this
Agreement, which prohibits or limits the ability of the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary to create,
incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets of any
kind (real or personal, tangible or intangible) of the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired or created.

     6.09 Self-Dealing. No Borrower nor any Subsidiary of a Borrower shall enter into or
carry out any loan, advance or other transaction (including, without limitation, purchasing
property or services, or selling property or services) with any Affiliate, except that
shareholders,

46

 

directors, officers or partners of a Borrower or a Subsidiary may render services to such
Borrower or Subsidiary for compensation at the same rates generally paid by corporations or
partnerships engaged in the same or similar businesses, and a Borrower or a Subsidiary may enter
into transactions with Affiliates if such transactions are disclosed to the Agent and the Banks and
made on terms comparable to those which could be obtained in arms length transactions with a Person
who is not an Affiliate.

     6.10 Capital Expenditures. The Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to, make or commit to make, Capital Expenditures in any fiscal year aggregating, for all
Loan Parties and Subsidiaries, more than Twelve Million and 00/100 Dollars ($12,000,000.00). For
purposes of this Section 6.10, amounts paid with respect to Acquisitions shall not constitute
Capital Expenditures.

     6.11 Distributions. No Borrower shall declare, make, pay, or agree, become or remain
liable to make or pay, any Distributions of any nature (whether in cash, property, securities or
otherwise) on account of or in respect of any shares of the capital stock of such Borrower or on
account of the purchase, redemption, retirement or acquisition of any shares of the capital stock
(or warrants, options, or rights for any shares of the capital stock of the Borrower) other than
(i) Distributions declared, made or paid by a Subsidiary of a Borrower to such Borrower, (ii)
Distributions made by MBC in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Million and 00/100 Dollars
($5,000,000.00) from and after the date of this Agreement, or (iii) Distributions to repurchase
shares of capital stock of MBC upon terms and at times that are determined by the board of
directors of MBC from time to time, provided that such Distributions do not exceed Ten Million and
00/100 Dollars ($10,000,000.00) during any rolling twelve (12) month period. No Borrower nor any
Subsidiary of a Borrower shall enter into or suffer to exist any agreement with any Person, other
than in connection with this Agreement, which prohibits or limits the ability of the Loan Parties
or any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Distribution.

     6.12 Margin Stock. The Borrowers will not use the proceeds of any Loans directly or
indirectly to purchase or carry any “margin stock” (within the meaning of Regulations U, T, or X of
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or to extend credit to others for the purpose
of purchasing or carrying, directly or indirectly, any margin stock.

     6.13 Fiscal Year; Tax Designation. No Borrower shall change its fiscal year; or elect
to be designated as an entity other than its current tax designation without the prior written
consent of the Agent and the Majority Banks.

     6.14 Anti-Terrorism Laws. The Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates and agents
shall not (i) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person,
including making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of
any Blocked Person, (ii) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property
or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order No. 13224; or (iii) engage in or
conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or
avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in the Executive Order No.
13224, the USA Patriot Act or any other Anti-Terrorism Law. The Loan Parties shall deliver to the
Bank any certification or other evidence requested from time to time by the Bank in its sole
discretion, confirming the Loan Parties’ compliance with this Section 6.14.

47

 

ARTICLE VII

DEFAULTS

     7.01 Events of Default. An Event of Default means the occurrence or existence of one
or more of the following events or conditions (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and
whether voluntary, involuntary or effected by operation of Law):

          (a) The Borrowers shall fail to pay principal on any of the Notes when due; or

          (b) The Borrowers shall fail to pay interest on the Loans or any fees payable pursuant to
Article II of this Agreement within five (5) days of the date such interest or fees are due; or

          (c) The Borrowers shall fail to pay any other fee, or other amount payable pursuant to this
Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents within ten (10) days after written notice
to MBC by the Agent or any Bank; or

          (d) Any representation or warranty made by any Loan Party under this Agreement, the Notes or
any of the other Loan Documents or any statement made by any Loan Party in any financial statement,
certificate, report, exhibit or document furnished by the Loan Parties to the Agent or any Bank
pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall prove to have been false or misleading
in any material respect as of the time when made; or

          (e) Any Loan Party shall be in default in the performance or observance of any covenant
contained in Sections 5.01(h); 5.01(i); 5.01(j); 5.01(k); 5.13 or any section in Article VI hereof
(other than Section 6.14); or

          (f) Any Loan Party shall be in default in the performance or observance of any covenant
contained in Sections 5.01(a); 5.01(b); 5.01(c); 5.01(d); 5.01(e); 5.01(f); 5.01(g); 5.07 or 5.08
hereof and such default shall not have been cured within fifteen (15) days of the occurrence of
such default; or

          (g) Any Loan Party shall be in default in the performance or observance of any covenant
contained in Sections 5.02; 5.03; 5.05; 5.09; 5.10, 5.14 or 6.14 hereof and such default shall not
have been cured within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of such default; or

          (h) Any Loan Party shall be in default in the performance or observance of any other covenant
hereof or under any other Loan Document, or any Bank-Provided Hedge and such default shall not have
been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice to MBC by the Agent; or

          (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary shall (i) default (as principal or guarantor or other
surety) in any payment of principal of or interest on any obligation (or set of related
obligations) for borrowed money in excess of One Million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00), beyond
any period of grace with respect to the payment or, if such obligation (or set of related
obligations) is or are payable or repayable on demand, fails to pay or repay such obligation or
obligations when demanded, or (ii) default in the observance of any other covenant,

48

 

term or condition contained in any agreement or instrument by which an obligation (or set of
related obligations) is or are created, secured or evidenced, if the effect of such default is to
cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such obligation or obligations (or a trustee or agent
on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, all or part of such obligation or obligations to
become due before its or their otherwise stated maturity; or

          (j) One or more final judgments for the payment of money in excess of One Million and 00/100
Dollars ($1,000,000.00) shall have been entered against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and, in
the case of any such judgment or judgments which in the aggregate are less than Two Million and
00/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00), such judgment or judgments shall have remained undischarged and
unstayed for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days; or

          (k) A writ or warrant of attachment, garnishment, execution, distraint or similar process,
exceeding in value the aggregate amount of One Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($100,000.00),
shall have been issued against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary or any of their respective
properties and, in the event the value of such matters is in the aggregate less than One Million
and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00), such shall remain undischarged and unstayed for a period of
thirty (30) consecutive days; or

          (l) The Majority Banks have determined in their reasonable judgment that a Material Adverse
Change has occurred or that the prospect of payment or performance of any covenant, agreement or
duty under this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents is impaired; or

          (m) A Change of Control shall occur; or

          (n) (i) A Termination Event with respect to a Plan shall occur, (ii) any Person shall engage
in any prohibited transaction involving any Plan, (iii) an accumulated funding deficiency, whether
or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan, (iv) any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate
shall be in “Default” (as defined in Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA) with respect to payments due to a
multi-employer Plan resulting from such Loan Party’s or any ERISA affiliate’s, complete or partial
withdrawal (as described in Section 4203 or 4205 of ERISA) from such Plan, or (v) any other event
or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a single employer Plan, except that no such event
or condition shall constitute an Event of Default if it, together with all other events or
conditions at the time existing, would not have a Material Adverse Effect; or

          (o) A proceeding shall be instituted in respect of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary:

               (i) seeking to have an order for relief entered in respect of such Loan Party or any
Subsidiary or seeking a declaration or entailing a finding that such Loan Party or any Subsidiary
is insolvent or a similar declaration or finding, or seeking dissolution, winding-up, charter
revocation or forfeiture, liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or
other similar relief with respect to such Loan Party or any Subsidiary, its assets or debts under
any Law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, relief of debtors or protection of creditors,
termination of legal entities or any other similar Law now or in the future which shall

49

 

not have been dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days after such proceedings were
instituted; or

               (ii) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, liquidator, assignee, sequestrator
or other similar official for any Loan Party or any Subsidiary or for all or any substantial part
of its property which shall not have been dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days after such
proceedings were instituted; or

          (p) Any Loan Party shall voluntarily suspend transaction of its business, any Loan Party or
any Subsidiary shall become insolvent, shall become generally unable to pay its debts as they
become due, shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, shall institute a
proceeding described in Section 7.01(o)(i) of this Agreement or shall consent to any order for
relief, declaration, finding or relief described in Section 7.01(o)(i) of this Agreement, shall
institute a proceeding described in Section 7.01(o)(ii) of this Agreement or shall consent to the
appointment or to the taking of possession by any such official of all or any substantial part of
its property whether or not any proceeding is instituted, shall dissolve, wind-up or liquidate
itself or any substantial part of its property, or shall take any action in furtherance of any of
the foregoing.

     7.02 Consequences of an Event of Default.

          (a) If an Event of Default specified in subsections (c) through (n) of Section 7.01 of this
Agreement occurs, the Agent and the Banks will be under no further obligation to make Loans or
issue Letters of Credit and may at the option of the Majority Banks (i) demand the unpaid principal
amount of the Notes, interest accrued on the unpaid principal amount thereof and all other amounts
owing by the Loan Parties under this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents to be
immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all
of which are expressly waived, and an action for any amounts due shall accrue immediately; and (ii)
require the Borrowers to, and the Borrowers shall thereupon, deposit in a non-interest bearing
account with the Agent, as cash collateral for their obligations under the Loan Documents, an
amount equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the Letter of Credit Reserve, and the Borrowers
hereby pledge to the Agent, and grant to the Agent a security interest in, all such cash as
security for such obligations of the Borrowers.

          (b) If an Event of Default specified in subsections (a), (b), (o) or (p) of Section 7.01 of
this Agreement occurs and continues or exists, the Agent and the Banks will be under no further
obligation to make Loans or issue Letters of Credit and the unpaid principal amount of the Notes,
interest accrued thereon and all other amounts owing by the Loan Parties under this Agreement, the
Notes and the other Loan Documents shall automatically become immediately due and payable without
presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived, and an
action for any amounts due shall accrue immediately.

     7.03 Set-Off. If the unpaid principal amount of the Notes, interest accrued on the
unpaid principal amount of the Notes or other amount owing by the Loan Parties under this
Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents shall have become due and payable (at maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise), each of the Banks, any assignee of the Banks and the holder of any
participation in any Loan will each have the right, in addition to all other rights and

50

 

remedies available to it, without notice to the Loan Parties, to set-off against and to
appropriate and apply to such due and payable amounts any debt owing to, and any other funds held
in any manner for the account of, any Borrower by such Bank, by such assignee or by such holder
including, without limitation, all funds in all deposit accounts (whether time or demand, general
or special, provisionally credited or finally credited, or otherwise) now or in the future
maintained by any Borrower with such Bank, assignee or holder. The Loan Parties consent to and
confirm the foregoing arrangements and confirm the Banks’ rights, such assignee’s rights and such
holder’s rights of banker’s lien and set-off. Nothing in this Agreement will be deemed a waiver or
prohibition of or restriction on the Banks’ rights, such assignee’s rights or any such holder’s
rights of banker’s lien or set-off.

     7.04 Equalization. Each Bank agrees with the other Banks that if, at any time, it
shall obtain any Advantage over the other Banks or any thereof in respect of the Indebtedness of
the Loan Parties to the Banks, it shall purchase from the other Banks, for cash and at par, such
additional participation in the Indebtedness of the Loan Parties to the Banks as shall be necessary
to nullify the Advantage. If any such Advantage resulting in the purchase of an additional
participation as aforesaid shall be recovered in whole or in part from the Bank receiving the
Advantage, each such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored (but without
interest unless the Bank receiving the Advantage is required to pay interest on the Advantage to
the Person recovering the Advantage from such Bank) ratably to the extent of the recovery. Each
Bank agrees with the other Banks that if it, at any time, shall receive any payment for or on
behalf of the Loan Parties on any Indebtedness of the Loan Parties to that Bank by reason of offset
of any deposit or other Indebtedness of the Loan Parties to the Banks, it will apply such payment
first to any and all Indebtedness of the Loan Parties to the Banks pursuant to this Agreement
(including, without limitation, any participation purchased or to be purchased pursuant to this
Section or any other Section of this Agreement). The Loan Parties agree that any Bank so
purchasing a participation from the other Banks or any thereof pursuant to this Section may
exercise all of its rights of payment (including the right of setoff) with respect to such
participation as fully as if such Bank was a direct creditor of the Loan Parties in the amount of
such participation.

     7.05 Other Remedies. The remedies in this Article VII are in addition to, not in
limitation of, any other right, power, privilege, or remedy, either in Law, in equity, or
otherwise, to which the Banks may be entitled. The Agent shall exercise the rights under this
Article VII and all other collection efforts on behalf of the Banks and no Bank shall act
independently with respect thereto, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

THE AGENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS

     8.01 Appointment and Authorization; No Liability. The Banks authorize Citizens and
Citizens hereby agrees to act as agent for the Banks in respect of this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Each Bank hereby
irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to
exercise such powers hereunder as are expressly delegated to the Agent by the terms of this
Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents, together with such powers as are reasonably

51

 

incidental thereto; provided that no duties or responsibilities not expressly assumed herein
or therein shall be implied to have been assumed by the Agent. The relationship between the Agent
and the Banks is and shall be that of agent and principal only, and nothing contained in this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall be construed to constitute the Agent as a
trustee for any Bank. Neither the Agent nor any of its shareholders, directors, officers,
attorneys or employees nor any other Person assisting them in their duties nor any agent or
employee thereof, shall (a) be liable for any waiver, consent or approval given or action taken or
omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents or in connection
herewith or therewith or be responsible for the consequences of any oversight or error of judgment
whatsoever, or (b) be liable to the Loan Parties for consequential damages resulting from any
breach of contract, tort or other wrong in connection with the negotiation, documentation,
administration or collection of the Loans or any of the Loan Documents, except with respect to (a)
and (b) hereof, to the extent of its or their willful misconduct or gross negligence as finally
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

     8.02 Employees and Agents. The Agent may exercise its powers and execute its duties
by or through employees or agents and shall be entitled to take, and to rely on, advice of counsel
concerning all matters pertaining to its rights and duties under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and shall not be liable for action taken or suffered in good faith by it in accordance
with the opinion of such counsel. The Agent may utilize the services of such Persons as the Agent
in its sole discretion may determine, and all reasonable fees and expenses of any such Persons
shall be paid by the Loan Parties and if not paid by the Loan Parties shall be paid by the Banks
based upon their respective Commitment Percentages.

     8.03 No Representations; Each Bank’s Independent Investigation. The Agent shall not
be responsible for (a) the execution, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Notes, any
of the other Loan Documents or any instrument at any time constituting, or intended to constitute,
collateral security for the Notes, (b) the value of any such collateral security, (c) the validity,
enforceability or collectibility of any such amounts owing with respect to the Notes, or (d) any
recitals or statements, warranties or representations made herein or in any of the other Loan
Documents or in any certificate or instrument hereafter furnished to it by or on behalf of the Loan
Parties. The Agent shall not be bound (a) to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or
observance of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or agreements herein or in any instrument at
any time constituting, or intended to constitute, collateral security for the Indebtedness
evidenced by the Notes or (b) to ascertain whether any notice, consent, waiver or request delivered
to it by the Loan Parties or any holder of any of the Notes shall have been duly authorized or is
true, accurate and complete. The Agent has not made nor does it now make any representations or
warranties, express or implied, nor does it assume any liability to the Banks with respect to the
creditworthiness, financial condition or any other condition of the Loan Parties or with respect to
the statements contained in any information memorandum furnished in connection herewith or in any
other oral or written communication between the Agent and such Bank. Each Bank acknowledges that
it has, independently without reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank, and based upon such
information and documents as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision
to enter into this Agreement and agrees that the Agent has no duty or responsibility, either
initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Bank with any credit or other information with
respect thereto (other than such notices as may be expressly required to be given by the Agent to
the Banks hereunder).

52

 

     8.04 Payments to Banks.

          (a) As between the Agent and the Borrowers, a payment by the Borrowers to the Agent hereunder
or any of the other Loan Documents for the account of any Bank shall constitute a payment to such
Bank. The Agent agrees to promptly, but in any event not later than the end of the following
Business Day, distribute to each Bank such Bank’s Pro Rata Share of payments received by the Agent
for the account of the Banks in immediately available funds.

          (b) If in the opinion of the Agent the distribution of any amount received by it in such
capacity hereunder, under the Notes or under any of the other Loan Documents, could reasonably be
expected to involve it in liability, it may refrain from making distribution until its right to
make distribution shall have been adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction. If a court of
competent jurisdiction shall adjudge that any amount received by the Agent for the account of the
Banks is to be distributed, the Agent shall distribute to each Bank such Bank’s Pro Rata Share of
the amount so adjudged to be distributed or in such manner as shall be determined by such court,
together with interest thereon, in respect of each day during the period commencing on the date
such amount was made available to the Agent and ending on the date the Agent distributes such
amount, at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate earned by the Agent on such amount during
such period. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall adjudge that any amount received and
distributed by the Agent is to be repaid, each Person to whom any such distribution shall have been
made shall either repay to the Agent its proportionate share of the amount so adjudged to be repaid
or shall pay over the same in such manner and to such Persons as shall be determined by such court.

          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents, any Bank that fails (i) to make available to the Agent its Pro Rata Share of any
Loan that the Agent made on its behalf or (ii) to comply with the provisions of Section 7.04 with
respect to it obtaining an Advantage, in each case as, when and to the full extent required by the
provisions of this Agreement, shall be deemed delinquent and shall not be entitled to vote on any
matters until such time as such delinquency is cured. Such Bank shall be deemed to have assigned
any and all payments due it from the Borrowers, whether on account of outstanding Loans, interest,
fees or otherwise, to the remaining Banks for application to, and reduction of, their respective
Pro Rata Shares of all outstanding Loans. Such Bank hereby authorizes the Agent to distribute such
payments to the other Banks in proportion to their respective Pro Rata Shares of all outstanding
Loans. Such Bank shall be deemed to have satisfied in full a delinquency when and if the Banks’
respective Pro Rata Shares of all outstanding Loans have returned to those in effect immediately
prior to such delinquency and without giving effect to the nonpayment causing such delinquency.

     8.05 Note Holders. The Agent may treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof
until written notice of transfer shall have been filed with it signed by such payee and in form
satisfactory to the Agent.

     8.06 Documents. The Agent shall not be under any duty to examine into or pass upon
the validity, effectiveness, genuineness or value of any Loan Documents or any other document
furnished pursuant hereto or in connection herewith or the value of any collateral obtained

53

 

hereunder, and the Agent shall be entitled to assume that the same are valid, effective and
genuine and what they purport to be.

     8.07 Agents and Affiliates. With respect to the Loans, the Agent shall have the same
rights and powers hereunder as any other Bank and may exercise the same as though it were not the
agent, and the Agent and its affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally
engage in any kind of business with the Loan Parties or any of their Affiliates.

     8.08 Indemnification of Agent. The Banks ratably agree to indemnify and hold harmless
the Agent (to the extent not indemnified by the Loan Parties) from and against any and all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or
disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted
against the Agent in its capacity as agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement
or any Loan Document or any action taken or omitted by the Agent with respect to this Agreement or
any Loan Document, provided that no Bank shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including
attorney fees) or disbursements resulting from the Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct
as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. The obligations of the Banks under
this Section 8.08 shall survive the payment in full of all amounts due pursuant to this Agreement
or any other Loan Document and the termination of this Agreement.

     8.09 Successor Agent. The Agent may resign as agent hereunder by giving not fewer
than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Borrowers and the Banks. If the Agent shall
resign under this Agreement, then either (a) the Majority Banks shall appoint from among the Banks
a successor agent for the Banks or (b) if a successor agent shall not be so appointed and approved
within the thirty (30) day period following the Agent’s notice to the Banks of its resignation,
then the Agent shall appoint a successor agent who shall serve as agent until such time as the
Majority Banks appoint a successor agent pursuant to clause (a). Upon its appointment, such
successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties as agent, and the term “Agent” shall
mean such successor effective upon its appointment, and the former agent’s rights, powers and
duties as agent shall be terminated without any other or further act or deed on the part of such
former agent or any of the parties to this Agreement.

     8.10 Knowledge of Default. It is expressly understood and agreed that the Agent shall
be entitled to assume that no Event of Default or Potential Default has occurred and is continuing
unless the Agent has been notified by a Bank or the Borrowers in writing that such Bank or the
Borrowers consider that an Event of Default or Potential Default has occurred and is continuing and
specifying the nature thereof.

     8.11 Action by Agent. So long as the Agent shall be entitled, pursuant to Section
8.10 hereof, to assume that no Event of Default or Potential Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, the Agent shall be entitled to use its discretion with respect to exercising or
refraining from exercising any rights which may be vested in it by, or with respect to taking or
refraining from taking any action or actions which it may be able to take under or in respect of,
this Agreement. The Agent shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement by acting
upon any notice, certificate, warranty or other paper or instrument believed by it to be

54

 

genuine or authentic or to be signed by the proper party or parties, or with respect to
anything which it may do or refrain from doing in the reasonable exercise of its judgment.

     8.12 Notification of Potential Defaults and Events of Defaults. Each Bank hereby
agrees that, upon learning of the existence of a Potential Default or Event of Default, it shall
promptly notify the Agent thereof. In the event that the Agent receives notice of an Event of
Default or Potential Default, the Agent shall promptly notify all of the Banks and shall take such
action and assert such rights under this Agreement as the Majority Banks shall direct and the Agent
shall promptly inform the Banks in writing of the action taken. The Agent may take such action and
assert such rights as it deems to be advisable, in its discretion, for the protection of the
interests of the holders of the Notes.

     8.13 Declaration of Invalidation. Each Bank agrees that, to the extent that any
payments received by any Bank from the Borrowers or otherwise on account of the Loans are
subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or judicially
required to be repaid to a debtor-in-possession, trustee, receiver, custodian or any other Person
in connection with any proceeding referred to in Section 7.01(p) hereof or any similar cause of
action (“Preference”), then, to the extent of such Preference, each Bank shall, upon demand,
reimburse the Bank subject to such Preference in the amount necessary to cause each Bank to be
affected by such Preference in proportion to its Pro Rata Share of the Loans.

     8.14 Pro Rata Portion, Pari Passu and Equal. The Pro Rata Share of each Bank in the
Loans and the Letters of Credit shall be pari passu and equal with the Pro Rata
Share of each other Bank and no Bank shall have priority over the other.

     8.15 Cooperation. Each Bank agrees that it shall cooperate in good faith and in a
commercially reasonable manner with each other Bank and take whatever reasonable actions (at its
own expense) are necessary to implement decisions made in accordance with this Agreement and with
each of the other Loan Documents relating thereto.

     8.16 Obligations Several. The obligations of the Banks hereunder are several and not
joint. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken by the Agent or the Banks pursuant
hereto, shall be deemed to constitute a partnership, association, joint venture or other entity
between any of the Banks. No default by any Bank hereunder shall excuse any Bank from any
obligation under this Agreement, but no Bank shall have or acquire any additional obligation of any
kind by reason of such default. The relationship among the Borrowers and the Banks with respect to
the Loan Documents and any other document executed in connection therewith is and shall be solely
that of debtor and creditors, respectively, and neither the Agent nor any Bank has any fiduciary
obligation toward the Borrowers with respect to any such documents or the transactions contemplated
thereby.

     8.17 Bank Assignments/Participations.

          (a) Assignment/Transfer of Commitments.

          Each Bank shall have the right at any time or times to assign or transfer to another Eligible
Assignee, without recourse, all or a portion of (a) that Bank’s Commitment, (b) all Loans made by
that Bank, (c) that Bank’s Notes, and (d) that Bank’s participation purchased pursuant to

55

 

Section 7.04; provided, however, in each such case, that the transferor and the transferee
shall have complied with the following requirements:

               (i) Prior Consent of Agent. No transfer may be consummated pursuant to this Section
8.17(a) (including, without limitation, a transfer from one Bank to another Bank) without the prior
written consent of the Agent (other than a transfer by any Bank to any affiliate of such Bank or a
transfer occurring during the existence of an Event of Default or Potential Default), which consent
of the Agent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

               (ii) Prior Consent of Borrowers. No transfer may be consummated pursuant to this
Section 8.17(a) (including, without limitation, a transfer from one Bank to another Bank) without
the prior written consent of the Borrowers (other than a transfer by any Bank to any affiliate of
such Bank or a transfer occurring during the existence of an Event of Default or Potential
Default), which consent of the Borrowers shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or
conditioned.

               (iii) Minimum Amount. No transfer may be consummated pursuant to this Section 8.17(a)
(including, without limitation, a transfer from one Bank to another Bank other than a transfer by
any Bank to an affiliate of such Bank) in an aggregate amount less than (a) Five Million and 00/100
Dollars ($5,000,000.00) or (b) if such Bank’s Commitment is at any time less than Five Million and
00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00), the entire amount of such Bank’s Commitment.

               (iv) Agreement; Transfer Fee. Unless the transfer shall be to an affiliate of the
transferor or the transfer shall be due to merger of the transferor or for regulatory purposes, the
transferor (A) shall remit to the Agent, for its own account, an administrative fee of Three
Thousand Five Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($3,500.00) and (B) shall cause the transferee to execute
and deliver to the Borrowers, the Agent and each Bank (1) an Assignment Agreement, in the form of
Exhibit “C” attached hereto and made a part hereof (an “Assignment Agreement”) together
with the consents and releases and the Administrative Questionnaire referenced therein, and (2)
such additional amendments, assurances and other writings as the Agent may reasonably require.

               (v) Notes. Upon its receipt of an Assignment Agreement executed by the parties to
such Assignment, together with each Note subject to such Assignment Agreement, the Agent shall (a)
record the information contained therein in the Register, and (b) give prompt notice thereof to the
Borrowers and the other Banks. Within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such notice, the
Borrowers, at their own expense, shall execute and deliver (A) to the Agent, the transferor and the
transferee, any consent or release (of all or a portion of the obligations of the transferor) to be
delivered in connection with the Assignment Agreement, and (B) to the transferee and, if
applicable, the transferor, the appropriate Notes. Upon delivery of the new Notes, the
transferor’s Notes shall be promptly returned to the Borrowers marked “replaced”.

               (vi) Parties. Upon satisfaction of the requirements of this Section 8.17(a),
including the payment of the fee and the delivery of the documents set forth in Section
8.17(a)(iv), (A) the transferee shall become and thereafter be deemed to be a “Bank” for the

56

 

purposes of this Agreement, (B) if the transferor transfers all of its interest, the
transferor shall cease to be and thereafter shall no longer be deemed to be a “Bank” and shall have
no further rights or obligations under or in connection herewith, and (C) the signature pages
hereof and Schedule 1 hereto shall be automatically amended, without further action, to
reflect the result of any such transfer.

               (vii) The Register. The Agent shall maintain a copy of each Assignment Agreement
delivered to it and a register or similar list (the “Register”) for the recordation of the names
and addresses of the Banks and the Commitment Percentages of, and principal amount of the Loans
owing to, each Bank from time to time. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the
absence of manifest error, with respect to such information, and the Borrowers, the Agent and the
Banks may treat each financial institution whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of
the Loan recorded therein for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for
inspection by the Borrowers or any Bank at any reasonable time and from time to time upon
reasonable prior notice.

               (viii) Certain Representations and Warranties; Limitations; Covenants. By executing
and delivering an Assignment Agreement, the parties to the assignment thereunder confirm to and
agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows:

                    (a) Other than the representation and warranty that it is the legal and beneficial owner of
the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim, the assigning Bank makes
no representation and warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements,
warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the execution,
legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, the other
Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto;

                    (b) The assigning Bank makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility of
the financial condition of the Borrowers or any other Person primarily or secondarily liable in
respect of any of the Indebtedness of the Borrowers to the Banks, or the performance or observance
by the Borrowers or any other Person primarily or secondarily liable in respect of any of the
Indebtedness of the Borrowers to the Banks or any of their obligations under this Agreement or any
of the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or
thereto;

                    (c) Such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies
of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 5.01 and such other documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into
the Assignment Agreement;

                    (d) Such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon the assigning Bank, the Agent
or any other Bank and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this
Agreement;

57

 

                    (e) Such assignee represents and warrants that it is an Eligible Assignee;

                    (f) Such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf
and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to
the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto;

                    (g) Such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the
obligations that by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Bank; and

                    (h) Such assignee represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into such
Assignment Agreement.

          (b) Participations.

          Each Bank shall have the right at any time or times, without the consent of any other party,
to sell one or more participations or sub-participations to one or more financial institutions, in
all or any part of (a) that Bank’s Commitment, (b) that Bank’s Commitment Percentage, (c) any Loan
made by that Bank, (d) any Note delivered to that Bank pursuant to this Agreement and (e) that
Bank’s participations, if any, purchased pursuant to Section 7.04 or this Section 8.17(b).

               (i) Rights Reserved. In the event any Bank shall sell any participation or
sub-participation, that Bank shall, as between itself and the purchaser, retain all of its rights
(including, without limitation, rights to enforce against the Borrowers the Loan Documents and any
and all other documents in connection therewith) and duties pursuant to the Loan Documents and any
and all other documents in connection therewith, including, without limitation, that Bank’s right
to approve any waiver, consent or amendment pursuant to Section 9.02; provided, however, that (a)
any such participation shall be in a minimum amount of Five Million and 00/100 Dollars
($5,000,000.00) and (b) the holder of any such participation shall not be entitled to require such
Bank to take any action hereunder except action directly affecting (i) any reduction in the
principal amount or an interest rate on any Loan in which such holder participates; (ii) any
extension of the Expiry Date or the date fixed for any payment of interest or principal payable
with respect to any Loan in which such holder participates; and (iii) any reduction in the amount
of any fees payable hereunder with respect to any Loan in which such holder participates. The
Borrowers hereby acknowledge and agree that the participant under each participation shall for
purposes of Sections 2.11(b), 2.12, 7.03 and 9.16 be considered to be a “Bank”; provided, however,
for purposes of Section 2.11(b), the rights of any participant shall not exceed the rights of the
participating Bank. Except as otherwise set forth herein, no participant or sub-participant shall
have any rights or obligations hereunder, and the Borrowers and the Agent shall continue to deal
with the Banks as if no participation or sub-participation had occurred. The Agent shall continue
to distribute payments as if no participation or sub-participation had been sold.

58

 

               (ii) No Delegation. No participation or sub-participation shall operate as a
delegation of any duty of the seller thereof. Under no circumstances shall any participation or
sub-participation be deemed a novation in respect of all or any part of the seller’s obligations
pursuant to this Agreement.

          (c) Pledge by Banks. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8.17, any Bank
may at any time pledge all or any portion of its interest and rights under this Agreement
(including all or any portion of its Notes) to any of the federal reserve banks organized under
Section 4 of the Federal Reserve Act, 12 U.S.C. §341. No such pledge or the enforcement thereof
shall release the pledgor Bank from its obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan
Documents.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

     9.01 Business Days. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, whenever any
payment or action to be made or taken under this Agreement, or under the Notes or under any of the
other Loan Documents is stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment or
action will be made or taken on the next following Business Day and such extension of time will be
included in computing interest or fees, if any, in connection with such payment or action.

     9.02 Amendments and Waivers. No amendment, modification, termination, or waiver of
any provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document, nor consent to any variance therefrom, shall
be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Majority Banks and the Borrowers
and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the
specific purpose given. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, unanimous
consent of the Banks shall be required with respect to (a) any increase in the Commitments
hereunder, (b) the extension of the Expiry Date, the payment date of interest or principal
hereunder, or the payment of commitment or other fees or amounts payable hereunder, (c) any
reduction in the rate of interest on the Notes, or in any amount of principal or interest due on
any Note, or the payment of commitment or other fees hereunder or any change in the manner of pro
rata application of any payments made by the Borrowers to the Banks hereunder, (d) any change in
any percentage voting requirement, voting rights or the definition of Majority Banks in this
Agreement, or (e) any amendment to this Section 9.02, Section 9.11 or Section 7.04 hereof. Notice
of amendments or consents ratified by the Banks hereunder shall be immediately forwarded by the
Agent to all Banks. Each Bank or other holder of a Note shall be bound by any amendment, waiver or
consent obtained as authorized by this Section, regardless of its failure to agree thereto. In the
case of any such waiver or consent relating to any provision of this Agreement, any Event of
Default or Potential Default so waived or consented to will be deemed to be cured and not
continuing, but no such waiver or consent will extend to any other or subsequent Event of Default
or Potential Default or impair any right consequent to any other or subsequent Event of Default or
Potential Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

     9.03 No Implied Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No course of dealing and no delay or
failure of the Agent or the Banks in exercising any right, power or privilege under this

59

 

Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document will affect any other or future exercise of
any such right, power or privilege or exercise of any other right, power or privilege except as and
to the extent that the assertion of any such right, power or privilege shall be barred by an
applicable statute of limitations; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right,
power or privilege or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right, power or
privilege preclude any further exercise of such right, power or privilege or of any other right,
power or privilege. The rights and remedies of the Agent and the Banks under this Agreement, the
Notes or any other Loan Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which
the Banks would otherwise have.

     9.04 Notices. All notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications
(collectively, “Notices”) under the provisions of this Agreement or the Notes must be in writing
(including telexed or telecopied communication) unless otherwise expressly permitted under this
Agreement and must be sent by first-class or first-class express mail, private overnight or next
Business Day courier or by telecopy with confirmation in writing mailed first class, in all cases
with charges prepaid, and any such properly given Notice will be effective when received. All
Notices will be sent to the applicable party at the addresses stated below or in accordance with
the last unrevoked written direction from such party to the other parties.

	 	 	 

	If to Borrowers:

	 	Michael J. Zugay
	 

	 	Chief Financial Officer
	 

	 	Michael Baker Corporation
	 

	 	Airport Business Park
	 

	 	100 Airside Drive
	 

	 	Moon Township, PA 15108
	 
	 	 
	and a copy to:

	 	H. James McKnight, Esquire
	 

	 	Secretary and General Counsel
	 

	 	Michael Baker Corporation
	 

	 	Airport Business Park
	 

	 	100 Airside Drive
	 

	 	Moon Township, PA 15108
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	David L. DeNinno, Esquire
	 

	 	Reed Smith LLP
	 

	 	225 Fifth Avenue
	 

	 	Pittsburgh, PA 15222
	 
	 	 
	If to Agent:

	 	John J. Ligday, Jr.
	 

	 	Senior Vice President
	 

	 	Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania
	 

	 	29th Floor
	 

	 	525 William Penn Place
	 

	 	Pittsburgh, PA 15219

60

 

	 	 	 

	and a copy to:

	 	Craig S. Heryford, Esquire 

Buchanan Ingersoll & Rooney, PC 

20th Floor, One Oxford Centre 

Pittsburgh, PA 15219-1425
	 
	If to Banks:

	 	At such Bank’s address set forth on

Schedule 1 attached hereto and made

 a part
hereof

     9.05 Expenses; Taxes; Attorneys Fees. The Borrowers agree to pay or cause to be paid
and to save the Agent and the Banks harmless against liability for the payment of all reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses, including, but not limited to reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and
paralegals for the Agent and the Banks, incurred by the Agent and the Banks from time to time (i)
arising in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement,
the Notes and the other Loan Documents, (ii) relating to any requested amendments, waivers or
consents to this Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents and (iii) arising in
connection with the Agent’s and the Banks’ enforcement or preservation of rights under this
Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents including, but not limited to, such
expenses as may be incurred by the Agent and the Banks in the collection of the outstanding
principal amount of the Loans. The Borrowers agree to pay all stamp, document, transfer, recording
or filing taxes or fees and similar impositions now or in the future determined by the Agent and
the Banks to be payable in connection with this Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document.
The Borrowers agree to save the Agent and the Banks harmless from and against any and all present
or future claims, liabilities or losses with respect to or resulting from any omission to pay or
delay in paying any such taxes, fees or impositions. In the event of a determination adverse to a
Borrower of any action at law or suit in equity in relation to this Agreement, the Notes or the
other Loan Documents, the Borrowers will pay, in addition to all other sums which the Borrowers may
be required to pay, a reasonable sum for attorneys and paralegals fees incurred by the Agent and
the Banks or the holder of the Notes in connection with such action or suit. All payments due from
the Borrowers under this Section will be added to and become part of the Loans until paid in full.

     9.06 Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to be severable. If
any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any
jurisdiction, the provision will, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such
invalidity or unenforceability without in any manner affecting the validity or enforceability of
the provision in any other jurisdiction or the remaining provisions of this Agreement in any
jurisdiction.

     9.07 Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be deemed to be a
contract under the Laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and for all purposes will be governed
by and construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive Laws, and not the laws of
conflicts, of said Commonwealth. The Borrowers consent to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of
the federal and state courts located in Allegheny County, Pennsylvania, in any action on, relating
to or mentioning this Agreement, the Notes, the other Loan Documents, or any one or more of them.

61

 

     9.08 Prior Understandings. This Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents
supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, among the parties
relating to the transactions provided for in this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan
Documents.

     9.09 Duration; Survival. All representations and warranties of the Loan Parties
contained in this Agreement or made in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents shall survive the making of and will not be waived by the execution and delivery of this
Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents, by any investigation by the Agent or any Bank, or
the making of any Loan. Notwithstanding termination of this Agreement or an Event of Default, all
covenants and agreements of the Loan Parties will continue in full force and effect from and after
the date of this Agreement so long as the Borrowers may borrow under this Agreement and until
payment in full of the Notes, interest thereon, and all fees and other obligations of the Borrowers
under this Agreement or the Notes. Without limitation, it is understood that all obligations of
the Borrowers to make payments to or indemnify the Agent and the Banks will survive the payment in
full of the Notes and of all other obligations of the Loan Parties under this Agreement, the Notes
and the other Loan Documents.

     9.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and
by the different parties to this Agreement on separate counterparts each of which, when so
executed, will be deemed an original, but all such counterparts will constitute but one and the
same instrument.

     9.11 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the Agent, the Banks, the Loan Parties and their successors and assigns, except that the
Loan Parties may not assign or transfer any of its rights under this Agreement without the prior
written consent of the Banks.

     9.12 No Third Party Beneficiaries. The rights and benefits of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents are not intended to, and shall not, inure to the benefit of any third party.

     9.13 Exhibits. All exhibits and schedules attached to this Agreement are incorporated
and made a part of this Agreement.

     9.14 Headings. The section headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience
only and do not limit or define or affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement in
any respect.

     9.15 Limitation of Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by Law, no claim may be
made by the Loan Parties against the Agent or the Banks, or by the Agent or the Banks against the
Loan Parties, or by the Loan Parties, the Agent or the Banks against any affiliate, director,
officer, employee, attorney or agent of the other for any special, incidental, indirect,
consequential or punitive damages in respect of any claim arising from or related to this Agreement
or any other Loan Document or any statement, course of conduct, act, omission or event occurring in
connection herewith or therewith (whether for breach of contract, tort or any other theory of
liability). The Loan Parties, the Agent and the Banks hereby waive, release and agree not to sue
upon any claim for any such damages, whether such claim presently exists or

62

 

arises hereafter and whether or not such claim is known or suspected to exist in its favor.
This Section 9.15 shall not limit any rights of the Loan Parties, the Agent or the Banks arising
solely out of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

     9.16 Indemnities. In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to Section 9.05
hereof, the Loan Parties agree to indemnify, pay and hold the Agent and each Bank and their
officers, directors and attorneys (collectively, called the “Indemnitees”), harmless from and
against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments,
suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for such Indemnitees in connection with any
investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened, whether or not such
Indemnitee shall be designated a party thereto) that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted
against that Indemnitee, in any matter arising from the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder
or under the other Loan Documents, or the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under the
other Loan Documents (the “Indemnified Liabilities”); provided, however, that the Loan Parties
shall have no obligation to an Indemnitee hereunder with respect to Indemnified Liabilities arising
from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of that Indemnitee.

     9.17 Certifications from Bank and Participants.

          (a) Tax Withholding. Any assignee or participant of a Bank that is not incorporated
under the Laws of the United States of America or a state thereof (and, upon the written request of
such Bank, assignee or participant of such Bank, or the Agent) agrees that it will deliver to the
Borrowers, such Bank and the Agent three (3) duly completed appropriate valid Withholding
Certificates (as defined under § 1.1441-1(c)(16) of the Income Tax Regulations (the “Regulations”))
certifying its status (i.e., U.S. or foreign person) and, if appropriate, making a claim of
reduced, or exemption from, U.S. withholding tax on the basis of an income tax treaty or an
exemption provided by the Code. The term “Withholding Certificate” means a Form W-9; a Form
W-8BEN; a Form W-8ECI; a Form W-8IMY and the related statements and certifications as required
under § 1.1441-1(e)(2) and/or (3) of the Regulations; a statement described in § 1.871-14(c)(2)(v)
of the Regulations; or any other certificates under the Code or Regulations that certify or
establish the status of a payee or beneficial owner as a U.S. or foreign person. Any assignee or
participant required to deliver to the Borrowers, a Bank and the Agent a Withholding Certificate
pursuant to the preceding sentence shall deliver such valid Withholding Certificate at least five
(5) Business Days before the effective date of such assignment or participation (unless such Bank
in its sole discretion shall permit such assignee or participant to deliver such valid Withholding
Certificate less than five (5) Business Days before such date in which case it shall be due on the
date specified by such Bank). Any assignee or participant which so delivers a valid Withholding
Certificate further undertakes to deliver to the Borrowers, a Bank and the Agent three (3)
additional copies of such Withholding Certificate (or a successor form) on or before the date that
such Withholding Certificate expires or becomes obsolete or after the occurrence of any event
requiring a change in the most recent Withholding Certificate so delivered by it, and such
amendments thereto or extensions or renewals thereof as may be reasonably requested by the
Borrowers, such Bank or the Agent. Notwithstanding the submission of a Withholding Certificate
claiming a reduced rate of or exemption from U.S. withholding tax, such Bank and/or the Agent shall
be entitled to withhold United States federal

63

 

income taxes at the full thirty percent (30%) withholding rate if in its reasonable judgment
it is required to do so under the due diligence requirements imposed upon a withholding agent under
§ 1.1441-7(b) of the Regulations. Further, such Bank and/or the Agent is indemnified under §
1.1461-1(e) of the Regulations against any claims and demands of any assignee or participant of
such Bank for the amount of any tax it deducts and withholds in accordance with regulations under §
1441 of the Code.

          (b) USA Patriot Act. Each Bank or assignee or participant of a Bank that is not
incorporated under the Laws of the United States of America or a state thereof (and is not excepted
from the certification requirement contained in Section 313 of the USA Patriot Act and the
applicable regulations because it is both (i) an affiliate of a depository institution or foreign
bank that maintains a physical presence in the United States or foreign country, and (ii) subject
to supervision by a banking authority regulating such affiliated depository institution or foreign
bank) shall deliver to the Agent the certification, or, if applicable, recertification, certifying
that such Bank is not a “shell” and certifying to other matters as required by Section 313 of the
USA Patriot Act and the applicable regulations: (1) within ten (10) days after the Closing Date,
and (2) as such other times as are required under the USA Patriot Act.

     9.18 Confidentiality.

          (a) General. Each Bank agrees to keep confidential all information obtained from the
Loan Parties which is nonpublic and confidential or proprietary in nature (including without
limitation any information a Borrower specifically designates as confidential), except as provided
below, and to use such information only in connection with this Agreement and for the purposes
contemplated hereby. Each Bank shall be permitted to disclose such information (i) to outside
legal counsel, accountants and other professional advisors who need to know such information in
connection with the administration and enforcement of this Agreement, subject to agreement of such
Persons to maintain the confidentiality of such information in accordance with the terms hereof,
(ii) to assignees and participants as contemplated by Section 8.17, and prospective assignees and
participants, subject to the agreement of such Persons to maintain the confidentiality of such
information in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) to the extent requested by any bank
regulatory authority or, with notice to the applicable Borrower, as otherwise required by
applicable Law or by any subpoena or similar legal process, or in connection with any investigation
or proceeding arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents, (iv) if it becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this
Agreement or becomes available from a source not known to be subject to confidentiality
restrictions, or (v) if the applicable Borrower shall have consented, in writing, to such
disclosure. The provisions of this Section 9.18(a) shall survive the repayment of the Loans.

          (b) Sharing Information With Affiliates of the Bank. The Loan Parties acknowledge
that from time to time financial advisory, investment banking and other services may be offered or
provided to the Loan Parties or one or more of its Affiliates (in connection with this Agreement or
otherwise) by a Bank or by one or more subsidiaries or affiliates of such Bank and each Borrower
hereby authorizes such Bank to share any information delivered to such Bank by the Loan Parties
pursuant to this Agreement, or in connection with the decision of the Bank to enter into this
Agreement, to any such subsidiary or affiliate of such Bank, it being

64

 

understood that any such subsidiary or affiliate of such Bank receiving such information shall
be bound by the provisions of Section 9.18 as if it were a Bank hereunder. Such authorization
shall survive the repayment of the Loans.

     9.19
WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. THE LOAN PARTIES, THE AGENT AND THE
BANKS EXPRESSLY, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVE ALL BENEFIT AND
ADVANTAGE OF ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, AND NO PARTY HERETO WILL
AT ANY TIME INSIST UPON, OR PLEAD OR IN ANY MANNER WHATSOEVER CLAIM
OR TAKE THE BENEFIT OR ADVANTAGE OF A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION
ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR ANY OF THE
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

65

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the parties, by their duly
authorized officers, have executed and delivered this Agreement on the date set forth at the
beginning of this Agreement.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	BORROWERS:

MICHAEL BAKER CORPORATION

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Michael J. Zugay 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Michael J. Zugay 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer 	 
	 
	 	MICHAEL BAKER JR., INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Michael J. Zugay 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Michael J. Zugay 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer 	 
	 
	 	MICHAEL BAKER ENGINEERING, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Michael J. Zugay 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Michael J. Zugay 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer 	 
	 
	 	GUARANTOR:

THE LPA GROUP INCORPORATED

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Michael J. Zugay 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Michael J. Zugay 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer	 

66

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	CITIZENS BANK OF PENNSYLVANIA, 

for itself and as Agent

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ John J. Ligday, Jr. 	 
	 	 	Name:  	John J. Ligday, Jr. 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President 	 
	 

Notice Address:

John J. Ligday, Jr., Senior Vice President

Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania

29th Floor, 525 William Penn Place

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219

Commitment: $50,000,000.00

Commitment Percentage: 40%

67

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Troy Brown 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Troy Brown 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 
	 

Notice Address:

Troy Brown

Vice President — Relationship Manager

Corporate Banking

PNC Bank, National Association

Three PNC Plaza, P3-P3PP-04-5

225 Fifth Avenue

Pittsburgh, PA 15222

Commitment: $42,500,000.00

Commitment Percentage: 34%

68

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Barrett J. Donovan 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Barrett J. Donovan 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 
	 

Notice Address:

Barrett J. Donovan

Vice President

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Four Gateway Centre

444 Liberty Avenue, Suite 1400

Pittsburgh, PA 15222

Commitment: $32,500,000

Commitment Percentage: 26%

69

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00179-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00179-of-00352.parquet"}]]